Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Integrated / Tullow Oil

Tullow Oil

tlw · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker tlw
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Integrated
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Tullow Oil
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
T

U

L

L

O

W

O

I

L

P

L

C

2

0

1

7

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

&

A

C

C

O

U

N

T

S

TULLOW OIL PLC 2017 ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS

AFRICA’S LEADING 
INDEPENDENT OIL  
COMPANY

www.tullowoil.com

D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AFRICA’S LEADING  
INDEPENDENT OIL COMPANY
Tullow Oil is a leading independent oil and gas  
exploration and production company. 

Our focus is on finding and monetising oil in Africa and South America. 

Our key activities include targeted Exploration and Appraisal, selective 
development projects and growing our high-margin production.  
We have a prudent financial strategy with diverse sources of funding.

Our portfolio of 90 licences spans 16 countries and is organised into three 
Business Delivery Teams. We are headquartered in London and our shares 
are listed on the London, Irish and Ghana Stock Exchanges.

2

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Directors’ report 

Audit Committee report 

Nominations Committee report 

EHS Committee report 

Remuneration report 

56

67

73

76

78

Other statutory information 

101

3

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities  108

Independent auditor’s report for the 
Group Financial Statements 

Group Financial Statements 

Company Financial Statements 

Five-year financial summary 

Supplementary information

Shareholder information 

Licence interests 

109

117

153

162

163

164

Commercial reserves and resources  168

Transparency disclosure 

Sustainability data 

Tullow Oil plc subsidiaries 

Glossary 

169

176

179

181

1

STRATEGIC REPORT
Our Group highlights 

Our operations 

Chairman’s foreword 

Chief Executive Officer’s foreword 

Chief Financial Officer’s foreword 

Executive Team overview 

Market outlook 

Our strategy 

Our business model 

Key performance indicators 

Creating value 

Operations review  

Finance review 

Responsible Operations 

Governance & Risk management 

Board of Directors 

Principal Risks 

Organisation & Culture 

Shared Prosperity 

1

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

24

26

31

36

38

40

42

50

52

You can find this report and additional information about Tullow Oil on our website: www.tullowoil.com

Cover: TEN FPSO, Prof. John Evans Atta Mills, offshore Ghana

 
OUR GROUP HIGHLIGHTS

MAKING GOOD PROGRESS

Our business has developed organically and through acquisitions since 1986. We have a 
diversified world-class asset base focused on Africa and South America that is performing 
well and generating value across our three core Business Delivery Teams. 

REVENUE

$1,723M

1

 2016: $1,270M

CAPITAL INVESTMENT

$225M

2,3

 2016: $857M

LICENCES

90

Across 16 countries

UNDERLYING CASH OPERATING COSTS

$11.1/BOE

3

 2016: $14.3/BOE

FREE CASH FLOW
3

$543M

 2016: $(792)M

NEW VENTURES

37,244KM2

Added to our exploration new acreage 
portfolio in 2017

ADJUSTED EBITDAX

$1,346M

3

 2016: $941M

LOSS AFTER TAX

$(189)M

 2016: $(597)M

NET DEBT

$3.5BN

3

 2016: $4.8BN

GEARING4

2.6 TIMES

3

 2016: 5.1 TIMES

TOTAL WORKFORCE

1,030

Our talented employees and contractors 
work together across our Corporate Centre 
and Business Delivery Teams

LOST TIME INJURY FREQUENCY (LTIF)

0.37

 2016: ZERO

>>

Key performance indicators 

20

1.  Total revenue does not include proceeds from Tullow’s corporate business interruption insurance of $162 million.

2.  2017 capex excludes Uganda capex covered by farm-down.

3. Non-GAAP measures are reconciled on pages 34 to 35.

4. Gearing ratio calculated as Net Debt/Adjusted EBITDAX.

www.tullowoil.com

1

WEST AFRICA 2017 OIL PRODUCTION EXCEEDS EXPECTATIONS
Offloading tanker at the TEN field, offshore Ghana.

2

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

1 STRATEGIC REPORT

Our operations 

Chairman’s foreword 

Chief Executive Officer’s foreword 

Chief Financial Officer’s foreword 

Executive Team overview 

Market outlook 

Our strategy 

Our business model 

Key performance indicators 

Creating value 

Operations review  

Finance review 

Responsible Operations 

Governance & Risk management 

Board of Directors 

Principal Risks 

Organisation & Culture 

Shared Prosperity 

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

24

26

31

36

38

40

42

50

52

www.tullowoil.com

3

OUR OPERATIONS

A STRENGTHENED  
PORTFOLIO 

Tullow has continued to high-grade and progress its portfolio of assets through 2017, 
exceeding expectations at our West Africa producing assets, advancing development projects 
in East Africa and developing an exciting prospect inventory for exploration drilling.

OPERATING COUNTRIES

LICENCES

16

Tullow’s key operations are 
in Africa and South America. 
These are split into three 
Business Delivery Teams, 
as set out below.

90

Tullow’s portfolio of licences 
is balanced between 
exploration, development 
and production activities.

ACREAGE (SQ KM)

263,820

Our acreage onshore 
and offshore Africa and 
South America includes 
newly acquired licences 
in Côte d’Ivoire and Peru.

TOTAL GROUP PRODUCTION

94,7001

BOEPD

Tullow’s producing assets 
performed well in 2017, 
beating original guidance 
of 78–85,000 bopd.

>>

Key performance indicators 

21

WEST AFRICA

Tullow’s West Africa team is focused on 
optimising existing production across 
our operated and non-operated 
producing assets in West Africa and 
Europe, as well as pursuing new 
exploration opportunities. 

Key activities
•  Following the ITLOS ruling and 

Government approval of the Greater 
Jubilee Full Field Development 
Plan, plans are on track to deliver 
incremental drilling across both the 
TEN and Jubilee fields, to sustain 
and maximise production in the 
coming years

•  The Turret Remediation Project is 

progressing with bearing stabilisation 
and FPSO rotation to its permanent 
spread moored position planned 
for 2018

0
0
6
,
5
6

0
0
2
,
8
5

WORKING INTEREST PRODUCTION

70,000

60,000

50,000

d
p
e
o
b

40,000

30,000

20,000

10,000

0

0
0
2
,
2

0
0
0
,
3

0
0
4
,
3

0
0
2
,
6

0
0
6

0
0
7

0
0
0
,
3
1

Congo (Brazz)

N etherlands
M auritania

Equatorial G uinea
U nited Kingdo m
C ôte d’Ivoire

G abon

G hana

Jubilee field production-equivalent 
insurance payments: 7,400 bopd

•  TEN facilities tested to over 
80,000 bopd; commissioning 
completed; production averaged 
56,000 bopd in 2017

>>

Operations review: West Africa 

26

4

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

1.   Includes production equivalent 
insurance payments: 7,400 bopd

EAST AFRICA

In this high-potential region, Tullow 
is progressing the development of 
its discoveries in Uganda and Kenya.

Key activities
•  The Uganda project is working 

towards reaching a Final Investment 
Decision in the first half of 2018

•  In Kenya, the completion of the 

South Lokichar Basin appraisal has 
confirmed material oil resources to 
support substantial oil production

•  A project focused on Amosing and 
Ngamia, as the Foundation Stage 
of the South Lokichar development, 
has been defined 

•  Kenya’s Early Oil Pilot Scheme 
will be under way in 2018, with 
initial water injection tests ongoing 
and production facilities being 
constructed in the field

STRATEGIC REPORTEAST AFRICA

United Kingdom P

Dublin

London

Jamaica E

Guyana E

Mauritania EP

Suriname E

Côte d’Ivoire EP

Pakistan E

Ghana EDP

Accra

Gabon EDP

Equatorial Guinea DP

Uganda D

Kampala

Kenya ED

Nairobi

Peru E

Namibia E

Zambia E

Uruguay E

Cape Town

Note: Tullow sold its interests in Norway and the Netherlands during 2017.

Key: E Exploration D Development P Production 

 Key offices

NEW VENTURES

The New Ventures Team is responsible 
for Tullow’s frontier exploration activity 
across Africa and South America.

Key activities
•  Portfolio reset over last 36 months, 
divesting non-core assets, farming 
down existing assets to the right 
equity levels and acquiring 
new acreage

•  Extensive seismic data across several 
licences will significantly increase the 
prospect inventory, allowing Tullow 
to target high-impact, low-cost and 
basin-testing opportunities 

•  Exciting and significant new acreage 
positions in Peru and Côte d’Ivoire 
further strengthen our South 
American and African portfolios

•  Preparing for basin testing wells 

from the second half of 2018 onwards

>>

>>

Operations review: East Africa 

28

Operations review: New Ventures 

29

www.tullowoil.com

5

1STRATEGIC REPORT

CHAIRMAN’S FOREWORD

READY FOR GROWTH

My focus for my two-year tenure is twofold: to provide stability for Tullow after 
30 years of leading the Company and to support Paul and his Executive Team 
as they move Tullow into its next phase of growth.

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
We began 2017 by announcing our $900 million farm-down 
in Uganda, an excellent deal that recognised the value of this 
world-class asset. This, coupled with major cost cutting over 
the last three years, meant that your Company started 2017 
with a positive outlook. 

Dealing with our high level of debt has been a priority of the 
Board and management over the last three years. As a Board, 
we had never intended to reach such high levels of debt; a 
combination of the International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea 
(ITLOS) proceedings between Ghana and Côte d’Ivoire and the 
fall in the oil price meant we were obliged to develop the TEN 
field at a level of equity that we had not anticipated. While that 
level of equity is now creating significant value in terms of our 
share of production from the TEN field, our debt position earlier 
this year, while manageable, was restricting our ability to invest 
in the business. 

“ I am confident the 
team will meet the 
challenge of restoring 
shareholder value 
through disciplined 
investment.”

AIDAN HEAVEY, CHAIRMAN

6

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

At the beginning of 2017, the risks to the business that lay 
ahead included our gearing being at 5.1x net debt/adjusted 
EBITDAX, the ITLOS process was still to be resolved and our 
Reserves Based Lending (RBL) facility needed to be refinanced. 
We therefore needed to give the business greater operational 
and financial flexibility by materially reducing our debt through 
the combination of a Rights Issue and ensuring the business 
generated free cash flow in a low oil price environment. 

Rights Issues are not often popular, but with a continuing low 
oil price, a highly leveraged balance sheet and limited cash flow 
available to invest in the business, we needed the flexibility it 
offered. To create shareholder value we needed to both reduce 
the risks and invest in the high rate of return projects in our 
portfolio. We have actively listened to feedback from 
shareholders, both before and after the Rights Issue, and it is 
my hope that shareholders will look at the strength of our 
business today and the many challenges we have overcome 
along the way, and agree that we made the right decision. 
Nevertheless, I recognise and am grateful for the loyalty of 
our shareholders through this process. 

We leave 2017 in a strong financial position with the Ghana/
Côte d’Ivoire border dispute resolved, the RBL refinancing 
completed and a new culture of financial discipline and 
efficiency after three years of cost reductions. Our challenge 
is now to regain the trust of the market and restore value to 
our shareholders.

Leadership changes
2017 also saw changes in leadership at the top of our Company. 
At our AGM, Simon Thompson stepped down as Chairman after 
five years and I would like to recognise all that Simon did for 
Tullow and the Board during some difficult years for our 
Company. 

In succeeding Simon as Chairman, my focus for my two-year 
tenure is twofold: to provide stability for Tullow after 30 years 
of leading the Company and to support Paul and his Executive 
Team as they move Tullow into its next phase of growth. The 
Nominations Committee’s search for Tullow’s next Chairman 
is well advanced and we expect to make an announcement by 
the end of 2018. 

I am delighted that Paul has adjusted so rapidly to his new position 
as CEO after 11 very successful years as Chief Operating Officer. 

STRATEGIC REPORTHe is already making his mark on Tullow as CEO and is increasing 
the financial and operational strength of the Company. I have 
been working with Paul to hand over Tullow’s relationships 
across Africa and it was clear at the Africa Oil Week conference in 
Cape Town in October, where Paul gave the keynote speech, that 
he is building very effective networks with key ministers and 
officials from all over the continent. 

Ian Springett, our long-standing CFO, also retired this year due 
to ill health. This was a premature retirement after eight years 
of much valued service as CFO, but I am pleased to report that 
Ian is making good progress and is well on the road to recovery. 
Ian was replaced, in an interim capacity at first and then 
permanently, by Les Wood, previously our VP, Commercial 
and Finance. I was particularly pleased that the CFO appointment 
was internal as it showed the exceptional talent that we have 
at senior levels within the Company. This promotion followed 
Paul’s appointment of the Executive Team, all of whom came 
entirely from within the Tullow business.

In our Full Year Results statement we announced that 
Anne Drinkwater had informed the Board that she has decided 
not to stand for re-election at the 2018 AGM. I would like to 
thank Anne for her excellent counsel and guidance to the 
Company over the six years she has served on Tullow’s Board.

Values
Our Company Values underpin all that we are and all that we 
do in Tullow. They are important to me and important to our 
staff. Our core Values have been refreshed by our employees 
to reflect the Company we are today. They are based on four 
key principles of Creating Value, Acting with Integrity, Working 
Collaboratively and Using Initiative. Our transition to being a 
much more efficiently managed, cost-conscious workplace 
and performance-driven Company is reflected in these Values 
and they are helping us enhance Tullow’s culture.

Diversity and inclusion
Paul and I are personally committed to ensuring that our teams 
and talent are diverse and that we improve and prioritise the 
development of people from our countries of operation and 
women for Senior Management positions. We know the benefits 
that diverse thinking, perspectives and experiences can bring to 
our business and we are acutely aware of the value of the 
different cultures in areas where we operate. We are supportive 

of the aims of the Hampton-Alexander Review and I was glad to 
see that Paul’s selection of his new Executive Team included 
two women; this is a good signal of the further progress we 
want to see. We also work alongside governments to meet their 
aims of employing and developing local talent and we want to 
support the continued development and long-term careers of 
our local staff. Underlining this commitment, we have embarked 
upon a dedicated initiative, Project LEAP, to help all employees 
manage their careers and personal development in Tullow, 
which you can read more about on page 50. 

Outlook
The outlook for Tullow at the end of 2017 is brighter than it 
has been for some time. The team has shown that it has the 
skills to meet any challenge and deal with it. We have come 
through some of the most difficult years in the oil industry as 
a better and more disciplined Company. We have created high 
rate of return opportunities within our existing operated and 
non-operated portfolio that we now have the financial flexibility 
to invest in. I am confident the team will meet the challenge of 
restoring shareholder value through disciplined investment in 
these opportunities, while maintaining our newly embedded 
performance and cost management culture. 

Aidan Heavey
Chairman

6 February 2018

>>

Our strategy 

Organisation & Culture 

Shared Prosperity 

16

50

52

www.tullowoil.com

7

1STRATEGIC REPORT

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S FOREWORD

FOCUSED ON OPPORTUNITIES 
IN A CHANGED INDUSTRY

Tullow continues to positively benefit from the decisive and far-reaching changes we made 
to the business in reaction to the oil price crash three years ago.

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
In 2017 we continued to see the positive impact of the early 
and significant actions we took to adjust the business in 
reaction to the oil price crash in late 2014. As we consolidated 
these measures we considered it was the right time to make 
substantial changes to both the Board and the Executive Team 
to ensure the Company was well positioned to start the journey 
back to growth. 

Simon Thompson, Ian Springett and Ann Grant all retired from 
the Board, and I would like to thank them for their personal 
commitment to Tullow and recognise the immense contribution 
they made to the Group. Aidan, after 31 years as CEO, has 
moved to Chairman providing me with significant support in 
my new role as CEO, which I have appreciated hugely. 

“ In the same way we 
have successfully 
navigated the biggest 
downturn in our 
industry’s recent 
history, I believe 
we can return the 
Company to growth in 
the recovery phase.”

PAUL McDADE, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

8

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

A new Executive Team
As I prepared to take over as CEO, my primary focus was to put 
together an ambitious, competent and committed team to take 
over as the new Executive of Tullow. The extensive work we had 
done over the years developing our people and planning for 
succession ensured that I was able to find all the skills I was 
looking for within Tullow. The new Executive Team is committed 
to collective, fully informed decision making, continuing to build 
on the financial discipline and efficiency we have embedded 
into our business, and is determined to return the business 
to growth.

Hard won discipline
The strong foundation we are building on has been achieved 
through a great deal of hard work since 2014, when we began 
the process of change within Tullow to ensure we would be 
competitive in a world of $50 oil. I would like to thank all our 
staff for everything that they have contributed to this effort; 
these have been difficult years with substantial reductions in 
headcount and an enormous focus on cost reduction, all of which 
has resulted in significant uncertainty for everyone at Tullow. 
Nevertheless, I see no appetite within Tullow to return to previous 
spending patterns and key to maintaining this discipline is the 
new structure we have put in place with three accountable 
Business Delivery Teams, West Africa, East Africa and New 
Ventures, and a reduced and more focused Corporate Centre. 

A stronger financial base
In March 2017 we undertook a Rights Issue; I saw this 
$750 million as the final part of resetting our business and, 
while I would have preferred my first task as incoming CEO not 
to have been to ask our shareholders for equity, we have already 
benefited and will continue to benefit from the operational and 
financial flexibility that it afforded us. We have now reduced 
gearing to 2.6x net debt/adjusted EBITDAX and this lower level of 
debt provides sufficient financial flexibility such that we have 
been able to allocate appropriate levels of capital expenditure 
to allow us to continue to invest in the business such as our 
drilling programme in Ghana. Continuing to reduce our debt 
remains a key target. The successful and oversubscribed 
refinancing of our RBL facility in November 2017 shows the 
faith that our banking syndicate has in our quality assets and 
in our ability to remain financially focused and disciplined. 

STRATEGIC REPORTTULLOW’S LONG-TERM PLANS & PROSPECTS
Tullow is in a robust position, and oil prices have recently achieved higher levels, albeit with the potential for 
them to remain volatile. This more positive outlook, and a contractor cost base that reflects a significantly more 
efficient industry, means we are now shifting from the short term to consider our long-term plans and prospects.

1 Our low-cost and long-life production in West Africa and, in time, East Africa will remain at the 

heart of the Group’s strategy. We will endeavour to manage these assets safely, to the highest 
operational standards, utilising local staff and the local supply chain, whilst minimising costs 
and maximising production revenues. We will use the free cash flow from these production 
revenues to reduce our debt, re-invest and, in time, deliver shareholder returns. 

2 We will aim to build our reserves, resources and future production through targeted and disciplined 

exploration in geographies and geologies that we know well in Africa and South America. We will 
do this through continuous high-grading of our acreage portfolio, appropriately managing equities 
to extract value through farm-downs, whilst retaining material exposure to our preferred prospects, 
as we seek to extend our basin opening track record. 

3 We will manage our asset portfolio through both divestments and acquisitions. We will 

ensure that we retain the appropriate equity in our assets for each stage in the cycle to 
manage both value and risk. We will also look to acquire assets that we consider can 
create value for our shareholders. 

4 Our disciplined and returns-focused allocation of capital will remain at the forefront of our 

decision making. Tough decisions will be made and assets will have to compete for capital in a 
market that remains in recovery.

Outlook
In the same way that we have successfully navigated the biggest 
downturn in our industry’s recent history, I believe that by following 
these key principles we can return the Company to value growth 
in the recovery phase. The team at Tullow has a very strong 
track record: we are recognised as a top industry explorer; we 
have successfully delivered two major deep-water developments 
both within budget and on time; we continue to safely and 
efficiently deliver production revenues; and we have a strong 
track record on portfolio management. All of these skills are 
critical as we return the business to growth and positive financial 
returns. However, critical skills we have developed as a Company 
are the necessary relationship skills and understanding to work 
as a partner of choice to our emerging market host nations. 
This success has been built through our focus on shared 
prosperity where we consider our shareholder returns are best 
served by a strong focus on local priorities. These include 
employing and developing our local leadership and workforce, 
developing the local supply chain and working closely with our 
local communities to ensure they share in the benefits our 
industry can deliver.

Under my leadership it is not only our exceptional oil industry 
competencies that will deliver value growth, it is our relationship 
skills that will continue to make a difference in Tullow’s financial 
performance as we again start to grow and take advantage of 
the opportunities that an improving market will offer. 

Paul McDade
Chief Executive Officer

6 February 2018

>>

Our strategy 

Organisation & Culture 

Shared Prosperity 

16

50

52

www.tullowoil.com

9

1CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER’S FOREWORD

BUILDING ON OUR IMPROVED 
FINANCIAL STRENGTH

We have continued to actively manage our financial position and ended 2017  
with a number of major achievements.

Tangible benefits from Company reset
As I reflect on Tullow’s performance in 2017, I am pleased with 
the significant progress we made throughout the year, right 
across the business. We substantially reduced our net debt, 
refinanced our bank lending facilities, further simplified the 
portfolio including exiting non-core assets, continued to lower 
our underlying cost base and began generating significant free 
cash flow. Material decisions made in 2017 resulted in key 
activities being executed; these combined with the realisation 
of tangible benefits from the reset of the business that was 
started around three years ago have helped place the 
Company on a much firmer footing. 

“ Tullow moves into 
2018 in a much 
stronger financial 
position and has 
the flexibility to take 
advantage of growth 
opportunities both 
within our existing 
portfolio and in the 
wider market.”

LES WOOD, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 

10

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

Strong financial discipline
Financial and cost discipline is now firmly embedded in 
Tullow’s systems, processes and management approach, from 
low-cost items like travel through to material items of capital 
expenditure including major project activity. We are on track to 
deliver over $650 million of cost savings from the business 
since mid-2015 through to mid-2018, exceeding our original 
target by 30 per cent. Our focus now is to ensure that these 
underlying savings are sustained year-on-year. This is easier 
where we have direct control, but we must be vigilant on 
third-party costs, particularly in a potentially improving market. 

Prudent capital allocation
We have forecast that we will spend around $460 million in 2018, 
compared to $225 million in 2017. The increase year-on-year 
is primarily due to our return to drilling at our high-return 
producing assets in Ghana. This is combined with optimised 
pre-Final Investment Decision (FID) spend in East Africa and 
maintaining similar levels of exploration to high-grade our 
prospect inventory and drill high-impact opportunities at a 
relatively low cost. Operating costs continue to come down 
across the Group and in 2017 underlying cash operating costs 
were $11.1/boe. We anticipate this downward trend will 
continue to around $10/boe or less as we realise further 
synergies in our Ghana operations and exit some of our most 
mature, high-cost assets. 

Prioritising debt reduction
Reducing our net debt level to deleverage the balance sheet 
continues to be a key objective for the Group. We started 2017 
with $4.8 billion of net debt, a position that built up during the 
capital-intensive execution period of the TEN project. The Rights 
Issue executed in the first half of the year was further supported 
by the work to deliver strong free cash flow generation of 
$543 million. This included sales revenue from our producing 
assets at an average realised oil price of $58.3/bbl, Business 
Interruption insurance proceeds, reducing our capital expenditure, 
and lower interest costs following the Rights Issue, among 
other factors. The free cash flow generation together with 
proceeds from the Rights Issue allowed us to reduce our net 
debt by 27 per cent to $3.5 billion by the end of the year. As a 
result, we now have the financial flexibility we need to optimise 
investment in our assets. Critically, we have a strong asset base 
with which to increase EBITDAX and generate free cash flow, 

STRATEGIC REPORTwhich in turn helps to reduce our debt as we move towards our 
gearing policy of less than 2.5x net debt/adjusted EBITDAX. 
We are already close to achieving this target, having moved 
from 5.1x at the end of 2016 to 2.6x at the end of 2017, affording 
us sufficient flexibility to invest in our existing asset base and 
exploration opportunities in 2018. 

Our 2017 key financial metrics reflect the outcomes of the positive 
actions we have taken over the last three years. In 2017, sales 
revenues amounted to $1,723 million (2016: $1,270 million), 
generating free cash flow of $543 million. We also reduced our 
net G&A expenditure to $95 million from $116 million in 2016. 

However, the Company reported a net loss after tax of $189 million 
(2016: $597 million), largely as a result of non-cash impairments, 
primarily driven by market conditions resulting from the lower 
oil price outlook compared with the prevalent higher oil price 
environment when these investments were made. While a loss 
is disappointing, and can often make headlines, these losses do 
not affect the day-to-day financial health of our business or our 
ability to invest or pay down debt and they must not detract 
from the clear financial progress we have made. They do, 
however, underline the importance of disciplined, efficient and 
effective capital investment across the life cycle, which we have 
now embedded.

Risk management and strengthening balance sheet
Financial risk management remains at the core of our financial 
strategy and we have seen once again in 2017 the benefits it 
can deliver. Our long-standing approach to hedging remains 
important. The programme contributed $110 million to revenues 
in 2017 against a backdrop of ongoing volatility in the oil markets. 
Our prudent insurance policy has also meant that we have 
benefited from the regular reimbursements of our insurance 
cover for the Jubilee Turret Remediation Project. We have 
recorded $221 million of insurance proceeds as received in the 
year. We have also taken proactive action to address our funding 
structure and the maturities of our bank debt. In February, we 
extended our Revolving Corporate Facility (RCF) by a further 
year to April 2019. Then in November, we announced the 
successful refinancing of our RBL facility ahead of our year-end 
objective, securing $2.5 billion of debt capacity, with final maturity 
in 2024 and a grace period of three years. The process was 
exceptionally well managed by the team over the course of the 
year, and the result is testament to our strong asset base, and 

also evidence of the strong relationships that have been built 
and maintained with not only our existing lending banks but 
also new banks that we were able to attract.

Moving into 2018
Earlier this year, as I set up my new senior finance team I was 
able to take advantage of promoting internal talent to key positions 
to create a strong team. With my new team I have been able 
to build on the strong foundation that Ian Springett had put in 
place and deliver strong results across all areas that are within 
the CFO organisation. I would like to thank Ian for all the 
support he provided me, particularly in preparation for taking 
on the role of CFO.

We have made very good progress in 2017 towards our 
longer-term financial objectives. I believe that Tullow moves 
into 2018 in a much more robust financial position, with a 
strengthened balance sheet, embedded financial discipline 
and the flexibility to take advantage of growth opportunities 
both within our existing portfolio and in the wider market. 

Les Wood
Chief Financial Officer

6 February 2018

>>

Key performance indicators 

Finance review 

Principal Risks 

20

31

42

www.tullowoil.com

11

1EXECUTIVE TEAM OVERVIEW

TULLOW’S NEW LEADERSHIP

In April 2017, a new Executive Team was selected from Tullow’s significant internal talent base 
to provide strong direction for each area of the business, to bed down our focus on performance 
and cost management and to set the business up for its next phase of growth. 

PAUL  
McDADE 
CHIEF 
EXECUTIVE 
OFFICER

Paul was appointed as Tullow’s Chief 
Executive Officer in April 2017. To read 
Paul’s full biography, go to page 40. 

LES WOOD 
CHIEF 
FINANCIAL 
OFFICER

Les has held the position of Tullow’s 
Chief Financial Officer since June 2017. 
For Les’ full biography, go to page 40.

ANGUS  
McCOSS
EXPLORATION 
DIRECTOR

Angus has been Tullow’s Exploration 
Director since 2006. For Angus’ full 
biography, go to page 40. 

CLAIRE 
HAWKINGS
EXECUTIVE VICE 
PRESIDENT, 
ORGANISATION 
STRATEGY 
& COMPANY 
PERFORMANCE

SANDY STASH
EXECUTIVE VICE 
PRESIDENT, 
SAFETY, 
OPERATIONS & 
ENGINEERING 
& EXTERNAL 
AFFAIRS

Claire joined Tullow in 2009 as Europe 
Business Manager, before becoming 
Regional Vice President, Europe, Asia, 
South America, then VP of Organisation 
Strategy and Effectiveness, before 
taking on her current role. Claire’s 
responsibilities include: leading the 
Executive’s agenda; overseeing Company 
performance management and 
reporting; delivery of the organisational 
strategy, including the employee 
proposition; localisation; leadership 
succession; and Diversity & Inclusion. 
Since assuming her role, Claire has 
driven the organisational changes, 
which have led to a significant reduction 
in Tullow’s organisational cost base 
and performance management 
improvements. Claire’s focus for 2018 
will be to ensure the Executive Team 
is effective in leading the business; 
maintaining focus on business delivery; 
and refining the employee proposition and 
organisational effectiveness. Claire has 
worked in the oil and gas industry for 
27 years in a variety of international 
commercial, environmental, business 
development and general management 
leadership positions.

Sandy joined Tullow in 2013 as Vice 
President of Safety, Sustainability and 
External Affairs, managing all non-
technical risks for the Company. In 2017, 
Sandy was appointed EVP, Safety, 
Operations and Engineering, and 
External Affairs, where she has Group-
wide oversight of wells and production 
operations, projects and engineering, 
supply chain management, EHS, Asset 
Protection, sustainability, management 
systems, and government and public 
affairs. In 2018, Sandy will focus on 
driving the business toward operational 
and business excellence in both 
technical and non-technical fields 
by building world class, high calibre 
functional teams, a systematic approach 
to fit-for-purpose assurance, and 
leadership that moves the Company’s 
performance to the next level of safety, 
sustainability, cost-effectiveness and 
efficiency in business decision-making 
and execution. Sandy has a 30-year 
history leading businesses and working 
across safety, engineering and 
operations in roles at Talisman Energy, 
BP, TNK-BP and Arco.

12

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTGARY  
THOMPSON
EXECUTIVE  
VICE  
PRESIDENT, 
WEST AFRICA

Gary joined Tullow in 2013 as Vice 
President for East Africa with overall 
accountability for the Uganda and Kenya 
development businesses. Gary was 
appointed EVP, West Africa in 2017 and 
has been focused on progressing the 
Jubilee Turret Remediation Project, 
delivery of improved production efficiency 
and performance from both the TEN and 
Jubilee fields and driving profitability 
through management of operating and 
capital costs. In 2018, Gary will focus 
on increasing production including the 
resumption of development drilling on 
the TEN and Jubilee fields, execution 
of the next phases of the Jubilee FPSO 
turret remediation and converting the 
Jubilee FPSO to a permanent spread 
moored vessel and pursuing growth 
opportunities in the West Africa non-
operated production business. Gary 
has 30 years’ technical, commercial 
and business management experience 
in the oil and gas business including 
senior leadership positions spanning 
exploration, project development and 
production operations. Prior to joining 
Tullow, Gary worked for BG Group, 
Woodside Energy, Ampolex and Chevron.

MARK 
MACFARLANE
EXECUTIVE VICE 
PRESIDENT, 
EAST AFRICA

IAN CLOKE
EXECUTIVE VICE  
PRESIDENT,  
NEW  
VENTURES

Mark joined Tullow in 2013 as Director, 
Development and Operations in Tullow 
Ghana with accountability for all 
subsurface, well construction, technical 
and operational aspects of Jubilee and 
delivery of the multi-billion dollar 
TEN development. In 2017, Mark was 
appointed EVP, East Africa and began 
the transition of Uganda to a non-
operated business. In Kenya, based upon 
the results of the appraisal programme, 
he has transformed the approach to the 
asset development to one that is focused 
on creating and maximising the value of 
the Kenya business. In 2018, Mark will 
focus on taking the Kenya project 
towards FID in 2019 with a prudent and 
flexible plan of execution that can deliver 
First Oil and cash flow as soon as possible. 
Mark has a 30-year career history 
spanning Australia, Asia and Africa, 
covering operational, technical, 
commercial and business leadership 
positions across Exxon, Santos, 
GLNG and Tullow.

Ian joined Tullow in 2005 as Subsurface 
Lead for the Schooner and Ketch gas 
assets before becoming Exploration 
Manager for Uganda and Kenya and 
then VP, Exploration. In 2017 Ian was 
appointed EVP, New Ventures and is 
responsible for delivering Tullow’s 
frontier Exploration and Appraisal activity 
across Africa and South America. He led 
the reset of the New Ventures Business, 
resulting in a re-balanced exploration 
portfolio sitting in industry hotspots or 
under-explored or emergent petroleum 
systems. In 2017, Ian and his team 
delivered the Araku wildcat, Suriname 
ahead of budget and safely as well 
as seven geophysical surveys. In 2018, 
Ian will focus on the Cormorant wildcat, 
offshore Namibia, geophysical 
acquisition and continuing to identify 
and capture large scale acreage and 
preparing for exploration campaigns in 
2019. Ian has a 25-year career history 
spanning the UK and Norway, USA, SE 
Asia, Africa and South America covering 
technical, business and operational 
leadership positions across ExxonMobil, 
Conoco, Lasmo and Tullow.

TULLOW’S ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE

Nine members

BOARD

Eight members

EXECUTIVE TEAM

3 Executive Directors 
6 Non-executive Directors 
4 Board Committees

 3 Executive Directors 
5  Executive Vice Presidents are held 

accountable for Tullow’s performance

BUSINESS 
DELIVERY 
TEAMS

WEST AFRICA

EAST AFRICA

NEW VENTURES

CORPORATE  
CENTRE

AGREED GROUP  
SERVICES

CFO FUNCTIONS

EXPLORATION & SUBSURFACE

ORGANISATION STRATEGY & 
PERFORMANCE

SAFETY, OPERATIONS & ENGINEERING  
& EXTERNAL AFFAIRS

CROSS BDT TECHNICAL &  
NON-TECHNICAL SUPPORT

www.tullowoil.com

13

1MARKET OUTLOOK

RESPONSIVE TO CHANGING 
MARKET DYNAMICS

ECONOMIC &  
POLITICAL OVERVIEW
2017 was another busy year for politics, not least in the UK 
and Europe given the ongoing Brexit backdrop and a snap 
general election, major elections in both France and Germany, 
and Catalonia’s struggle for independence. Donald Trump’s 
election win in late 2016 continued to cause both tension 
and hope as he strived to achieve his promised reform plans. 
In Beijing, Xi Jinping declared China is becoming “a mighty 
force” that could lead the world on political, economic, 
military and environmental matters in a “new era” of 
Chinese power. Meanwhile tensions between the US and 
North Korea ratcheted up, adding some geopolitical concern 
to an already nervous backdrop as terrorist incidents in a 
number of major global cities also continued into 2017. 

On the economic front, global growth remained robust; 
however, inflation and central bank policy remained key 
themes for investors. ‘Reflation’ was the keyword early 
in the year, as Donald Trump’s reforms provided hope of 
future growth. China, the world’s second largest economy, 
continues to grow steadily and is currently focused on 
technology leadership, improving productivity and reining 
in domestic debt. Except in the UK – where ongoing 
Sterling (GBP) weakness sent inflation soaring to 3 per cent 
– inflation in developed markets remained rather elusive, 
proving problematic for central bankers keen to return 
policy to a more typical level following the prolonged recovery 
from the global financial crisis. Nevertheless, the US Federal 
Reserve raised rates twice over the course of the year. 
In Europe, with core inflation slowly returning as the year 
progressed, the European Central Bank announced that 
it would halve the pace of its monthly quantitative easing 
purchases, albeit extending it for a further nine months 
in order to smooth the return to normality without rattling 
financial markets. And, for the first time in more than a 
decade, the Bank of England was effectively forced to raise 
the base rate by 25 basis points (thus negating the post-EU 
referendum cut), despite a struggling economic backdrop, 
as a currency-impacted headline Consumer Prices Index 
hit 3 per cent for the first time since 2012. 

OIL PRICE
Oil prices continued to be volatile through 2017, bottoming 
out around $45/bbl in mid-June before hitting a two-year high 
of $64/bbl in early November. Prices have continued on a 
firmer footing into 2018, with escalating geopolitical tensions 
across the Middle East, particularly in Kurdistan and between 
Saudi Arabia and Iran, acting as price-supportive factors. 

The resurgence of shale oil and its impact on the global market 
will continue to maintain near-term downward pressure on 
prices. Tullow’s strategy to mitigate this risk, set out on pages 46 
and 47 in our discussion on principal risks, focuses on ensuring 
our business remains robust and competitive at $50 oil and 
maintaining our long-term hedging policy, to protect 
against fluctuations. 

Irrespective of this unpredictable environment, the long-term 
fundamentals for the oil sector continue to look strong, with 
Tullow well placed to benefit. The IEA’s New Policies Scenario 
predicts global oil needs will rise more slowly than in the past, 
and at a lower rate than total energy consumption such that its 
relative share in the overall energy mix continues its long-term 
decline. Renewables’ share of the overall energy mix will continue 
to rise, albeit still from a much lower base. The growing energy 
demand generated by population growth is partially offset by 
energy efficiency gains. Nevertheless, the 30 per cent increase in 
forecast energy demand by 2040 is greater than the fall in oil’s 
share of the total energy market and oil demand is forecast to 
stay on a rising trajectory to 105 million barrels of oil per day 
by 2040. This growth is driven largely by the production of 
petrochemicals, closely followed by rising consumption for 
trucks (fuel efficiency policies cover 80 per cent of global car 
sales today, but only 50 per cent of global truck sales), for 
aviation and for shipping.

GLOBAL DEMAND FOR OIL 
(MMBOEPD)

AVERAGE BRENT CRUDE 
PRICE ($/BBL)

100

98

96

94

92

90

88

$54/BBL

9
0
01
0
1

4
5

4
5

5
4

13

14

15

16

17

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18E

Source: BP Statistical Review of Barclays Research.

14

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTAFRICAN ECONOMIC & POLITICAL OUTLOOK

Ghana 
Ghana’s headline economic performance in 2017 was strong 
– GDP grew by 5.9 per cent1, mostly as a result of rising oil 
production at the TEN field and First Oil shipments from 
ENI’s Sankofa project. Oil & Gas activity is expected to 
contribute to robust growth in 2018, cementing our industry’s 
role as a key driver of Ghana’s economic outlook. 

However, despite improving headline growth, the Ghanaian 
economy is still in recovery mode after the balance of payments 
crisis in 2014–15; an IMF programme to restore Ghana’s debt 
sustainability was extended in 2017 until April 2019. 

In this context, the Government is targeting ambitious deficit 
reductions based on improved domestic revenue mobilisation 
and expenditure management. Our ongoing efforts to remove 
costs and maximise production uptime at TEN and Jubilee 
align well with Ghana’s immediate focus on maximising the 
economic value of its resources, while the activities foreseen 
in the GJFFD will extend Jubilee’s material contribution to 
Ghana’s economic prospects into the next decade.

Kenya
Kenya is emerging from its unsettled, drawn-out 2017 election 
with an economy in reasonably good shape. GDP growth grew 
by ~5.5 per cent2 as businesses and consumers reversed the 
‘wait-and-see’ stance adopted in the run-up to the election. 
The uncertainty of the election process suppressed demand 
and put pressure on the shilling and equity prices in Q4, but 
not at a level requiring emergency policy intervention. 

Robust headline growth notwithstanding, a number of 
‘weak signals’ of future stress are emerging: fiscal space 
is receding due to rising debt service obligations and the 
requirement for central government financing of devolved 
county administrations. The public debt burden – while not 
excessively high by regional standards – is rising quickly. 

It will take time for the post-election period to settle, but 
weak signals of stress and the need to deliver against 
pre-election commitments should translate into a renewed 
sense of Government urgency and focus to facilitate and 
deliver growth-enhancing development projects, including 
Tullow’s South Lokichar development. 

CLIMATE CHANGE REGULATION

Governments are putting in place taxes, carbon trading 
schemes and other measures to limit greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions. We are currently undertaking a review of how many 
of our countries of operation will be subject to emissions and 
carbon policies by 2020.

To help anticipate greater regulatory requirements for GHG 
emissions, we factor a shadow carbon cost into our own 
investment decisions for large new projects to ensure that 
the rate of return on investment for these projects is still 
viable in the event of carbon taxes being imposed. 

Further information on our position on climate change can be 
found on page 37, but our aim is to minimise the GHG emissions 

Non-operated production areas
Of all the countries in Tullow’s portfolio, it is the West African 
countries in our non-operated business which are the most 
dependent on oil production and which have been most reliant 
in recent years on high oil prices to compensate for secular 
decline in their maturing fields.

Unsurprisingly, their economies have been badly affected by 
the post-2014 collapse in oil prices and the reconfiguration 
of oil industry capital allocation priorities has resulted in 
lower levels of investment and the accelerated withdrawal 
of a number of major IOCs.

While the structural reforms needed to reset their economies 
for a lower-for-longer oil price environment have been 
unevenly implemented across the CEMAC bloc3, Gabon and 
Equatorial Guinea have begun the process of adjusting to the 
new competitive landscape facing their respective industries. 
With the right policy set in place, they could stand to benefit 
from the continued commitment of smaller low-cost 
operators and portfolio investors – like Tullow – and should 
be able to identify incremental value addition opportunities 
and be better positioned to compete for exploration capital. 

1. Source: IMF World Economic Outlook, Oct 2017.

2. Source: IMF World Economic Outlook, Oct 2017.

3.  Economic and Monetary Community of Central Africa (comprising 
Cameroon, Central African Republic, Chad, Equatorial Guinea, 
Gabon and Republic of Congo). 

potential of our activities and implement appropriate reduction 
initiatives, taking into account the overall stability of our operations. 
We also work to ensure that our business is responsive to 
applicable legal and regulatory developments designed to 
address climate change, and maintain transparency in our 
performance reporting and openness in our engagement 
about climate change.

>>

Our strategy 

Operations review 

Governance & Risk management 

16

26

38

www.tullowoil.com

15

1OUR STRATEGY

A SUSTAINABLE &  
SELF-FUNDED BUSINESS 

Tullow’s strategy is to create a business where our low-cost, long-life asset base in Africa creates 
the high-margin cash flow that funds our growth, reduce our debt and deliver shareholder returns.

Our strategy is to build a strong, sustainable and 
self-funded Exploration & Production business. 
As set out in Paul’s CEO Statement, Tullow’s four 
strategic priorities are: 

1   LOW-COST, LONG-LIFE 

PRODUCING ASSETS

Maintaining and continuing to invest in our 
production and development assets remains a key 
priority. The production revenues provide free cash 
flow to reduce debt, re-invest and deliver shareholder 
returns. Managing these assets safely, to high 
operational standards, utilising local staff and 
suppliers, whilst minimising costs and maximising 
production revenues is our constant focus.

2  EXPLORATION TO 

BUILD RESERVES

Building our reserves, resources and future 
production through targeted and disciplined 
exploration in Africa and South America is another 
key priority. We continuously high-grade our low-
cost acreage portfolio, managing equity interests 
to extract value, whilst retaining material exposure 
to our most highly prized drillable prospects. 

3  ACTIVE PORTFOLIO  

MANAGEMENT

We actively manage our asset portfolio through 
divestments and acquisitions. Farm-downs, disposals 
and acquisitions help us to manage our financial 
risk exposure, generate cash or add value-accretive 
assets to our portfolio. We will also look to acquire 
assets at any stage in the life cycle where we can 
create value for our shareholders. 

4  DISCIPLINED, RETURNS-FOCUSED 

CAPITAL ALLOCATION

Prudent capital allocation, combined with careful 
cost management, runs through all our decision 
making. It ensures our assets remain competitive 
and helps us achieve a balance between investing 
in the short-, near- and long-term growth engines 
for the business. 

16

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

BALANCE  
SHEET

CASH FLOW FROM 
OPERATIONS

INVESTMENT 
DECISIONS

Investment decisions
Tullow has a rigorous capital 
allocation process in order to 
appropriately balance its 
investment in its producing fields, 
selective developments and 
exploration opportunities. 

Balance sheet
Deleveraging the balance sheet 
remains a high priority for the 
business and we are working 
towards our long-term gearing 
policy of less than 2.5x net debt/
adjusted EBITDAX.

Cash flow from operations
Tullow generates cash flow from 
its low-cost production assets in 
Ghana and across its West African 
non-operated portfolio. 

STRATEGIC REPORTExploration 
Exploration is key for future growth. While 
the scale of exploration has reduced, we are 
maximising exploration spend on high-impact 
activities and taking advantage of low 
industry costs. 

Portfolio management
We actively high-grade our portfolio, maintaining 
the appropriate financial risk exposure ahead 
of exploration and development projects, 
generating funds to both pay down debt and 
create growth opportunities for the business.

We screen opportunities and only progress 
programmes that pass strict commercial, 
geological and risk criteria. 

We continually monitor potential inorganic 
ways to grow the business, but will only act 
on opportunities that are value accretive and 
fit well within our strategy and when we have 
the appropriate balance sheet to do so. 

EXPLORATION

PORTFOLIO 
MANAGEMENT

FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT

SELECTIVE 
DEVELOPMENTS

PRODUCING  
FIELDS

FREE  
CASH FLOW

RE-INVEST

DIVIDENDS

Financial management 
Financial management of our business 
includes value-protecting programmes such 
as insurance and oil price hedging policies. 
G&A and the cost of our debt are running 
costs that we carefully manage. We have 
made good progress in reducing these costs 
in recent years and embedded cost discipline 
and performance management are in place 
to ensure these costs are appropriately 
controlled going forward. 

Selective developments 
Tullow has a proven track record of developing 
major projects on time and on budget. Tullow 
will selectively develop discoveries it makes 
that have a clear path to monetisation with 
robust economics, where we have the right 
level of licence equity and Joint Venture 
Partners to effectively deliver the project. 

Producing fields 
Tullow has low-cost, long-life oil producing 
assets in Ghana and West Africa which provide 
stable cash flow for the Group. Tullow plans to 
grow and sustain its production through 
further drilling in Ghana and bringing on 
additional production from East Africa. 

Free cash flow 
Free cash flow is the cash 
that Tullow is left with after 
all our costs are covered. 
Generating free cash flow 
gives Tullow the flexibility 
to re-invest in future growth, 
reduce debt and provide a 
return for shareholders. 

Re-invest
Re-investment in our existing 
portfolio of assets is vital to 
maximise the potential of 
our asset base, to build and 
maintain the future revenue 
streams that will in turn deliver 
our ambition of achieving a 
self-funded business. 

Dividends
Tullow recognises that 
issuing a dividend is an 
important signal of financial 
discipline and is a way 
to return value to our 
shareholders. The Board 
reviews the Company’s 
dividend policy annually 
and will consider a dividend 
alongside prioritising 
deleveraging of the balance 
sheet and investing in 
our assets.

www.tullowoil.com

17

1OUR BUSINESS MODEL

FOCUSED ON VALUE CREATION

Tullow is a leading independent exploration and production company primarily focused on 
Africa and South America. Our business model shows the parts of the Group that work together to run 
our business and create value. The skills, experience and reputation we call upon across the seven 
elements of our business model are what we believe set Tullow apart from its peers. 

H O W   W E   CREATE VALUE

DEVELOPMENT  
& PRODUCTION

EXPLORATION  
& APPRAISAL

 FINANCE & 
PORTFOLIO 
MANAGEMENT

SUSTAINABLE  

VALUE GROWTH

SHARED 
PROSPERITY

 RESPONSIBLE  
OPERATIONS

ORGANISATION  
& CULTURE

GOVERNANCE  
& RISK 
MANAGEMENT

HOW WE RUN OUR B U S I N E S S

EXPLORATION & 
APPRAISAL

37,244KM2

of new acreage accessed, 
including Côte d’Ivoire  
and Peru

 DEVELOPMENT & 
PRODUCTION

$11.1/BOE

average operating cost  
across the Group, with this 
downward trending moving 
towards $10/boe in 2018

SAFETY 
EVENTS

ZERO

Tier 1 or Tier 2 process safety 
events recorded at TEN or 
Jubilee in 2017

GOVERNANCE & RISK 
MANAGEMENT

100%

completion of the e-learning 
Code of Ethical Conduct

18

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORT 
Our business is delivered through the seven elements of our business model. Each component places importance on how we run our 
business as well as how we create value. How we create value describes our core operations from exploration, to development and 
production, and through our strong financial and portfolio management. Ultimately the purpose of our business model is to create 
sustainable, long-term value growth and return on investment for our shareholders. How we run our business describes how we 
manage our people, how we interact with communities, government relations and how we manage our environmental footprint. 

HOW WE CREATE VALUE

Element of business model

Our key strengths and activities

Exploration & Appraisal 

•  Finding oil to build reserves and resources to sell in the ground or to selectively develop for 
future production through targeted and disciplined exploration in geographies and geologies 
we know well in Africa and South America

•  Active high-grading of our prospect portfolio to build the best pipeline of drilling candidates, 
managing risk exposure and readiness to take advantage of new exploration opportunities

Development & Production

•  Focused development plans with clear routes to monetisation

•  Investing in near- and in-field drilling programme in Ghana to increase and extend 

production plateau and reduce decline in our non-operated assets

•  Clear path to additional 23,000 bopd from early 2020s, from our equity share in Uganda, at 

no cost to the Group following completion of the farm-down deal

•  Optimising pre-FID investment in Kenya, with clear focus on achieving a profitable 

development at low oil prices

Finance & Portfolio Management

•  Reducing debt by around 30 per cent over the year and moving closer towards our policy of 

<2.5x net debt/adjusted EBITDAX

•  Creating operational and financial flexibility through the Rights Issue

•  Securing long-term funding through refinancing of our RBL facilities

HOW WE RUN OUR BUSINESS

Element of business model

Our key strengths and activities

Responsible Operations

•  Progressing position on Free, Prior and Informed Consent in Kenya, as recognised by the 

International Finance Corporation

•  Signing a Memorandum of Understanding on Voluntary Principles and Human Rights in Kenya

•  Continued drive on process safety management on Ghanaian assets

Governance & Risk management

•  100 per cent completion of the e-learning module and Code of Ethical Conduct 

compliance certification

•  Integrating risk and assurance monitoring into quarterly business performance reporting 

and reviews

•  Auditing our Integrated Management System, validating its completeness and effectiveness 

of roll-out

Organisation & Culture

•  New Executive Team selected internally, responsible for driving performance and positioning 

the Company for growth

•  Follow-up to employee feedback survey has resulted in launch of refreshed Values and dedicated 

project to accelerate Company’s career and performance development opportunities

Shared Prosperity 

•  Strength of government relations demonstrated by Greater Jubilee Full Field Development 

Plan approval and new Côte d’Ivoire exploration licence awards after ITLOS ruling

•  Stakeholder Engagement Framework published ahead of development phase in Kenya

•  Ongoing progress of the socio-economic investment strategy

www.tullowoil.com

19

1KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

A YEAR OF SOLID PERFORMANCE

The Group’s progress against its corporate scorecard is tracked to assess 
our performance against our strategy.

The scorecard is made up of a collection of key performance 
indicators (KPIs) which indicate the Group’s overall health 
and performance across a range of operational, financial and 
non-financial measures.

The scorecard is central to Tullow’s approach to performance 
management and the 2017 indicators were agreed with the 
Board. Each year, targets within the scorecard may change to 
reflect the most material strategic objectives and associated 
risks the Group faces, as well as measures to deliver on the 
longer-term strategy of the Company. Tullow’s performance 
against the scorecard is tracked and reviewed at quarterly 
performance management meetings, which are attended 
by Executive Directors and senior leaders. The Group’s 
ongoing performance is cascaded quarterly to staff through 
management briefings and internal communications. 

The Group scorecard is used to determine Executive Directors’ 
and employees’ performance-related pay to ensure that all 
areas of the business are driving towards the same goals. 
Executive Directors’ and Executive Vice Presidents’ 
performance is judged solely on the delivery of the targets 
set in the Group scorecard, whereas all other permanent 
employees’ bonuses are based on a combination of individual 
and Group performance. 

In 2017, a decision was taken to introduce a discretionary 
component to the Group scorecard of 10 per cent. This was 
introduced to recognise unplanned events or initiatives 
that required significant discretionary effort on the part 
of our employees. 

Each objective measured has a percentage weighting, and 
financial and operational indicators have trigger, base and 
stretch performance targets. As reflected in the adjoining table, 
in 2017, Tullow’s overall performance was 39.7 per cent. The 
‘relative’ Total Shareholder Return (TSR) tracks our performance 
over a three-year period. For 2017 performance, our share 
price during the fourth quarter of 2014 is compared to the 
fourth quarter of 2017, with the intervening period not accounted 
for. For these two periods we remain below the median and 
therefore score nil out of the possible score of 50 per cent. 
However, the delivery of the majority of remaining targets 
reflects strong performance in maintaining liquidity, sustaining 
cash flows, operating safely, reducing our costs and overall 
operational delivery. 

>>

Remuneration Report 

78

20

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC FINANCING (9.5%/10%)

Relevance to strategy
Supporting our growth strategy with the 
appropriate financing and liquidity to meet our 
capital commitments. Deleveraging the balance 
sheet is critical to achieving our growth strategy.

FACILITY HEADROOM & 
FREE CASH AT YEAR END

$1.1BN

Performance
•  Refinanced $2.5 billion seven-year RBL facility

•  Extended $800 million RCF by one year and 

voluntarily reduced commitment by $200 million 
ahead of amortisation schedule

•  Deleveraged balance sheet through $750 million 

Rights Issue

•  Generated $543 million of free cash flow, reducing 

gearing to 2.6x net debt/adjusted EBITDAX

•  Debt down by $1.3 billion to $3.5 billion 

PRODUCTION (4%/4%)

Relevance to strategy
Production revenues generate high-margin cash flow 
which in turn funds exploration and development 
investment opportunities, can be re-invested in our 
portfolio of assets and pays down debt.

Performance
•  Group production exceeded the stretch target and 

guidance was revised upwards due to strong 
performance from the TEN and Jubilee fields

•  Non-operated West Africa portfolio performed 

ahead of budget

•  Year-end total, excluding barrels covered 
by business interruption insurance was 
87,300 boepd

WORKING INTEREST 
PRODUCTION 

87,300BOEPD

0
0
2
,
4
8

0
0
2
,
5
7

0
0
4
,
3
7

0
0
1
,
7
6

0
0
3
.
7
8

OPERATING EXPENDITURE/PER BARREL (1%/1%)

Relevance to strategy
Maintaining competitive operating expenditure helps 
deliver higher-margin production revenues. The cost of 
producing a single barrel of oil is influenced by industry 
costs, inflation, fixed costs and production output.

Performance
•  The Group achieved an operating cost of $11.1/boe, 

significantly exceeding the stretch target

•  Increased production due to strong performance 

on Jubilee and TEN fields and the Jubilee 
shut-down being moved to 2018 contributed 
to exceeding targets

•  Operating costs also benefited from contract 

renegotiation, synergies within service providers 
and synergies with TEN and Jubilee operations

NET GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS (1%/1%)

Relevance to strategy
Maintaining lean running costs for the business 
influences both the profitability and efficiency of our 
business. Net G&A is the Company’s corporate 
costs, which are not off-set against licence activity.

Performance
•  Net G&A was managed well during the year 

resulting in a Net G&A for the year of $95 million, 
significantly beating our stretch target

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE (1%/1%)

Relevance to strategy
Investing capital expenditure is required to 
maintain and grow the business and is directed 
to the development costs of major projects and 
exploration campaigns. We are working to reduce 
capital expenditure in order to reduce our current 
debt levels.

Performance
•  Capex was reduced significantly during the year to 
$225 million, excluding the Uganda expenditure. 
This includes a $69 million accrual reversal 
in Ghana

13

14

15

16

17

CASH OPERATING COST

$11.1/BOE

6
.
8
1

5
.
6
1

1
.
5
1

3
.
4
11
.
1
1

13

14

15

16

17

NET G&A

$95M

9
1
22
9
1

4
9
1

6
1
51
9

13

14

15

16

17

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

$225M

0
2
0
,
2

0
0
8
,
1

0
2
7
,
1

7
5
8

5
2
2

13

14

15

16

17

www.tullowoil.com

21

1LOST TIME INJURY, TOTAL 
RECORDABLE INJURY

s
r
u
o
h
n
a
m
n
o
i
l
l
i

m

I

r
e
p
F
R
T
&
F
I
T
L

1.00

0.80

0.60

0.40

0.20

0.00

2017

Lost time injury frequency
Total recordable injury frequency

BACK TO 
DRILLING 

GREATER JUBILEE FULL 
FIELD DEVELOPMENT 
GOVERNMENT APPROVAL

FARM-DOWN

OF UGANDAN ASSETS 
UNDER WAY 

HIGH-
GRADED

EXPLORATION PORTFOLIO 

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS CONTINUED

SAFETY, SUSTAINABILITY AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH (3.4%/5%)

Relevance to strategy
Protecting our people, communities, facilities and 
the environment impacted by our activities ensures 
we work safely and sustainably and maintains our 
good reputation. We measure this KPI through 
process safety events, asset integrity, Lost Time 
Injury Frequency (LTIF), number of malaria cases, 
resolution of community grievances and spending 
appropriate levels of our goods and services 
budgets with local suppliers.

Performance
•  Four Lost Time Injuries have negatively impacted 

LTIF performance

•  38 minor process safety events were recorded

•  12,349 lost man hours due to community 

work-related incidents

•  No regulatory non-compliance notices received.

•  No new malaria cases for 2017

•  87 per cent progress against our Asset Integrity/

Process Safety key performance indicators

WEST AFRICA (3.5%/5%)

Relevance to strategy
Our Ghana business continues to hold our most 
important and strategic producing assets and the 
ITLOS ruling allows us to pursue future exploration 
opportunities whilst returning the Jubilee field to 
plateau production levels, preparing for exploration 
drilling and enhancing the value of the West Africa 
non-operated business.

EAST AFRICA (3.5%/5%)

Relevance to strategy
Commercialising oil in Kenya and Uganda is a key 
objective of our strategy which is being pursued 
through appropriate equity holdings in the respective 
assets. This KPI measured progress of the Kenya 
development project for FID; completing the Uganda 
farm-down; and progressing the Uganda development 
to FID.

NEW VENTURES (3.8%/5%)

Relevance to strategy
Creating value through new exploration at the right 
licence equity levels and securing new acreage 
ensure that we maintain a balanced portfolio to 
pursue growth opportunities. This KPI measured 
new acreage secured; managing appropriate equity 
levels in existing licences; maturing commercially 
attractive prospects for future drilling campaigns; 
and drilling the Araku well in Suriname safely, 
efficiently and cost-effectively.

22

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

Performance
•  Government of Ghana approval was secured for 
the Greater Jubilee Full Field Development Plan 

•  Rig contracted in preparation for return to drilling 

on TEN and Jubilee in early 2018

•  Non-operated business growth plan for Gabon 

was developed 

•  Decommissioning activities in the Southern North 

Sea progressed

•  20 mmbbls of new resources were booked

Performance
•  Strong operational performance was maintained 

with initiatives being prepared and focus on 
community relations and capacity building to 
support local content

•  In Kenya, strategic direction shifted to focusing on 
a phased development as a preferred value proposition 

•  A Joint Development Agreement to construct an 
oil pipeline has been signed with government

•  In Uganda our Partners, Total and CNOOC, have 
signed the Sales and Purchase Agreement to 
farm-down our interest and completion is expected 
in 2018. We are working towards achieving FID 
around mid-2018

Performance
•  Performance focus was on securing new acreage 

and developing prospectivity

•  New licences in Côte d’Ivoire and Peru 

were secured

•  Equity reductions secured in licences in 

Mauritania, Suriname, Namibia, Jamaica 
and Pakistan

•  The exit from Madagascar and Greenland 

was completed

•  Progress was made on prospects in Suriname

•  All operations in Jamaica, Uruguay, Guyana, 

Zambia, Suriname and Mauritania completed 
safely and under budget

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
ORGANISATION (2%/3%)

Relevance to strategy
Our organisation strategy aims to be inclusive and 
engage and motivate employees while ensuring that 
we have robust governance processes in place. This 
KPI targeted improvements in staff engagement, 
Diversity & Inclusion and Ethics & Compliance.

100%

STAFF COMPLETION OF 
CODE OF ETHICAL 
CONDUCT ONLINE COURSE

Performance
•  A mini staff survey conducted in Q3 showed that actions 
taken as a result of the feedback from the biennial 
engagement survey in 2016 were yielding results

•  A Diversity & Inclusion (D&I) workshop was held 
with the new Executive Team to endorse the 
forward plan of management and a new Executive 
Sub-Group was agreed to promote the D&I aims 

•  All employees completed the Code of Ethical 

Conduct online course and our administrative Code 
Certification process. There were two breaches of 
compliance regarding the Company’s Expenditure 
related to Public Officials (ExPo) Standard

DISCRETIONARY AWARD (7%/10%) 

Relevance to strategy
The discretionary award is effective for specific 
actions that have resulted in value creation. This 
element was introduced in 2017 to take account 
of unforeseen events; business performance 
management and leadership; in-year external 
commentary regarding the business and our share 
price; and value created through superior performance.

Performance
•  The following were taken into consideration 
for the discretionary award: Executive Team 
transition; Ghana/Côte d’Ivoire ITLOS preparation; 
free cash flow generation; exiting Congo and the 
Netherlands; settling a tax dispute in one of our 
West African host countries; investor sentiment; 
progress on the Kenya development; and 
finance processes

7/10

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (0%/50%)

Relevance to strategy
Our strategy is to build long-term sustainable value 
growth resulting in returns to our shareholders. 
The TSR component is based on our performance 
relative to our European and US E&P peers over a 
three-year period.

Performance
•  We achieved a zero score for TSR because our 
share price, including the adjustment for the 
Rights Issue, performed below the median 
against our industry peer group over a 
three-year period

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER 
RETURN

500

400

300

200

100

0

08

09

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Tullow

FTSE 100

FTSE 250

2018 GROUP SCORECARD

Financial, operational and organisational targets are included 
in the 2018 scorecard, as well as measures to deliver on the 
longer-term growth strategy of the Company. 

•  Ensuring funding capacity in a downside environment and 
determining a long-term strategic solution to deleverage 
and rebase the balance sheet; 

A summary of the targets is listed below, and the KPIs will be 
disclosed in the 2018 Annual Report:

•  Business delivery: operational targets relating to 
West Africa, East Africa and New Ventures; and

•  Financing the business: ensuring sufficient liquidity through 
2018 to deliver the Business Plan and execute our long-term 
strategic plan to deleverage and rebase the balance sheet; 

•  Growing our business: deliver growth activities relating 

to West Africa, East Africa and New Ventures.

www.tullowoil.com

23

1 
 
 
 
CREATING VALUE

CREATING  
SUSTAINABLE BENEFITS

The oil we find and sell has the potential to create sustainable value and shared prosperity 
in our countries of operation. Over the course of the oil and gas life cycle, we prioritise cost 
consciousness, paying fair and appropriate amounts of tax, being transparent in the payments 
we make to governments and identifying opportunities for local businesses within our supply 
chain to share the benefits from our operations.

VALUE CREATION

Exploration

 Appraisal

Development

Production

Decommissioning

 Government take 

 Oil company take 
  Government net cash flow 

Appraisal proves  
commerciality of field

Exploration 
success

Seismic survey

First exploration well

First Oil

 Oil company cost 

 Oil company opex 

 Government investment

2–10 year period

3–10 year period

20–50 year period

INVESTMENT

24

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTExploration & Appraisal

Development of discovery

Production

Decommissioning

Tullow shareholders

 We invest the capital raised from 

shareholders and our banks in 
acquiring licences, seismic data and 
drilling E&A wells. 

We bring in Joint Venture industry 
partners at this stage to spread our 
exposure to risk and often carry the 
host governments’ share of costs 
through to First Oil. 

We assess the best monetisation 
options of our commercial 
discoveries and decide whether 
to sell the oil in the ground or 
proceed to development.

 This phase involves investment in 
drilling wells required for oil production 
and building the infrastructure required  
to extract and develop resources. 
We may dilute our equity in return 
for development costs being carried 
by Joint Venture Partners. 

For onshore projects, this includes 
transport infrastructure, processing 
facilities and pipelines.

For offshore projects, Floating Production 
Storage and Offloading (FPSO) vessels 
and subsea equipment are fabricated, 
installed and commissioned.

Tullow employees and local employment 

 Once a field is producing, investment 

will focus on sustaining and extending 
plateau production.

Minimisation of operating costs becomes 
a focus in this phase, as does the economic 
optimisation of production from the 
subsurface and through the infrastructure. 

 Funds need 
to be set aside 
to decommission 
facilities and 
remediate  
locations at the  
end of production.

 Our expert technical teams 
identify acreage, basins, plays and 
prospects for our portfolio, which 
we rejuvenate in learning cycles. 

The capital we invest at this stage is 
de-risked through research and 
analysis of the geology by our teams 
ahead of any drilling commitments.

Governments

 We share our expertise and know-how 

 Tullow will work with international 

by employing local subcontractors and 
suppliers and the development phase 
presents a material opportunity to do this.

and local contractors and expertise 
from the local workforce is required to 
run operations, maintain the field and 
facilities, protect the integrity of the field 
and plan for additional infill or near-field 
exploration drilling.

 Tullow pays the host government land leases and various taxes, including 

 The main economic value to host 

withholding tax on goods and services imported into the country, PAYE and 
National Insurance on personnel employed, licence fees, infrastructure 
improvement payments, customs duties and training allowances.

An agreement between Tullow and the government determines how and when 
Tullow and its Joint Venture Partners can recover the significant investment that 
has been made during the exploration, appraisal and development phases. 

governments is from production revenues 
and income taxes on Tullow’s profits.

Typically, the oil company’s share of 
production or revenue is higher in the 
earlier years of production as costs are 
recovered in the form of allowable 
deductions against income tax or as an 
allocation of production, commonly known 
as ‘cost oil’. The arrangement then 
significantly benefits the Government 
throughout the longer term, after the initial 
costs are recovered by the oil company. 

 Our employees 
and contractors will 
be able to use their 
experiences and 
lessons learnt in 
future developments.

 The remediated 
land will be handed 
back to the host 
government.

Local supply chain 

 In the early stages of a project 

 This phase represents the greatest 

Tullow creates benefits for local 
communities by investing in social 
projects and employing local 
subcontractors in E&A programmes, 
where possible. Other benefits can 
include improved infrastructure and 
access to amenities and social 
investment in local communities.

opportunities for local businesses 
and individuals. 

Opportunities in the supply chain range 
from providing engineering expertise and 
manpower to logistics and catering. 

Tullow undertakes capacity building 
programmes including skills, knowledge 
and technology transfer to maximise local 
business and workforce participation in 
the industry.

Community 

 Goods and services from local 
businesses are required at this stage  
and Tullow continues to invest in capacity 
building and training to grow levels of 
local employment and business 
participation in the supply chain.

 New skills  
that the local 
communities have 
developed as a 
result of our 
operations can 
be used in other 
industries.

 Building a robust social licence is fundamental to our ability to operate. Without the engaged support of our host communities, we would be unable 

to undertake the technical, infrastructural and logistical work associated with exploration, development and production of hydrocarbons onshore and 
offshore. Focal areas of our social performance therefore include stakeholder engagement, management of community grievances and land/sea 
access – all led by focused stakeholder engagement teams – with emphasis dependent on project context and proposed activities. In 2017, the focus 
has been on embedding our new socio-economic investment (SEI) strategy and governance process, which is based on the implementation of rigorous 
project selection criteria and performance measurement to ensure that SEI projects create measurable value for both Tullow and host communities.

www.tullowoil.com

25

1OPERATIONS REVIEW 

A BALANCED E&P BUSINESS

Tullow’s highly experienced team have again in 2017 shown our proven operating capability. 
The combination of our low cost production in West Africa, material East African developments  
and a high impact exploration portfolio will generate future value for our shareholders.

WEST AFRICA

“ Tullow’s West African operations remain 
at the core of Tullow. In 2017, West Africa 
delivered over 89,000 bopd of high-margin, 
low-cost oil and in 2018 we will invest in 
Ghana to sustain this impressive performance 
over the coming years. Drilling is due to 
commence on the Ntomme field by the end  
of February 2018 and we continue to evaluate  
the business case of procuring additional  
rig capacity. I have been particularly pleased 
by the performance of the TEN fields, with 
production exceeding 70,000 bopd at the 
end of the year, especially given the delays 
on completing the development wells which 
resulted from the ITLOS drilling moratorium.  
I look forward to similarly strong performances 
from Jubilee, TEN and our other West African 
oil fields in 2018.”

GARY THOMPSON, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT FOR WEST AFRICA

26

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

PRODUCTION
Tullow’s West Africa 2017 oil production exceeded expectations 
for the year averaging 89,100 bopd. This includes 7,400 bopd of 
net production-equivalent payments received under Tullow’s 
corporate business interruption insurance for the Jubilee field. 
In Europe, working interest gas production performed in line 
with expectations with full year net production averaging 5,600 
boepd. This brings Tullow’s total average working interest 
production in 2017 to 94,700 boepd. 

In 2018, working interest oil production, including production-
equivalent insurance payments, is expected to average between 
82,000 and 90,000 bopd. Working interest gas production, which 
includes TEN associated gas sales and the impact of the 
Netherlands assets sales in 2017, is expected to average 
between 3,500 and 4,500 boepd. This brings overall Group 
production guidance, for both oil and gas, to between 86,000 
and 95,000 boepd. 

Ghana
Jubilee
Full year 2017 gross production from the Jubilee field averaged 
89,600 bopd (net: 31,800 bopd). Tullow’s corporate business 
interruption insurance has reimbursed 7,400 bopd of net 
production-equivalent insurance payments, bringing expected 
full year effective net production from Jubilee to 39,200 bopd. 
Gross production in the latter part of 2017 was consistently 
above 90,000 bopd and we expect to build on this as we 
commence drilling in 2018. 

Turret Remediation Project 
Following the discovery of the issue with the turret bearing of 
the Jubilee FPSO Kwame Nkrumah in 2016, Tullow has been 
able to continue efficient production operations while working 
on the permanent solution which involves converting the FPSO 
to a spread moored vessel. The first phase of this work, 
involving the installation of a stern anchoring system, was 
completed in February 2017, after which the tugs maintaining 
the FPSO on heading control were removed.

Preparations continue in advance of the planned turret bearing 
stabilisation work in the first quarter of 2018. This work is 
expected to take place over two shut-down periods, totalling 
four to six weeks. A further planned shut-down of approximately 
three weeks is expected around year end 2018 to rotate the 
FPSO to its permanent heading and install the final spread 
mooring anchoring system. 

STRATEGIC REPORTProduction in 2018
Tullow expects 2018 gross oil production from the TEN fields to 
average 64,000 bopd (net: 30,200 bopd). During the year, the rig 
schedule and timing of drilling and completion operations will 
be optimised, providing upside potential to this initial estimate. 

Ghana drilling in 2018
Tullow has secured the Maersk Venturer rig which is expected 
to start drilling later this month. The rig will be used across the 
TEN and Jubilee fields and has been contracted for up to four 
years with early termination provisions. The first well planned 
is an Ntomme production well in the TEN fields followed by a 
Jubilee production well located in the north-eastern area of 
the field. Work is ongoing to finalise the sequence of further 
wells to optimise output from both the Jubilee and TEN fields. 
Tullow and its Joint Venture Partners continue to evaluate the 
business case for contracting a second rig that would allow the 
acceleration of drilling across both fields. 

NON-OPERATED PORTFOLIO &  
EUROPE GAS PRODUCTION
2017 West Africa net non-operated production exceeded 
expectations at 23,500 bopd. Net production in 2018 is expected 
to be around 19,100 bopd. The reduced year-on-year forecast 
is primarily due to natural decline as a result of sustained low 
investment levels during a period of low oil prices, combined 
with the exit from the M’Boundi field, Congo (Brazzaville), 
effective from July 2017, and the cessation of production 
at the Chinguetti field in Mauritania. 

Full year gas production from Europe averaged 5,600 boepd in 
2017, which includes production from Tullow’s Netherlands 
assets prior to the completion of their sale in November 2017. 
In mid-2017 Tullow started the planning, engineering and 
procurement processes to decommission up to 10 operated 
wells in the UK Continental Shelf during 2018. Site surveys and 
other preparatory works will be undertaken during the first 
quarter of 2018, which will be followed by approximately six 
months of well plug and abandonment operations. Tullow 
expects annual production from its UK assets to average 
around 1,900 boepd in 2018, which takes into account cessation 
of production at the end of the third quarter of 2018, ahead of 
decommissioning activities. 

Greater Jubilee Full Field Development Plan 
The Government of Ghana approved the Greater Jubilee Full 
Field Development Plan in October 2017, allowing Tullow and 
its Joint Venture Partners to prepare for a multi-year incremental 
drilling programme to maximise and sustain oil production and 
gas exports. The initial focus will be the drilling and completion 
of new wells in the Jubilee unit area that will make use of 
existing infrastructure, and the completion of a well previously 
drilled in the Mahogany discovery. 4D seismic acquired in the 
first half of 2017 is being used to optimise well locations and 
ongoing reservoir management. 

Production in 2018
Tullow expects 2018 gross production from the Jubilee field 
to average 75,800 bopd (net: 26,900 bopd), which takes into 
account the planned shut-downs associated with the turret 
remediation work. Tullow’s corporate business interruption 
insurance cover, which compensates Tullow for lost production 
associated with the remediation works, is expected to reimburse 
Tullow 10,200 bopd of net production-equivalent insurance 
payments. Jubilee effective net production is therefore expected 
to average around 37,100 bopd for 2018.

TEN
The TEN fields performed well in 2017 with gross 
production exceeding initial guidance, averaging 56,000 bopd 
(net: 26,400 bopd). This strong performance was as a result 
of production and water injection optimisation, which continues 
to be effective, and the field has performed consistently above 
70,000 bopd for the last three months. Production from the 
11 wells drilled so far indicate reserves estimates for both 
Ntomme and Enyenra to be in line with previous guidance. 

In June 2017, a commissioning capacity test and facility blowdown 
was completed demonstrating that the FPSO can operate at 
its design capacity of 80,000 bopd and at higher rates as 
indicated by a 24-hour test conducted around 100,000 bopd. 
Final commissioning of the TEN FPSO was completed in the 
second half of 2017. The TEN gas manifold was also installed 
and commissioned in 2017 and a gas export trial to Ghana 
National Gas Company facilities was successfully completed. 
This connection will allow for the export and sale of TEN gas as 
well as the ability to supply gas in substitution for Jubilee gas during 
the planned Jubilee turret remediation shut-downs in 2018.

On 23 September 2017, the International Tribunal for the Law 
of the Sea (ITLOS) made its decision with regard to the maritime 
boundary dispute between Ghana and Côte d’Ivoire. The new 
maritime boundary, as determined by the tribunal, does not 
affect the TEN fields. Tullow subsequently received notification 
from the Government of Ghana to recommence drilling in the 
TEN fields and a multi-year incremental drilling programme 
will start this year, seeking to ramp up production from the 
TEN fields to utilise the full capacity of the FPSO and sustain 
this over a number of years. 

In the last quarter of 2017, Tullow signed the TEN Associated 
Gas (TAG) Gas Sales Agreement with the Ghana National 
Petroleum Corporation and Tullow anticipates the start of gas 
sales from TEN in the first half of 2018. Gross gas sales equivalent 
to 4,200 boepd (net: 2,000 boepd) have been forecast for the year. 

www.tullowoil.com

27

1OPERATIONS REVIEW CONTINUED

Following a full assessment of all the Exploration and Appraisal 
data, Tullow estimates that the South Lokichar Basin contains 
the following recoverable resources: 240–560–1,230 mmbo 
(1C–2C–3C) from an overall discovered STOIIP of up to 4 billion 
barrels. This estimate of recoverable resources is consistent 
with previous guidance provided during the Exploration and 
Appraisal phase (pmean of 750 mmbo). The additional remaining 
conventional undrilled prospect inventory of the basin is 
approximately 230 mmbo risked mean recoverable, not 
including further potential in tight oil plays in the future. 

Development 
Tullow and its Joint Venture Partners have proposed to the 
Government of Kenya that the Amosing and Ngamia fields 
should be developed as the Foundation Stage of the South 
Lokichar development. This stage would include a 60,000 to 
80,000 bopd Central Processing Facility (CPF) and an export 
pipeline to Lamu. This approach brings significant benefits as 
it enables an early FID of the Amosing and Ngamia fields taking 
full advantage of the current low-cost environment for both 
the field and infrastructure development and provides the 
best opportunity to deliver First Oil in a timeline that meets 
the Government of Kenya (GoK) expectations. The installed 
infrastructure from this initial phase can then be utilised for 
the optimisation of the remaining South Lokichar oil fields, 
allowing the incremental development of these fields to be 
completed at a lower unit cost post-First Oil.

The Foundation Stage is currently planned to involve an initial 
210 wells through 18 well pads at Ngamia and 70 wells through 
seven well pads at Amosing. This stage will target volumes of 
around 210 mmbo of the total estimated 2C resources of 
560 mmbo and a plateau rate of 60,000 to 80,000 bopd. The 
incremental development of the remaining 2C resources and 
the significant upside potential are expected to increase 
plateau production to 100,000 bopd or greater. It is anticipated 
that the FEED and baseline Environmental and Social Impact 
Assessments (ESIA) for the foundation development will 
commence in the second quarter of 2018, with FID targeted 
for 2019 and First Oil for 2021/22. Total gross capex associated 

EAST AFRICA

 “ The Exploration and Appraisal campaign in 

Kenya has confirmed the presence of substantial 
oil resources in the South Lokichar Basin. After 
over six years of hard work, we can now move 
forward to commercialising these low cost 
resources through a phased development of the 
basin involving a central processing facility and 
an export pipeline to the Kenyan coast. In 2018, 
we will focus on taking the project towards FID in 
2019 with a prudent and flexible plan of execution 
that can take advantage of low oil services costs 
and deliver First Oil and cash flow as soon as 
possible. With good progress being made in 
Uganda towards FID, East Africa is on the verge 
of becoming a major oil exporting region.”

MARK MACFARLANE,  EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT FOR EAST AFRICA

Kenya
The South Lokichar Basin appraisal programme has confirmed 
material oil resources to support substantial oil production and 
an export pipeline to the Kenyan coast pending a Final Investment 
Decision (FID) which is planned for 2019. The proposed 
development plan reflects the Partnership’s desire to sanction 
the project in a manner that is commercially robust, ensures 
the earliest possible FID and First Oil and supports the 
required infrastructure given the location of the South Lokichar 
Basin some 750 km from the Kenyan coast. 

Appraisal campaign and resource estimates 
A total of 21 appraisal wells have been drilled in the South 
Lokichar Basin. Tullow has also conducted extended well tests, 
water injection tests, well interference tests and water-flood 
trials, all of which have proved invaluable for planning the 
development of the oil fields. The appraisal campaign has firmed 
up the Group’s resource estimates and improved Tullow’s 
understanding of the subsurface at the key producing fields. 

28

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTwith the Foundation Stage is expected to be $2.9 billion,  
of which $1.8 billion is investment in the upstream and 
$1.1 billion is for the pipeline. 

Tullow and its Joint Venture Partners, following the extended 
election period, have re-engaged with representatives of the 
Government of Kenya on the overall approach and timelines 
for progressing the development. 

Early Oil Pilot Scheme (EOPS)
The EOPS Agreement between the Joint Venture Partners and 
the Government of Kenya was signed on 14 March 2017 allowing 
all EOPS upstream contracts to be awarded. Initial injectivity 
testing has started at Ngamia-11 and oil production and water 
injection facilities are being constructed in the field ready to 
commence production/injection in the first quarter of 2018. 
Oil produced is being initially stored until all necessary 
consents and approvals are granted and work is completed 
for the transfer of crude oil to Mombasa by road.

Uganda
Farm-down to Total and CNOOC
On 9 January 2017, Tullow announced that it had agreed to 
transfer 21.57 per cent of its 33.33 per cent Uganda interests 
to Total for a total consideration of $900 million. CNOOC 
subsequently exercised its pre-emption rights under the joint 
operating agreements to acquire 50 per cent of the interests 
being transferred to Total on the same terms and conditions. 
Having signed pre-emption documents with its Joint Venture 
Partners and officially notified the Government of Uganda of the 
transaction, Tullow and its Joint Venture Partners are awaiting 
approval of the transaction from the Government of Uganda. 

As previously disclosed, Tullow anticipates that the farm-down 
with Total and CNOOC will complete in the first half of 2018 
with a cash payment of $100 million on completion and 
payment of the working capital completion adjustment and 
deferred consideration for the pre-completion period (including 
$60 million for the whole of 2017) being received at this time. 
A further $50 million cash consideration is due to be received 
when FID is achieved. 

The Joint Venture Partners are also working towards reaching 
FID around mid-year 2018, at which point Tullow’s second cash 
instalment from the farm-down will be due. In line with its 
post-transaction status, Tullow has been reducing its operational 
footprint in Uganda and is now fully prepared for a non-operated 
presence only.

Operational activity is continuing as planned, with FEED and 
ESIAs for both the upstream and pipeline progressing in line 
with the FID schedule. Discussions on the pipeline project 
continue amongst Joint Venture Partners and with both the 
Ugandan and Tanzanian Governments regarding the key 
commercial and transportation agreements.

East Africa Crude Oil Export Pipeline (EACOP)
The Governments of Uganda and Tanzania signed an 
Intergovernmental Agreement (IGA) for the pipeline, the 
critical infrastructure for this project, on 26 May 2017. This 
has secured the pipeline routing and allowed discussions 
to commence with the Governments of Uganda and Tanzania 
on the Host Government Agreements and other key 
commercial agreements. 

NEW VENTURES

“ The New Ventures team has worked  
exceptionally hard over the past three years  
to reset the exploration portfolio for the new 
industry environment. Through a series of  
farm-downs, country exits and large-scale 
licence acquisitions, we now have a prospect and 
lead inventory that sits in industry hotspots and in 
underexplored or emergent petroleum systems  
in geographies and geologies that we know well. 
Our high-impact, low-cost, basin-testing 
prospects across Africa and South America have 
been carefully screened, both technically and 
commercially, and we look forward to starting  
this new exploration cycle with the Cormorant 
well, offshore Namibia, later this year.”

IAN CLOKE,  EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT FOR NEW VENTURES

AFRICA 

Côte d’Ivoire
Tullow has agreed terms to add a further two exploration 
licences in Côte d’Ivoire to its portfolio, CI-524 and CI-520. 
These licence awards have been approved by the Ivorian 
cabinet and formal signing is anticipated in the first quarter 
of 2018. 

Block CI-524 sits alongside the maritime border with Ghana, 
next to Tullow’s operated TEN fields. The initial work programme 
will include reprocessing of the 3D seismic data before a 
decision is made whether to drill a well. 

Block CI-520, once signed, completes the Group’s coverage of 
a transform basin fault play built during 2017 when the Group 
was awarded a 90 per cent interest in six onshore licences 
(CI-521, CI-522, CI-518, CI-519, CI-301 and CI-302). The Group 
plans to conduct a full tensor gradiometry gravity survey (FTG) 
across the 8,600 sq km onshore area in the first half of 2018, 
before acquiring 2D seismic in 2019. 

www.tullowoil.com

29

1OPERATIONS REVIEW CONTINUED

Mauritania 
In the second half of 2017, Tullow completed farm-downs in 
respect of its 90 per cent interest in Block C-18 in Mauritania 
to Total, Kosmos and BP, leaving Tullow with a 15 per cent 
non-operated interest. This followed a 600 sq km 3D survey 
completed earlier in 2017. A two-year extension to the licence 
term was also granted. In December 2017, the new operator, 
Total, commenced a large 9,000 sq km 3D seismic survey 
which is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2018. 
A further 3D survey in Block C-3 to cover new shallow water 
plays was completed in the fourth quarter of 2017. Both blocks 
offer potential drilling candidates for late 2019. Finally, Tullow 
relinquished its interest in Block C-10 at the end of November 
as insufficient commercial justification could be made to enter 
into a third phase of the licence.

Namibia 
Tullow plans to drill the high-impact Cormorant prospect in 
the PEL37 licence in Namibia in the second half of 2018 and 
preparations for drilling are under way. The well will target 
light oil and there are a number of similarly sized follow-up 
prospects in close proximity. Also in Namibia, Tullow agreed a 
farm-down of a 15 per cent interest in the neighbouring PEL30 
licence to ONGC Videsh in November 2017. The farm-down is 
subject to Government and partner approvals with completion 
expected in the first quarter of 2018. This followed the farm-down 
of a 30 per cent interest in PEL37 in October 2017, also to 
ONGC Videsh.

Zambia 
In Zambia, a 20,000 sq km FTG survey and passive seismic 
survey to cover frontier Tertiary-age rift basins finished in 
October 2017 and the next steps are being evaluated.

SOUTH AMERICA 

Peru
Tullow has agreed terms to add six new licences covering 
28,000 sq km, offshore Peru, to its portfolio. The Group has 
concluded negotiations with Perupetro and agreed to acquire a 
100 per cent stake in Blocks Z-64, Z-65, Z-66, Z-67 and Z-68. 

The agreements are subject to final approval by the Peruvian 
Ministry of Energy and Mines and Ministry of Economy and 
Finance, with formal signing of the licences anticipated in 
the first quarter of 2018. Tullow has also agreed to acquire a 
35 per cent interest in Block Z-38 through a farm-down from 
Karoon Gas Australia, also subject to Government approval. 
The new oil prone acreage will complement the Group’s South 
America position and contains a number of attractive prospects 
and leads. Block Z-38 is already covered by high-quality 3D 
seismic and includes the Marina prospect which is a potential 
candidate for drilling in 2019. 

Guyana
Tullow has agreed to increase its equity share in the Kanuku 
licence, offshore Guyana, from 30 per cent to 37.5 per cent in 
a farm-in deal with Repsol. The deal is subject to Government 
approval. Following acquisition of new 3D seismic on the 
licence in 2017, the JV Partnership is interpreting the data to 
firm up prospects for possible drilling in 2019 in this exciting 
area, up-dip from Exxon’s Liza discovery. 

Processing 3D seismic data acquired during 2017 on the Orinduik 
licence is also ongoing to mature and rank identified prospects. 

Uruguay 
In Uruguay, a 2,555 sq km 3D seismic survey was completed in 
2017. The data from this survey is currently being processed. 

Suriname
The Araku-1 well drilled in October 2017 in Block 54 in 
Suriname was unsuccessful, but did prove the presence of a 
new petroleum system in the Demerara plateau which is now 
being followed up. At a gross cost of $35 million (net: $11 million), 
Tullow demonstrated its ability to drill high-risk, wildcat frontier 
wells at appropriate equity and at low cost. A two-year extension 
was granted for the adjacent Block 47 where the Goliathberg 
prospect is a potential drilling candidate for 2019.

Jamaica 
In November 2017, Tullow agreed, subject to Government 
approval, a farm-down of 20 per cent of its 100 per cent interest 
in the Walton Morant licence in Jamaica to United Oil & Gas plc. 
A nine-month extension to the licence term was also granted, 
enabling a 2,100 sq km 3D survey to commence in April 2018. 
This follows a successful 667 km 2D seismic survey in Jamaica 
in the first half of 2017. 

ASIA
Tullow is in the process of selling its Pakistan assets and 
expects to complete this process in 2018.

EUROPE
The Group completed its exit from Norway in 2017 allowing the 
New Ventures team to focus on Africa and South America.

30

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCE REVIEW

DELIVERING ON  
OUR OBJECTIVES

We have maximised free cash flow through increased production and efficient capital allocation 
and cost discipline. This in addition to completing the RBL refinancing and achieving the 
best value from portfolio management activities has set us up well for 2018.

“ Tullow’s balance sheet is considerably stronger 
at the start of 2018 following the $0.75 billion 
Rights Issue, strong free cash flow generation 
of $543 million and delivery of key objectives, 
including the successful $2.5 billion refinancing. 
Our gearing is approaching our target level of 
below 2.5x net debt/EBITDAX providing the 
financial and operational flexibility we need to 
invest in our business. We have also driven down 
both our corporate and asset costs and have 
embedded financial discipline across the Group. 
Tullow is well placed to build on this strong 
financial platform in 2018.” 

  Les Wood, Chief Financial Officer

Production and commodity prices 
Working interest production averaged 87,300 boepd, an increase 
of 30 per cent for the year (2016: 67,100 boepd). Including the 
impact of production-equivalent insurance payment barrels 
from the Jubilee field, working interest production averaged 
94,700 boepd (2016: 71,700 boepd), an increase of 32 per cent. 
The increase resulted from the first full year of production from 
the TEN fields and improved operational performance at Jubilee 
in response to implementation of the first phases of remediating 
the turret. This was offset by declines due to the disposal of the 
Netherlands assets during the year, as well as reductions 
across the non-operated West Africa portfolio.

The Group’s realised oil price after hedging was $58.3/bbl 
and before hedging $54.2/bbl (2016: $61.4/bbl and $41.7/bbl 
respectively). The increase in underlying oil prices reduced 
the net contribution of the realisation of hedges entered into 
by the Group to total revenue. However, hedging remains a key 
element of the Group’s risk management strategy. The Group’s 
realised European gas price after hedging was 43p/therm 
(2016: 34p/therm), an increase of 27 per cent driven by 
improvements in underlying European gas prices.

Underlying cash operating costs, depreciation, 
impairments, write-offs and administrative expenses
Underlying cash operating costs amounted to $386 million, 
$11.1/boe (2016: $377 million, $14.3/boe). Underlying cash 
operating costs were net of $51 million of insurance proceeds 
(2016: $32 million). The decrease of 22 per cent in underlying 
cash operating costs per boe was principally due to the impact 
of ongoing cost-saving initiatives and increased working 
interest production volumes.

DD&A charges before impairment on production and 
development assets amounted to $574 million, $16.6/boe 
(2016: $449 million, $17.0/boe). 

The Group recognised an impairment charge of $539 million 
in respect of 2017 (2016: $168 million) which reflects lower 
long-term oil and gas price forecasts than previous years. 
This is lower than the impairment charge of $642 million reported 
at the Half Year Results, due to the lower Dated Brent forward 
curve at that time. The Group did not recognise any impairment 
of goodwill during the year as it was fully impaired in 2016 
(2016: $164 million). 

During 2017, exploration costs written off were $143 million 
and included $71 million in Mauritania due to a licence that was 
not renewed, $36 million due to the decision to exit Pakistan, 
$6 million on disposals of assets in the Netherlands, $10 million 
on unsuccessful drilling costs in Suriname, and $17 million of 
New Ventures activity. The total exploration costs written off, 
net of tax, were $139 million (2016: $424 million). 

Administrative expenses of $95 million (2016: $116 million) 
include an amount of $33 million (2016: $41 million) associated 
with share-based payment charges. The Group is on track 
to generate savings, over three years to mid-2018, in excess 
of $650 million, ahead of the Company’s original target of 
$500 million. Savings of $581 million have been achieved 
as at 31 December 2017. 

During 2017, the Group recognised an income statement charge 
for restructuring costs of $15 million (2016: $12 million) relating to 
headcount reductions associated with organisation simplifications 
and certain country exits. This has been presented separately from 
administrative expenses in the income statement. 

www.tullowoil.com

31

1FINANCE REVIEW CONTINUED

Provision for onerous service contracts
At the end of 2017, Tullow had provided $131 million (2016: 
$133 million) for onerous service contracts due to the reduction 
in planned future activity under those contracts. The changes 
in estimates for the provision resulted in an income statement 
credit in 2017 of $1 million (2016: charge of $115 million).

Derivative financial instruments
Tullow undertakes hedging activities as part of the ongoing 
management of its business risk to protect against volatility and 
to ensure the availability of cash flow for re-investment in capital 
programmes that are driving business growth. From 2015 to 2017, 
this approach generated net revenue of c.$0.85 billion and the 
systematic approach will continue even as oil prices appear to 
be stabilising. The 2018 hedging programme protects 60 per cent 
of Group production at an average floor of $52/bbl, with 
40 per cent of Group production capped through collars at an 
average of $75/bbl, 20 per cent uncapped and fully exposed to 
the upside and the remaining 40 per cent of production unhedged.

At 31 December 2017, the Group’s derivative instruments had a 
net negative fair value of $76 million (2016: positive $91 million), 
net of deferred premium. While all of the Group’s commodity 
derivative instruments currently qualify for hedge accounting, 
a pre-tax charge of $12 million (2016: credit of $18 million) in 
relation to the change in time value of the Group’s commodity 
derivative instruments has been recognised within finance 
costs in the income statement for 2017.

Hedge position at 
31 December 2017

Oil hedges

Volume – bopd

Average floor price 
protected ($/bbl)

2018

2019

2020

45,000

22,232

997

52.23

48.87

50.00

Net financing costs
Net financing costs for the year were $310 million (2016: 
$172 million). The increase in financing costs is associated 
with a decrease in the value of capitalised interest due to 
the completion of the TEN development in 2016, and the 
commencement of recording interest on obligations under 
the TEN FPSO finance lease. This was offset by a reduction 
in interest on borrowings due to a reduction in the average 
level of net debt in 2017 compared to 2016. Net financing 
costs include interest incurred on the Group’s debt facilities, 
foreign exchange gains/losses, the unwinding of discount 
on decommissioning provisions, and the net financing costs 
associated with finance lease assets, offset by interest earned 
on cash deposits and capitalised borrowing costs.

Taxation
The net credit of $111 million (2016: credit of $311 million) 
relates to a tax charge in respect of hedging profits, Gabon 
and Equatorial Guinea production activities offset by credits 
in respect of the Group’s North Sea and Ghana production 
activities and non-recurring deferred tax credits associated 
with exploration write-offs and impairments.

The Group’s statutory effective tax rate for 2017 is 37.0 per cent 
(2016: 34.2 per cent). The increase in the tax rate for 2017 is 
mainly due to deferred tax credits associated with the impairment 
of property, plant and equipment. 

After adjusting for non-recurring amounts related to exploration 
write-offs, disposals, impairments and onerous lease provisions 
and their associated deferred tax benefit, the Group’s adjusted 
tax rate is 23.8 per cent (2016: 23.3 per cent). The adjusted tax 
rate has remained relatively consistent due to the mix of profits, 
notably the impact of increased profits from overseas production 
taxed at higher rates offset by hedging profits and business 
interruption insurance proceeds taxed at the UK’s effective 
corporate tax rate of 19.25 per cent.

The Group’s future statutory effective tax rate is sensitive to the 
geographic mix in which pre-tax profits and exploration costs 
written off arise. It is, however, expected that the adjusted tax 
rate should again broadly follow the UK’s standard rate of 
corporation tax as more of the Group’s profit is forecast to 
arise in the UK.

32

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTLoss after tax from continuing activities and loss per share
The loss for the year from continuing activities amounted to 
$189 million (2016: $597 million loss). Basic loss per share was 
14.7 cents (2016: 55.8 cents loss).

Reconciliation of net debt

Year end 2016 net debt

Sales revenue

Other operating income – 
lost production insurance proceeds

Operating costs

Operating expenses

Cash flow from operations 

Movement in working capital

Tax received, net

Purchases of intangible exploration 
and evaluation assets and property, plant 
and equipment

Other investing activities

Rights Issue proceeds

Other financing activities

Foreign exchange gain on cash and debt

Year end 2017 net debt

$m

4,782

(1,723)

(162)

386

199

(1,300)

135

(65)

308

(11)

(721)

340

4

3,471

Capital investment
2017 capital investment (net of Uganda expenditure) amounted 
to $225 million, net of prior year accrual reversals of $69 million 
(2016: $0.9 billion) with $127 million invested in development 
activities and $98 million invested in Exploration and Appraisal 
activities. More than 80 per cent of the total was invested in 
Kenya and Ghana and over 90 per cent was invested in Africa. 
Capital expenditure will continue to be carefully controlled 
during 2018. The Group’s 2018 capital expenditure associated 
with operating activities is expected to total approximately 
$460 million. This total excludes $110 million of forecast 
Uganda expenditure which will be repaid from either the working 
capital completion adjustment or deferred consideration post 
the completion of the Uganda farm-down, which is expected in 
the first half of the year. The capex total comprises Ghana capex 
of c.$250 million, West Africa non-operated capex of c.$40 million, 
Kenya pre-development expenditure of c.$80 million and 
Exploration and Appraisal spend of c.$90 million. 

At completion of the Uganda farm-down, Tullow is also 
due to receive $100 million cash consideration along with 
re-imbursement of 2017 capex of $58 million. A further 
$50 million cash consideration is due to be received when 
FID is achieved.

Portfolio management 
Tullow’s farm-down in Uganda continues to progress and the 
Joint Venture Partners await approval of the transaction from 
the Government of Uganda.

During 2017 Tullow also completed the sale of its remaining 
Dutch and Norwegian assets.

Credit ratings 
Tullow maintains corporate credit ratings with Standard & Poor’s 
and Moody’s Investors Service. In early January, Standard & Poor’s 
announced that they had revised the outlook on Tullow’s ‘B’ 
corporate credit rating to positive from stable. Moody’s Investors 
Service upgraded Tullow’s Corporate Family Rating to B1 from 
B2. Moody’s Investors Service upgraded its ratings of Tullow’s 
corporate bonds to B3 from Caa1. 

Balance sheet
On 29 November 2017, Tullow announced that it had completed 
the refinancing of $2.5 billion of Reserves Based Lending (RBL) 
credit facilities. The $2.5 billion of credit facilities are split between 
a commercial bank facility of $2.4 billion and an IFC facility of 
$100 million. The fully committed facilities are revolving with a 
three-year grace period and final maturity of November 2024. 
Tullow also decided to reduce the commitments of its Revolving 
Corporate Credit Facility to $600 million from $800 million, 
ahead of the scheduled amortisation that was due to occur in 
January 2018. As of year end 2017, Tullow has total headroom 
including free cash of $1.1 billion with no material near-term 
debt maturities, and net debt of $3.5 billion.

During 2017, the Group’s net debt to adjusted EBITDAX gearing 
ratio has reduced from 5.1x to 2.6x. This reduction has been 
driven by increased adjusted EBITDAX generated by the 
business of $1,346 million compared to $941 million in 2016 
and lower net debt as a result of the significant free cash flow 
generated in 2017 and the $721 million net proceeds from the 
Rights Issue. This takes Tullow close to its target gearing 
position of below 2.5x.

www.tullowoil.com

33

1FINANCE REVIEW CONTINUED

Liquidity risk management and going concern 
The Group closely monitors and manages its liquidity headroom. 
Cash forecasts are regularly produced and sensitivities run for 
different scenarios including, but not limited to, changes in 
commodity prices and different production rates from the 
Group’s producing assets. The Group had $1.1 billion of debt 
liquidity headroom and free cash at the end of 2017. The 
Group’s forecasts show that the Group will be able to operate 
within its current debt facilities and have sufficient financial 
headroom for the 12 months from the date of approval of the 
2017 Annual Report and Accounts.

Based on the analysis above, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
Thus they continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing the annual Financial Statements.

2018 principal financial risks and uncertainties 
The principal financial risks to performance identified for 
2018 are:

•  inability to progress major portfolio options;

•  disruption to business due to community/political/regulatory 

influence;

•  failure to manage oil price risk; and

•  major process safety/equipment/EHS failures.

Events since 31 December 2017
There has not been any event since 31 December 2017 that 
has resulted in a material impact on the year-end results.

Non-IFRS measures
The Group uses certain measures of performance that are not 
specifically defined under IFRS or other generally accepted 
accounting principles. These non-IFRS measures include 
capital investment, net debt, gearing, adjusted EBITDAX, 
underlying cash operating costs and free cash flow.

Capital investment
Capital investment is a useful indicator of the Group’s organic 
expenditure on Exploration and Appraisal assets and oil and 
gas assets incurred during a period. Capital investment is 
defined as additions to property, plant and equipment and 
intangible exploration and evaluation assets less 
decommissioning asset additions, capitalised share-based 
payment charge, capitalised finance costs, additions to 
administrative assets, Norwegian tax refund, and certain other 
non-cash capital expenditure.

Additions to property, plant 
and equipment

Additions to intangible exploration 
and evaluation assets

Less

Decommissioning asset additions

Finance lease asset additions

Capitalised share-based 
payment charge

Capitalised finance costs

Additions to administrative assets

Norwegian tax refund

Uganda capital investment

Other non-cash capital expenditure

Capital investment

Movement in working capital

Additions to administrative assets

Norwegian tax refund

Uganda capital investment

Cash capital expenditure 
per the cash flow statement

2017
$m

2016
$m

887.7

 818.5 

319.0

 291.4 

(33.6)

837.6

0.3

66.5

7.0

2.1

57.5

44.7

224.6

16.3

7.0

2.1

57.5

 57.1

–

 2.7

138.8

1.6

50.5

–

2.2

 857.0

 122.1 

 1.6 

 50.5 

–

307.5

 1,031.2

Net debt
Net debt is a useful indicator of the Group’s indebtedness, 
financial flexibility and capital structure because it indicates the 
level of cash borrowings after taking account of cash and cash 
equivalents within the Group’s business that could be utilised to 
pay down the outstanding cash borrowings. Net debt is defined 
as current and non-current borrowings plus unamortised 
arrangement fees and the equity component of any compound 
debt instrument less cash and cash equivalents. The Group’s 
definition of net debt does not include the Group’s finance 
leases as the Group’s focus is the management of cash 
borrowings and a finance lease is viewed as deferred capital 
investment. The value of the Group’s finance lease liabilities 
as at 31 December 2017 was $228.1 million current and 
$1,317.5 million non-current; it should be noted that these 
balances are recorded gross for operated assets and are 
therefore not representative of the Group’s net exposure 
under these contracts.

34

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTCurrent borrowings

Non-current borrowings

Unamortised arrangement fees

Equity component of convertible bonds

Less cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

2017
$m

–

3,606.4

100.2

48.4

(284.0)

3,471.0

2016
$m

591.5

4,388.4

35.5

48.4

(281.9)

4,781.9

Gearing and adjusted EBITDAX
Gearing is a useful indicator of the Group’s indebtedness, 
financial flexibility and capital structure and can assist securities 
analysts, investors and other parties to evaluate the Group. 
Gearing is defined as net debt divided by adjusted EBITDAX. 
Adjusted EBITDAX is defined as loss from continuing activities 
less income tax credit, finance costs, finance revenue, (loss)/
gain on hedging instruments, depreciation, depletion, 
amortisation, share-based payment charge, restructuring 
costs, gain/(loss) on disposal, goodwill impairment, exploration 
costs written off, impairment of property, plant and equipment 
net, provisions for inventory and provision for onerous service 
contracts. Adjusted EBITDAX therefore excludes interest on 
obligations under finance leases of $46.1 million, and interest 
income on amounts due from Joint Venture Partners for 
finance leases of $21.0 million, as in assessing business 
performance, management considers lease payments in 
substance to represent deferred capital expenditure. Had these 
been included in the calculation of adjusted EBITDAX, 
calculated gearing would have been unchanged at 2.6x.

Underlying cash operating costs
Underlying cash operating costs is a useful indicator of the 
Group’s underlying cash costs incurred to produce oil and gas. 
Underlying cash operating costs eliminates certain non-cash 
accounting adjustments to the Group’s cost of sales to produce 
oil and gas. Underlying cash operating costs is defined as cost 
of sales less operating lease expense, depletion and amortisation 
of oil and gas assets, underlift, overlift and oil stock movements, 
share-based payment charge included in cost of sales, and 
certain other cost of sales. Underlying cash operating costs are 
divided by production to determine underlying cash operating 
costs per boe. 

Cost of sales

Less

Operating lease expense

Depletion and amortisation 
of oil and gas assets

Underlift, overlift and oil 
stock movements

Share-based payment charge 
included in cost of sales

Other cost of sales

Underlying cash operating costs

Production (mmboe)

Underlying cash operating costs 
per boe ($/boe)

2017
$m

1,069.3

2016
$m

813.1

62.5

21.0

574.3

 448.5 

(2.3)

(76.5)

1.1

47.5

386.2

34.7

 2.7 

 40.2 

377.2

26.4

11.1

14.3

2017
$m

2016
$m

Excluding prior year accrual reversals, the underlying cash 
operating costs were $11.7/boe.

Loss from continuing activities

(188.5)

(597.3)

Less

Income tax credit

Finance costs

Finance revenue

Loss/(gain) on hedging instruments

Depreciation, depletion 
and amortisation

Share-based payment charge

Restructuring costs

Loss on disposal

Goodwill impairment

Exploration costs written off

Impairment of property, plant and 
equipment, net

Provision for onerous service 
contracts, net

Adjusted EBITDAX

Net debt

Gearing (times)

(110.6)

351.7

(42.0)

11.8

(311.0)

198.2

(26.4)

(18.2)

592.2

 466.9 

33.9

14.5

1.6

–

143.4

43.9

12.3

3.4

164.0

723.0

539.1

167.6

(1.0)

1,346.1

3,471.0

2.6

114.9

 941.3 

4,781.9

5.1

Free cash flow
Free cash flow is a useful indicator of the Group’s ability to 
generate organic cash flow to fund the business and strategic 
acquisitions, reduce borrowings and available to return to 
shareholders through dividends. Free cash flow is defined as 
net cash from operating activities, net cash used in investing 
activities, net cash generated by financing activities and foreign 
exchange loss less repayment of bank loans, drawdown of bank 
loans and issue of convertible bonds.

Net cash from operating activities

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash (used in)/generated by 
financing activities

Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 

2017
$m

1,222.9

(296.4)

(927.9)

3.5

Net proceeds from issue share capital

(768.1)

Repayment of bank loans

Drawdown of bank loans

Issue of convertible bonds

Free cash flow

2016
$m

512.5

(967.2)

399.3

(18.4)

–

769.1

1,613.6

(305.0)

(1,187.5)

–

542.6

(300.0)

(792.2)

www.tullowoil.com

35

1RESPONSIBLE OPERATIONS

PRIORITISING  
RESPONSIBLE OPERATIONS

As a responsible operator, Tullow manages above-ground risks with the same rigour 
and focus with which it manages the below-ground technical challenges of exploring 
for and producing oil and gas.

Overview
Tullow is committed to sustaining high levels of safety, 
environmental and social performance across our operations. 
To facilitate this, we have enacted mandatory policies and 
standards to guide operational responsibility and to which 
we hold all employees and contractors accountable. Our 
organisational structure makes clear the accountability of 
Business Delivery Teams for operational delivery in accordance 
with these requirements and the Corporate Centre’s accountability 
for structured and independent assurance. In 2017, we have 
continued to strengthen and clarify these policies and standards 
to ensure compliance and robust risk management at all our 
operational sites, among staff and contractors.

Occupational safety 
Providing a safe working environment for our staff and 
contractors is a core value and a business priority. Safe and 
sustainable performance is also incentivised through Tullow’s 
Group scorecard. Our objective is to achieve sustained top 
quartile safety performance and in 2017 we achieved a decrease 
in the Total Recordable Injuries and High-Potential Incidents 
across our operations. Unfortunately, we also experienced 
four Lost Time Injuries (LTIs) in the course of the year, which 
prompted the establishment and execution of focused 
improvement plans with our staff and contractors. 

Process Safety Management (PSM)
Major accident events (MAEs) represent a material risk to 
Tullow. To address this, Process Safety Management (PSM) 
policies, standards and plans are applied to all drilling and 
production activities and are incorporated in planning and 
decision making throughout the project life cycle, from concept 

selection, design and construction through to commissioning, 
operations, modifications and decommissioning. In 2017, 
Tullow undertook PSM audits for Jubilee and TEN, which 
will be closed out in 2018. 

In Tullow’s approach to PSM, lessons from earlier projects are 
learnt and applied to others. For example, the TEN project – 
which came onstream in 2016 – drew valuable lessons from 
Jubilee, which have resulted in robust PSM arrangements 
being well established early in the operational life of the TEN 
fields. There were no Tier 1 or Tier 2 process safety events 
recorded at TEN or Jubilee in 2017.

Regrettably, Tullow experienced a third-party fatality in 2017 
when a pedestrian was struck by an off-duty vehicle at a town 
near to one of our locations in Kenya. The incident was 
comprehensively investigated by Tullow. Following this we 
instigated additional controls to mitigate recurrence and we 
continue to work with our contractors to prevent such incidents.

Environment
Tullow’s environmental management approach incorporates 
Environmental and Social Impact Assessments (ESIAs), 
associated Management Plans (ESMPs), resource use 
minimisation, waste management, protected areas management, 
biodiversity management, greenhouse gas (GHG) and emissions 
management, and close-out/decommissioning/remediation.

Tullow’s total Scope 1 emissions were 1.1 million tonnes of CO²e 
(2016: 754,338 tonnes) and 127 tonnes (2016: 142 tonnes) of CO²e 
per 1,000 tonnes of hydrocarbon produced. Although the total 
air emissions increased by 46 per cent from last year, the flaring 
normalised by production has decreased because of increased 

3.4%

score achieved out of a 5% allocation 
for safe and sustainable operations 
in the Group scorecard

 2016: 4.1%

REDUCED

recordable injuries in the last  
12 months to 8

 2016: 9

SIGNED

Memorandum of Understanding between 
Tullow and Kenya National Police 
Service, aligned with Voluntary Principles 
on Security and Human Rights

36

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTLOST HOURS RESULTING FROM COMMUNITY STOPPAGES 

LOST TIME INJURY FREQUENCY (LTIF) RATES

   Reduced man hours resulting 
   Lost man hours resulting from 
from community stoppages
community stoppages
   % reduced man hours compared 
to total man hours – Group

s
r
u
o
h
t
s
o
L

6,000

5,000

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

1%

%
o
f

G
r
o
u
p
l
o
s
t
h
o
u
r
s

0.5%

0%

s
r
u
o
h
n
a
m
n
o
i
l
l
i

m

r
e
p
F
I
T
L

1

0.9

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0

11

11

12

12

13

13

14

14

15

15

16

16

17

17

7
1
n
a
J

7
1
b
e
F

7
1
r
a
M

7
1
r
p
A

7
1
y
a
M

7
1
n
u
J

7
1
l
u
J

7
1
g
u
A

7
1
p
e
S

7
1
t
c
O

7
1
v
o
N

7
1
c
e
D

combined production from TEN and Jubilee. The increase in air 
emissions is mostly accounted for by the increase in flaring at 
our Ghana operations during commissioning of the TEN facility 
and periods of reduced capacity onshore to receive gas. Despite 
the increase, all operations remain within statutory flaring limits.

The quality of our ESIAs has continued to improve and reviews 
of associated management plans show an improving level of 
adherence to identified mitigation measures. In Kenya and 
Uganda, we have continued to collect baseline data to support 
operations and planned development work. In Kenya, we have 
recently completed a Waste Management Infrastructure Study 
to inform development planning on waste management options. 
A review of all planning to date shows alignment with IFC 
Performance Standards. Work was also completed in Kenya 
on option selection for sustainable water supply to full field 
development and this work has highlighted preferred options 
which continue to be progressed. 

Tullow acknowledges the global threat posed by climate change 
and recognises the need to reduce GHG emissions. We accept 
our responsibility to comply with emerging climate change 
legislation and regulation, and to reduce our GHG emissions as 
far as is reasonably practicable through appropriate initiatives. 
In 2018, Tullow will be undertaking a strategic benchmarking 
exercise to ensure that our initiatives and commitments are 
in line with the legitimate expectations of our stakeholders. 

Asset Protection (Security, Business Continuity  
and Crisis & Emergency Management) 
Tullow’s approach to Asset Protection incorporates the 
traditional corporate security function, business continuity, 
and crisis & emergency management. Our policies, standards 
and plans in this area are applicable to all employees and 
contractors. They are designed to protect Tullow’s assets 
(people, physical assets and reputation) from sources of 
potential and actual harm, while ensuring that Tullow can 
rapidly adapt and respond in a resilient way to unforeseen 
events that could impact normal business operations. 

 Tullow LTIF 

 OGP average LTIF 

 2017 OGP data not available at time of publication

In Ghana and Kenya, Tullow has large-scale operations which 
currently receive direct support from national security services. 
In both cases, the nature of this support is captured in a 
Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) that is aligned with the 
Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights (VPSHR) 
to which Tullow is a signatory. The MoU between Tullow and 
the Kenya National Police Service was signed in July 2017. 
We are also working towards VPSHR application in relation 
to short-duration exploration activities.

Throughout the year, we undertook a number of Crisis & 
Emergency Management preparedness exercises across the 
business, which increased awareness among members of the 
Crisis Management Team and in-country Incident Management 
Teams, and which generated useful feedback for further 
improvements to the Crisis Management process.

Social Performance
Building a robust social licence is fundamental to our ability to 
operate. Without the engaged support of our host communities, 
we would be unable to undertake the technical, infrastructural 
and logistical work associated with exploration, development 
and production of hydrocarbons onshore and offshore. Focal 
areas of our Social Performance therefore include stakeholder 
engagement, management of community grievances and  
land/sea access – all led by focused Stakeholder Engagement 
Teams – with emphasis dependent on project context and 
proposed activities.

In Kenya, a key focus of our engagement is to aim for Free, Prior 
and Informed Consent (FPIC) with affected communities. The 
E&A Stakeholder Engagement Framework is available on our 
website. Tullow’s ongoing focus on stakeholder identification 
and analysis to inform the establishment broad-based and 
representative stakeholder platforms will be a key factor in 
achieving FPIC for the development. A development-focused 
Land Access and Resettlement Framework has been developed 
for discussion with national and county government. 

www.tullowoil.com

37

1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GOVERNANCE & RISK MANAGEMENT

ETHICAL & PRUDENT  
RISK MANAGEMENT

Our ethical standards and behaviour underpin everything we do across our Group and 
we work to ensure that they are upheld and demonstrated at every opportunity.

A culture of ethical behaviour aligned to our values and a 
robust Integrated Management System (IMS) are central to 
how we run the business. Through clear corporate governance 
policies, supported by robust risk, assurance and performance 
management processes, we manage the opportunities and 
risks in our operations and respond to the concerns of our 
shareholders and stakeholders. The Board incentivises such 
good governance and risk management measures through 
a set of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) in our Group scorecard, 
which are used to determine Executive Directors’ and employees’ 
variable, performance-related pay. See pages 20 to 23 for 
more information. 

Risk management is underpinned by the IMS, implemented 
in 2016, which sets out all mandatory policies, standards and 
controls necessary to manage our activities and associated 
risks. During the year, we have incorporated feedback from 
the business to make the mandatory requirements clearer. 
Business Units have also reviewed their local systems to 
confirm compliance with the IMS and local legislation and 
regulation. An independent Internal Audit, due to report in the 
first quarter of 2018, is assessing how effectively the Corporate 
functions have rolled out mandatory requirements across the 
Group and how local BU management systems align with 
Group requirements. 

Risk, assurance and performance management
The Company has a consistent risk management process across 
the Group, which ensures risk is considered at every level of the 
organisation, and that adequate risk information flows from the 
Business Units and functions to the Group and from the Board 
down to the Business Units and functions. On an annual basis 
the Board of Directors carries out an assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Company, including those that would threaten 
our business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity. 
The management of these principal risks is delegated to the 
Executive Team and Senior Management and is overseen by the 
Board of Directors and its Committees. A summary of the full 
report on these risks is available on pages 42 to 49.

Assurance activities are planned on an annual basis to coordinate 
them between the Business Units, functions and Internal Audit 
and to align them to key risks and key requirements set out in the 
IMS. Bottom-up and top-down reviews of planned assurance 
activities are carried out to ensure the right level of assurance 
across the Group. Responsibility for assurance activities is clearly 
articulated at each of the four organisational tiers (see chart). 

Both risk management and assurance are treated as an integral 
part of doing business at Tullow and are monitored together 
with usual business and operational performance as part of 
performance management. Performance scorecards are used 
to give Senior Management a clear view of business performance 
and a subset of the KPIs are monitored regularly by the Executive 
Team and have targets which are linked to remuneration.

TULLOW ASSURANCE MODEL

INDEPENDENT 
ASSURANCE

Internal Audit 
(Statutory auditor/reserves auditor

RISK 
OVERSIGHT

OWNERSHIP & 
MANAGEMENT 
OF RISK

Government audits, etc. operate above 
Tullow’s internal assurance model)

Heads of Group functions

BU embedded functional leads

Site-based functional staff

38

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

TIER 3

TIER 2

TIER 1

TIER 0

Board, 
Audit Committee,  
Sub-Committees

Board Committees

Executive Team

BDT Executive Vice President

BU Manager

BU leadership

BU functional leads

STRATEGIC REPORTStakeholder engagement
Our priority is to ensure that the Company can negotiate and 
sustain agreement, legitimacy and trust in our countries of 
operation. We aim to maintain and build relationships with 
all stakeholders, including national and local governments, 
regulators, international and national NGOs, multilaterals, 
host communities and their diaspora. 

We also look for opportunities to engage stakeholders outside 
formal meetings and use these to understand evolving expectations 
of Tullow and our industry, and to provide input on key policy 
issues and contribute our own views. We took part in Chatham 
House New Producers conferences in Guyana and Suriname 
and took part in a panel discussion in Nairobi for the launch of 
Oxfam’s report on implementation of Free, Prior and Informed 
Consent (FPIC) in Turkana.

In Ghana, our engagement focused on the six coastal communities 
closest to our operations and we discussed a range of topics 
with them including the operating constraints of our Floating 
Production Storage and Offloading vessels (FPSOs), the Turret 
Remediation Project and ongoing Jubilee and TEN operations. 
In Kenya we published our Exploration & Appraisal Stakeholder 
Engagement Framework for the South Lokichar Basin, 
Turkana, which received positive feedback.

Ethical behaviour
We are fully committed to conducting our business ethically, 
legally and in compliance with our own internal Code of Ethical 
Conduct (‘the Code’). As in previous years, we implemented a 
programme of communication and training on the Code and its 
related ethical standards. In particular, all staff are required to 
complete an annual e-learning module covering key areas of 
the Code, with a special focus on anti-corruption and compliance 
controls. In 2017, all staff (100 per cent) completed the e-learning 
module as well as their compliance certification with the Code. 
The Code certification process obtains confirmation and formal 
disclosure from staff on how they complied with the Code. 
All Code certificates were reviewed and assured by our Group 
Ethics & Compliance function before obtaining formal sign-off 
by Les Wood, our Chief Financial Officer, who has executive 
responsibility for Ethics & Compliance.

As part of our continued commitment to zero tolerance of bribery 
and corruption, we further strengthened our supply chain due 
diligence process to cover additional controls, including those 
related to beneficial ownership. The revised process also covers 
due diligence related to human rights and labour conditions 
as part of our compliance with the UK Modern Slavery Act. 
Furthermore, in response to the introduction of the UK Criminal 
Finances Act 2017, we leveraged our anti-corruption controls to 
introduce a specific compliance programme to prevent the 
facilitation of tax evasion. This programme will continue to be 
our focus in 2018.

In addition to the supply chain due diligence improvements, we 
carry out an annual sanctions and trade restrictions review of 
all vendors and suppliers across the Company using an external 
company to ensure we monitor our compliance with these 
requirements. The 2017 review covered over 7,500 vendors 
including other third parties and confirmed that we had no 
sanction breaches during the year. 

SPEAKING UP

60 

speaking 
up cases

 HR 

  Fraud 

  Supply chain 

  Corruption 

Speaking up cases 

38

8

12

2

60

In 2015, the Board established an Ethics & Compliance 
Committee in order to oversee and assist the Executive Team 
in ensuring that our policies and codes relating to Ethics & 
Compliance were fully reflective of best practices in this area 
and that they were thoroughly implemented across our 
business. Following the successful implementation of the 
revised Code and the Tullow staff’s 100 per cent completion of 
the Code of Ethical Conduct e-learning module and compliance 
certification in 2017, the Board determined that a standalone 
committee was no longer required and that Ethics & 
Compliance issues would be best addressed on an ongoing 
basis by the Executive Team under the supervision of the Board 
as a whole and through the Audit Committee. The Board will 
continue to monitor Ethics & Compliance issues as part of its 
ongoing risk management remit and the Board maintains 
responsibility for overseesing the development and monitoring 
the implementation and effectiveness of the Code and other 
Company standards in relation to good ethical behaviour. In 
addition, Ethics & Compliance features strongly at the Audit 
Committee which provides further assurance to the Board. 
The Board signs off on the Tullow Code of Ethical Conduct to 
ensure this key document is fully supported. The Executive 
Team also has regular engagement on strategic Ethics & Compliance 
matters to ensure the tone from the top is clear and transparent.

The Audit Committee also reviews the adequacy and security 
of the Company’s arrangements for staff to raise concerns, in 
confidence, about possible improprieties in financial reporting 
or other matters. In 2017, we recorded 60 ‘speaking up’ cases, 
of which seven were submitted via our confidential, external 
and independent reporting option provided by Safecall. We 
investigated all reported possible or actual breaches of our 
Code, following which seven members of our workforce left the 
Group and had their contracts terminated. This is necessary 
to uphold good corporate governance and ensure that we 
safeguard the integrity of our Code and that of the Company. 
As in previous years, we provide above a breakdown of 
‘speaking up’ cases by category. 

www.tullowoil.com

39

1GOVERNANCE & RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

STRONG LEADERSHIP  
& FOCUSED EXPERIENCE

The Board provides strategic oversight and stewardship of the Company and has a particular 
responsibility for maintaining effective risk management and internal control systems.

1

4

2

3

5

7

1. AIDAN HEAVEY 
CHAIRMAN 
Aidan Heavey (age 64, Irish) is 
the founder of Tullow and was 
Chief Executive Officer for 31 
years. He has played a key role 
in Tullow’s development as a 
leading independent oil and  
gas exploration and production 
group. Aidan was appointed as 
non-executive Chairman on 
26 April 2017 following Tullow’s 
Annual General Meeting for  
a transitional period not 
exceeding two years.

N

3. LES WOOD 
CHIEF FINANCIAL 
OFFICER
Les Wood (age 55, British) 
was appointed to the Board 
of Directors in June 2017 after 
acting as Interim CFO for six 
months. Les joined Tullow in 
2014 and was the Group’s Vice 
President for Commercial and 
Finance. Before joining Tullow, 
Les worked for BP plc for 
28 years in various positions 
including regional CFO roles 
in Canada and the Middle East. 
Les has an MSc in Inorganic 
Chemistry from Aberdeen 
University and also a BSc 
in Chemistry from Heriot 
Watt University.

2. PAUL McDADE  
CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
OFFICER
Paul McDade (age 54, British) 
was appointed Chief Executive 
Officer on 26 April 2017, following 
Tullow’s Annual General Meeting, 
and was appointed to the Board 
of Directors in March 2006. 
Paul joined Tullow in 2001 and 
was appointed Chief Operating 
Officer following the Energy 
Africa acquisition in 2004, 
having previously managed 
Tullow’s UK gas business.

An engineer with over 30 years’ 
experience, Paul has worked in 
various operational, commercial 
and management roles with 
Conoco, Lasmo and ERC. He has 
broad international experience 
having worked in the UK North 
Sea, Latin America, Africa and 
Southeast Asia. Paul holds 
degrees in civil engineering 
and petroleum engineering.

N

4. ANGUS McCOSS 
EXPLORATION DIRECTOR
Angus McCoss (age 56, British) was 
appointed to the Board of Directors 
in December 2006 following 21 years 
of wide-ranging exploration 
experience, working primarily with 
Shell in Africa, Europe, China, South 
America and the Middle East. Angus 
held a number of senior positions  
at Shell, including regional vice 
president of exploration for the 
Americas and general manager  
of exploration in Nigeria. He holds  
a PhD in structural geology. 

Other directorships and offices 
Angus is a non-executive director  
of Providence Resources plc, 
an Ireland-based oil and gas 
exploration company with a portfolio 
of appraisal and exploration assets 
located offshore Ireland and shares 
quoted on the AIM in London and  
the ESM in Dublin. Angus is also  
a non-executive director of Ikon 
Science Limited and a member  
of the advisory board of the industry-
backed Energy and Geoscience 
Institute of the University of Utah.

EHS

40

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORT8

9

6

5. JEREMY WILSON 
NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR AND SENIOR 
INDEPENDENT 
DIRECTOR
Jeremy Wilson (age 53, British) 
was appointed as a non-executive 
Director in October 2013 following 
a 26-year career at J.P. Morgan, 
where he held a number of senior 
positions, most recently vice 
chairman of the Energy Group. 

Other directorships  
and offices
Jeremy is a non-executive director 
of John Wood Group PLC (UK) 
and a director of The Lakeland 
Climbing Centre Ltd and The 
Lakeland Climbing Foundation. 

N*, A, R

6. TUTU AGYARE 
NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR
Tutu Agyare (age 55, Ghanaian) 
was appointed as a non-executive 
Director in August 2010. He is 
currently a managing partner at 
Nubuke Investments, an asset 
management firm focused solely 
on Africa, which he founded in 
2007. Previously, he had a 21-year 
career with UBS Investment Bank, 
holding a number of senior 
positions, most recently as the 
head of European emerging 
markets, and served on the 
board of directors. 

Other directorships  
and offices 
Tutu is a director of the Nubuke 
Foundation, a Ghana-based 
cultural and educational foundation. 

R*

7. STEVE LUCAS 
NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR
Steve Lucas (age 63, British) was 
appointed as a non-executive 
Director in March 2012. 
A Chartered Accountant, Steve 
was finance director at National 
Grid plc from 2002 to 2010 and 
previously worked for 11 years at 
Royal Dutch Shell and for six 
years at BG Group, latterly as 
group treasurer. 

Other directorships  
and offices
Steve is a non-executive director 
of Acacia Mining plc and 
chairman of Ferrexpo plc.

A*, N

8. ANNE DRINKWATER 
NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR
Anne Drinkwater (age 62, British) 
was appointed as a non-executive 
Director in July 2012. Anne’s 
appointment followed a long 
career at BP, where she held a 
number of senior business and 
operations positions, including 
president and chief executive 
officer of BP Canada Energy 
Company, president of BP 
Indonesia and managing 
director of BP Norway. 

Other directorships  
and offices 
Anne is a non-executive director 
and the non-executive deputy 
chairman of Aker Solutions ASA 
(Norway) and is an oil and gas 
adviser to the Government of 
the Falkland Islands. 

EHS*, A, N

9. MIKE DALY 
NON-EXECUTIVE 
DIRECTOR
Mike Daly (age 64, British) was 
appointed as a non-executive 
Director in June 2014 following 
a 28-year career at BP, where he 
held a number of senior roles. 
Most recently, he was executive 
vice president exploration, and a 
member of BP’s group executive 
team until January 2014. 

Other directorships  
and offices
Mike is a visiting professor at 
the University of Oxford and 
a senior advisor at Macro 
Advisory Partners. Mike is 
also a non-executive director of 
CGG, an integrated geoscience 
company based in France, 
which is listed on the Euronext 
and New York Stock Exchanges. 

EHS, R

KEVIN MASSIE 
COMPANY SECRETARY
Kevin Massie was appointed 
Company Secretary on 1 January 
2016. Kevin was previously 
Corporate Counsel and Deputy 
Company Secretary at Tullow.

KEY

* 

A 

Committee Chair

Audit Committee

EHS   EHS Committee

Nominations Committee

Remuneration Committee

N  

R  

>>

Audit Committee 

Nominations Committee 

EHS Committee 

Remuneration Committee 

67

73

76

78

www.tullowoil.com

41

1PRINCIPAL RISKS

MANAGING RISKS & 
UNCERTAINTIES

We recognise that effective risk management is fundamental to helping us achieve 
our strategic objectives. Risk management is embedded in our critical business 
activities, functions and processes. Materiality and our tolerance for risk are key 
considerations in our decision making process.

Our ability to identify, assess and successfully manage our risks 
is critical to our business success. Managing those risks helps 
to protect our business, those who work with us and our 
reputation. We use our risk management process to provide 
reasonable, but not absolute assurance that the risks we face 
are being mitigated and that our assets are protected. This 
approach to risk management supports the business in 
achieving its strategic objectives. 

The Board provides strategic oversight and stewardship of the 
Company and has a particular responsibility for maintaining 
effective risk management and internal control systems. The 
Executive Team, Group functional heads and Business Delivery 
Teams are responsible and accountable for monitoring and 
managing the risks in their parts of the business. Individual 
leaders and managers identify and assess the probability and 
impact of particular day-to-day risks and decide, within their 
levels of authority, whether they should be terminated or 
brought to an acceptable level to meet the Board expectations.

Risk management process 
The risk management process is based on risk registers held at 
each layer of the organisation (as illustrated in the risk hierarchy). 
Key risks in these registers have assigned owners and are 
reviewed as part of the quarterly business performance reviews. 
The registers identify risks facing the Group and assess these, 
at both an inherent and residual level, against two scales: 
a) their likelihood; and b) their potential consequence to the 
Group. The consequences include financial, safety, reputation, 
legal and regulatory impacts. The risk owners use these 
assessments to understand how strong existing controls are 
and what mitigating actions are taken. They also consider 
what additional actions may be needed to reduce the risk to 
the agreed tolerance level. Tullow recognises that risk cannot 
be totally eliminated and that there are some risks the Board 
or Executive will decide are acceptable to enable the pursuit 
of particular business opportunities. These decisions are 
informed by a risk assessment and are made at an appropriate 
authority level and reflect the Group’s defined risk appetite. 

RISK HIERARCHY

Board – Oversee identification, 
assessment of and response to principal 
risks (annual planning) and monitor 
effectiveness of risk management 
process (delegated to Audit Committee).

Executive Committee – Oversee 
identification and assessment of 
principal risks from key business 
delivery risks and corporate risks and 
monitor effectiveness of risk reduction 
actions (quarterly).

Business EVPs and BU Managers 
– Identify and assess their respective 
business risks (at least annually) 
and monitor effectiveness of risk 
response (quarterly).

Project Steering Groups (PSG)  
– Identify, assess and respond  
to project risks (monthly).

42

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

Functional EVPs and heads of Group 
functions – Set standards for managing 
risks in their respective functional 
areas, and review business risks to 
get assurance that key business risks 
have been identified and assessed and 
that effective risk mitigation actions 
are planned. Functions may also be 
responsible for aggregation of 
certain risks across the Group.

If a function is responsible for managing 
corporate risks – Identify, assess and 
respond to such risks.

PRINCIPAL 
RISKS

BUSINESS  
DELIVERY RISKS

C

O

R

P

O

R

A

T

E

R

I

S

K

S

PROJECT RISKS

STRATEGIC REPORT 
The Audit Committee has delegated responsibility from the 
Board for oversight of the risk management process, supported 
by Group Internal Audit. Risk management is also an integral 
part of the annual business planning process and ongoing 
business performance management. This includes risk 
identification, but also requires detailed discussions between 
all levels of the organisation to agree how risks are to be 
mitigated and to ensure there is a clear understanding of 
compound risk and where risks are interdependent thus 
requiring cross-business or cross-functional collaboration.

Our inherent risk universe 
The Group maintains a ‘risk universe’, which lists an extensive 
collection of potential risks that could affect the Company’s 
performance. This is used to ensure risks are identified in a 
complete and systematic way and that the agreed definitions 
of risk are used. These risks are separated into four classes: 
Strategic, Financial, Operational and Compliance. These are then 
divided into ten risk categories. The responsibility for each of these 
categories is assigned to Executive Directors and Executive Vice 
Presidents with the Board or relevant Board Committees providing 
oversight. A summary of our risk universe is detailed below. 

Risk appetite 
The Board sets the Group’s risk appetite and acceptable risk 
tolerance levels for principal risks and ensures compliance 
with these agreed tolerances. This year the Board has reviewed 
the risk process, the assessment of principal risks and the 
existing controls and mitigating actions that drive towards 
residual risk. The risk appetite has been adopted by the Board 
and is reviewed at least annually to ensure that it reflects the 
current external and market conditions.

TULLOW’S RISK UNIVERSE

1

STRATEGIC

2

3

About these risks
Internal risks associated with 
inadequate strategy and external 
risks associated with external 
competitive, political and social 
business environment

Oversight 
Board

1.  Strategy not fully achievable  

in a sustained low oil 
price environment

2.  Inability to progress major 

portfolio options

3.  Disruption to business  

due to community/political/
regulatory influence

4

FINANCIAL

5

About these risks
Financial risks arising from oil 
price volatility, cost and capital 
discipline and inaccurate 
financial reporting

Oversight 
Board and Audit Committee

4.  Insufficient liquidity and 

funding capacity

5.  Failure to manage oil price risk

Principal risks 
The Group works in collaboration with the business to identify 
the principal risks facing Tullow and to consolidate the risk 
registers. Principal risks can be a single risk, or a set of 
consolidated business risks which, taken together, are 
significant for the Group. Principal risks include risks which 
are ongoing business or industry risks, but they also include 
risks specific to Tullow. The Executive Committee undertakes 
a formal review of the principal risks once a year during a risk 
workshop attended by Executive Directors and Executive Vice 
Presidents. During the workshop held in 2017 we agreed the 
principal risks, understood the risk interdependencies and 
defined risk tolerances for each risk. Results of the principal 
risk assessment were then brought to the Board’s strategy 
session, where they formed part of discussions about Tullow’s 
business strategy and future plans. 

The principal risk assessment also covered emerging risks 
such as the risk of climate change, Brexit or cyber threats. 
Those risks that the Board considered to have a significant 
enough impact during our planning horizon have been 
identified as principal risks. The other risks continue to be 
managed or monitored by the Senior Management. The 
resulting principal risks are presented on pages 44 to 49. 

Other risks could emerge in the future and if these risks are 
not successfully managed our cash flow, operating results, 
financial position, business and reputation could be materially 
adversely affected.

6

7

OPERATIONAL

8

9

About these risks
Operational risks arising from 
health & safety, information 
systems, development, 
exploration and other technical 
operational process activities

Oversight
Board and Audit and 
EHS Committees

6.   Major process safety/

equipment/EHS failure

7.   Inability to replenish 
exploration portfolio

8.   Major cyber or information 

security incident

9.   Failure to have a balanced, 
diverse workforce and 
attractive employee 
proposition

10

COMPLIANCE

About these risks
Legal and compliance  
risks arising from unethical 
behaviour or violation of 
applicable laws and regulations

Oversight
Board and Audit Committee

10.  Major breach of business or 
ethical conduct standards

www.tullowoil.com

43

1PRINCIPAL RISKS CONTINUED

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

•  Low oil price environment due to 

•  Inability to deleverage the business 

•  Robust planning of strategy 

•  Improved Group capital allocation process and reporting

global supply/demand balances and 
shift to alternative energy sources  
as a result of climate change

•  Inability to monetise chosen assets

•  Capital committed to suboptimal projects 

•  Overheads not matched to asset base

•  Portfolio not optimised to sustain  

long-term strategy 

•  Business plan reviewed by the Executive Team and approved 

•  Optimised 2018 planned capital spend 

annually by the Board 

•  Strict capital allocation process in line with the business plan

•  Track delivery through rigorous regular performance 

management and reporting

•  Board Strategy Day portfolio reviews

•  Tested and retained options for increased EBITDA delivery

•  Improved focus on overheads

•  Focused on deleveraging options

•  Detailed portfolio review 

•  Reduction in market appetite for 

•  Inability to monetise chosen assets 

•  Regular portfolio assessments by the Board

•  Improved portfolio analysis 

E&P assets

and deleverage balance sheet 

•  Uncertainty around projects

•  Write-downs on acquired assets

•  Failure to exit mature assets with 

low returns

•  Exposure to decommissioning costs

STRATEGIC

Principal risks

1. STRATEGY NOT 
FULLY ACHIEVABLE IN 
SUSTAINED LOW OIL 
PRICE ENVIRONMENT

Executive responsibility
Paul McDade 
Chief Executive Officer

Link to KPI/scorecard
Strategic Financing

Safe, Sustainable and Efficient Operations

Business Development and Growth

2. INABILITY TO 
PROGRESS MAJOR 
PORTFOLIO OPTIONS

Executive responsibility
Les Wood  
Chief Financial Officer

Link to KPI/scorecard
Strategic Financing

3. DISRUPTION TO 
BUSINESS DUE TO 
COMMUNITY/POLITICAL/ 
REGULATORY INFLUENCE 

Executive responsibility
Sandy Stash  
EVP – Safety, Operations, Engineering 
& External Affairs

Link to KPI/scorecard
Safe, Sustainable and Efficient Operations

Business Development and Growth

•  Fiscal pressures on Government  
as a result of reduced revenues  
due to low oil price

•  Local currency exchange 

rate challenges

•  Uncertainty arising from changes 

in Government leadership

•  Pace of national content requirements

•  Government inability to deliver 

infrastructure on time for projects 
and provide security for critical 
infrastructure

•  Significant variance to plans due to delayed 

regulatory approvals/lack of support 

•  Regulatory and tax changes affecting 
profitability and viability of projects/
operations

•  Inability to achieve community support 
for new projects due to opposition/loss 
of licence to operate

•  Unplanned costs due to community  

unrest/opposition 

•  Significant security risk to Tullow 

employees and contractors

•  Inability to execute commercial transactions

•  Meet relevant commercial and investment appraisal standards

•  Biannual portfolio reviews with Business Delivery Teams

•  Review all major acquisition or divestment proposals

•  Portfolio reviewed by the Board

•  Approval process for all major decisions and new country 

•  Executing current strategic portfolio plan

entry proposals 

•  Implemented a new Corporate Centre Acquisition 

& Divestments role to increase deal expertise

•  Focus on securing maximum value in current operations 

•  Clear identification of level of commitments in new licences

•  Successful farm-down of Uganda and disposal of 

non-core/mature assets

•  Non-technical risk standard sets minimum requirements 

•  Fully embedded non-technical risk standard

for stakeholder management

•  Mapped and set out integrated solutions for 

•  Country strategy papers and stakeholder engagement plans, 

complex risks 

supported by experienced staff to manage developments

•  Negotiated TEN gas sales/delivery agreements 

•  Social investment projects mapped to business 

and delivered TEN successfully

development plans

contracting strategy

•  Plans to increase local content incorporated into 

•  Negotiated settlement of tax disputes

•  Improved stakeholder strategy

•  Developed an approach and plan to obtain agreements 

with communities

•  Landscape level approach to development adopted

FINANCIAL

Principal risks

4. INSUFFICIENT LIQUIDITY 
& FUNDING CAPACITY

Executive responsibility
Les Wood  
Chief Financial Officer

Link to KPI/scorecard
Strategic Financing

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

•  Oil price downturn

•  Inability to finance strategic objectives

•  Prudent approach to diversified debt and equity, with a balance 

•  $750 million Rights Issue enabled stepped reduction 

•  Lack of capital discipline and 

•  Ability to raise further debt constrained

•  Inability to fund capital investment/projects 

unsuccessful portfolio management

•  Reduced asset quality limiting ability  

to raise debt

•  Reduced bank/DCM appetite  

for E&P sector

•  Significant unplanned cash outflows 

and elevated leverage

maintained through business planning and performance 

in debt

management processes

•  Completed $2.5 billion RBL refinancing and one year 

•  Board-approved funding policy targets in place

tenor extension of RCF

•  Optimisation of debt capital structure

•  Good relationships with banks and capital market investors

•  Regular funding and liquidity projections reported to 

•  2017 year-end facility headroom and free cash 

of $1.1 billion; net debt of $3.5 billion

•  YE2017 Net Debt/EBITDAX 2.6x

management and periodic financing strategy review carried out

•  Strength of assets retained of debt capacity despite fall 

•  Financing standard in place to ensure optimal funding

in low oil price environment

44

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC

Principal risks

1. STRATEGY NOT 

FULLY ACHIEVABLE IN 

SUSTAINED LOW OIL 

PRICE ENVIRONMENT

Executive responsibility

Paul McDade 

Chief Executive Officer

Link to KPI/scorecard

Strategic Financing

Safe, Sustainable and Efficient Operations

Business Development and Growth

2. INABILITY TO 

PROGRESS MAJOR 

PORTFOLIO OPTIONS

Executive responsibility

Les Wood  

Chief Financial Officer

Link to KPI/scorecard

Strategic Financing

3. DISRUPTION TO 

BUSINESS DUE TO 

COMMUNITY/POLITICAL/ 

REGULATORY INFLUENCE 

Executive responsibility

Sandy Stash  

EVP – Safety, Operations, Engineering 

& External Affairs

Link to KPI/scorecard

Safe, Sustainable and Efficient Operations

Business Development and Growth

FINANCIAL

Principal risks

Executive responsibility

Les Wood  

Chief Financial Officer

Link to KPI/scorecard

Strategic Financing

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

•  Low oil price environment due to 

•  Inability to deleverage the business 

•  Robust planning of strategy 

•  Improved Group capital allocation process and reporting

global supply/demand balances and 

shift to alternative energy sources  

as a result of climate change

•  Inability to monetise chosen assets

•  Capital committed to suboptimal projects 

•  Overheads not matched to asset base

•  Portfolio not optimised to sustain  

long-term strategy 

•  Business plan reviewed by the Executive Team and approved 

•  Optimised 2018 planned capital spend 

annually by the Board 

•  Strict capital allocation process in line with the business plan

•  Track delivery through rigorous regular performance 

management and reporting

•  Board Strategy Day portfolio reviews

•  Tested and retained options for increased EBITDA delivery

•  Improved focus on overheads

•  Focused on deleveraging options

•  Detailed portfolio review 

•  Reduction in market appetite for 

•  Inability to monetise chosen assets 

•  Regular portfolio assessments by the Board

•  Improved portfolio analysis 

E&P assets

and deleverage balance sheet 

•  Uncertainty around projects

•  Write-downs on acquired assets

•  Failure to exit mature assets with 

low returns

•  Exposure to decommissioning costs

•  Meet relevant commercial and investment appraisal standards

•  Biannual portfolio reviews with Business Delivery Teams

•  Review all major acquisition or divestment proposals

•  Portfolio reviewed by the Board

•  Approval process for all major decisions and new country 

•  Executing current strategic portfolio plan

entry proposals 

•  Implemented a new Corporate Centre Acquisition 
& Divestments role to increase deal expertise

•  Focus on securing maximum value in current operations 

•  Clear identification of level of commitments in new licences

•  Successful farm-down of Uganda and disposal of 

non-core/mature assets

•  Fiscal pressures on Government  

•  Significant variance to plans due to delayed 

•  Non-technical risk standard sets minimum requirements 

•  Fully embedded non-technical risk standard

as a result of reduced revenues  

regulatory approvals/lack of support 

for stakeholder management

•  Mapped and set out integrated solutions for 

•  Country strategy papers and stakeholder engagement plans, 

complex risks 

supported by experienced staff to manage developments

•  Negotiated TEN gas sales/delivery agreements 

•  Social investment projects mapped to business 

and delivered TEN successfully

development plans

•  Plans to increase local content incorporated into 

contracting strategy

•  Negotiated settlement of tax disputes

•  Improved stakeholder strategy

•  Developed an approach and plan to obtain agreements 

with communities

•  Landscape level approach to development adopted

due to low oil price

•  Local currency exchange 

rate challenges

•  Regulatory and tax changes affecting 

profitability and viability of projects/

operations

•  Uncertainty arising from changes 

•  Inability to achieve community support 

in Government leadership

for new projects due to opposition/loss 

•  Pace of national content requirements

of licence to operate

•  Government inability to deliver 

infrastructure on time for projects 

•  Unplanned costs due to community  

unrest/opposition 

and provide security for critical 

•  Significant security risk to Tullow 

infrastructure

employees and contractors

•  Inability to execute commercial transactions

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

•  Inability to finance strategic objectives

•  Prudent approach to diversified debt and equity, with a balance 

•  $750 million Rights Issue enabled stepped reduction 

maintained through business planning and performance 
management processes

in debt

•  Completed $2.5 billion RBL refinancing and one year 

•  Board-approved funding policy targets in place

tenor extension of RCF

•  Optimisation of debt capital structure

•  Good relationships with banks and capital market investors

•  Regular funding and liquidity projections reported to 

•  2017 year-end facility headroom and free cash 

of $1.1 billion; net debt of $3.5 billion

•  YE2017 Net Debt/EBITDAX 2.6x

management and periodic financing strategy review carried out

•  Strength of assets retained of debt capacity despite fall 

•  Financing standard in place to ensure optimal funding

in low oil price environment

www.tullowoil.com

45

4. INSUFFICIENT LIQUIDITY 

•  Oil price downturn

& FUNDING CAPACITY

•  Lack of capital discipline and 

•  Ability to raise further debt constrained

•  Inability to fund capital investment/projects 

unsuccessful portfolio management

•  Reduced asset quality limiting ability  

to raise debt

•  Reduced bank/DCM appetite  

for E&P sector

•  Significant unplanned cash outflows 

and elevated leverage

1FINANCIAL

Principal risks

5. FAILURE TO MANAGE 
OIL PRICE RISK

Executive responsibility
Les Wood  
Chief Financial Officer

Link to KPI/scorecard
Strategic Financing

OPERATIONAL

Principal risks

6. MAJOR PROCESS 
SAFETY/EQUIPMENT/ 
EHS FAILURE

Executive responsibility
Gary Thompson  
EVP – West Africa

Mark MacFarlane  
EVP – East Africa

Ian Cloke  
EVP – New Ventures

Link to KPI/scorecard
Safe, Sustainable and Efficient Operations

7. INABILITY TO 
REPLENISH 
EXPLORATION PORTFOLIO

Executive responsibility
Angus McCoss  
Exploration Director

Link to KPI/scorecard
Business Development and Growth

PRINCIPAL RISKS CONTINUED

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

•  Low oil price environment due to 

•  Reduced cash flows, revenue, EBITDA, 

•  Board-approved hedge programme to protect against low 

•  2017 Net hedge receipts of $110 million

global supply/demand balances and 
shift to alternative energy sources as 
a result of climate change

asset value and debt capacity

•  Insufficient funding to support 

investment programme

oil prices

the Board

with the policy

•  Programme monitored regularly and communicated to 

•  Hedging programme executed and approved in accordance 

•  Regular review of hedge strategy, position and effectiveness

•  Approximately 60 per cent of 2017 entitlement 

oil production hedged at an average floor price 

of $60.32/bbl

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

•  Inadequate maintenance of safety 

•  Multiple fatalities 

critical equipment on board Jubilee/
TEN FPSOs

•  Loss of wells, subsea equipment or 

FPSO systems 

•  Error in well design, equipment 

selection or programme 

•  Ineffective standards and procedures, 

improper work practices or lack 
of training

•  Loss of rig position

•  Serious environmental or asset damage

•  Serious financial/reputational damage

•  Significant loss of production, injection 
or export capacity and disruption to 
business operations

•  Minimum asset integrity, well integrity requirements, 

maintenance and planning requirements mandated 

•  Analysis of key FPSO systems (power, gas, water, etc.) to 

support top quartile reliability and computerised maintenance 

management system (CMMS) to manage asset integrity

•  All wells designed, constructed and operated in accordance 

with appropriate standards and procedures

•  Comprehensive all-risk insurance package including 

business interruption and construction risk programmes 

•  Third-party well assurance 

•  Independently verified safety cases to demonstrate risks 

•  Safety case verification by industry experts

reduced to ALARP and EHS management system in place

•  Competency gaps/losses identified

•  Lack of/under investment in portfolio 

•  Failure to generate a quality drill-ready 

•  New opportunities are considered against existing portfolio 

•  Four new PSCs granted in Côte d’Ivoire supporting 

high-grading activities 

prospect queue

to maintain diversity of prospects

replenishment of the exploration portfolio in an 

•  Lack of dedicated resources to identify 

•  Loss of reputation and exploration value 

•  Exploration portfolio is reviewed at least annually

new business activities 

from share price

•  An Exploration and Appraisal Values Controls Standard is 

•  Failure to encourage entrepreneurial/ 

•  Sustained exploration failure results 

in place

creative exploration innovation or 
demotivation of key staff

in poor or no drill-ready prospects and 
diminished future development options 
and production ramp-up

•  Exploration and Development Geosciences Executive team  

works across the business on portfolio planning

•  Assurance against production operations standards

•  Assurance against Production Well Integrity Procedure

•  Original turret manufacturer and JV Partners input to 

Case to Operate, with external assurance

•  Asset Integrity and Reliability Plan in place

•  Well integrity management system, FPSO performance 

standards and assurance and verification criteria 

implemented

•  Insurance process in place

•  Frequent review of well engineering management 

system to ensure well control risk effectively addressed

•  Rig HSE case and third-party equipment audits 

carried out

•  Training and competency matrix and asset integrity 

and reliability plan in place

oil-prone area

•  Major 3D seismic campaigns in Uruguay (block 15), 

Guyana (Orinduik and Kanuku licences) and Mauritania 

(C3 and C18), a 2D programme in Jamaica and an 

FTG survey in Zambia all complete in 2017 to create 

campaign options for 2018/19

•  Farm-down of Namibia PEL37 to manage risk exposure 

at drilling stage

46

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL

Principal risks

5. FAILURE TO MANAGE 

OIL PRICE RISK

Executive responsibility

Les Wood  

Chief Financial Officer

Link to KPI/scorecard

Strategic Financing

OPERATIONAL

Principal risks

6. MAJOR PROCESS 

SAFETY/EQUIPMENT/ 

EHS FAILURE

Executive responsibility

Gary Thompson  

EVP – West Africa

Mark MacFarlane  

EVP – East Africa

Ian Cloke  

EVP – New Ventures

Link to KPI/scorecard

Safe, Sustainable and Efficient Operations

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

•  Low oil price environment due to 

•  Reduced cash flows, revenue, EBITDA, 

•  Board-approved hedge programme to protect against low 

•  2017 Net hedge receipts of $110 million

global supply/demand balances and 

asset value and debt capacity

shift to alternative energy sources as 

a result of climate change

•  Insufficient funding to support 

investment programme

oil prices

•  Programme monitored regularly and communicated to 

the Board

•  Hedging programme executed and approved in accordance 

with the policy

•  Regular review of hedge strategy, position and effectiveness

•  Approximately 60 per cent of 2017 entitlement 
oil production hedged at an average floor price 
of $60.32/bbl

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

•  Inadequate maintenance of safety 

•  Multiple fatalities 

critical equipment on board Jubilee/

•  Serious environmental or asset damage

•  Serious financial/reputational damage

•  Significant loss of production, injection 

or export capacity and disruption to 

business operations

TEN FPSOs

FPSO systems 

•  Loss of wells, subsea equipment or 

•  Error in well design, equipment 

selection or programme 

•  Ineffective standards and procedures, 

improper work practices or lack 

of training

•  Loss of rig position

•  Independently verified safety cases to demonstrate risks 
reduced to ALARP and EHS management system in place

•  Minimum asset integrity, well integrity requirements, 
maintenance and planning requirements mandated 

•  Analysis of key FPSO systems (power, gas, water, etc.) to 

support top quartile reliability and computerised maintenance 
management system (CMMS) to manage asset integrity

•  All wells designed, constructed and operated in accordance 

with appropriate standards and procedures

•  Comprehensive all-risk insurance package including 

business interruption and construction risk programmes 

•  Third-party well assurance 

7. INABILITY TO 

REPLENISH 

EXPLORATION PORTFOLIO

Executive responsibility

Angus McCoss  

Exploration Director

Link to KPI/scorecard

Business Development and Growth

•  Lack of/under investment in portfolio 

•  Failure to generate a quality drill-ready 

•  New opportunities are considered against existing portfolio 

high-grading activities 

prospect queue

to maintain diversity of prospects

•  Lack of dedicated resources to identify 

•  Loss of reputation and exploration value 

•  Exploration portfolio is reviewed at least annually

new business activities 

from share price

•  Failure to encourage entrepreneurial/ 

•  Sustained exploration failure results 

creative exploration innovation or 

demotivation of key staff

in poor or no drill-ready prospects and 

diminished future development options 

and production ramp-up

•  An Exploration and Appraisal Values Controls Standard is 

in place

•  Exploration and Development Geosciences Executive team  

works across the business on portfolio planning

•  Safety case verification by industry experts

•  Competency gaps/losses identified

•  Assurance against production operations standards

•  Assurance against Production Well Integrity Procedure

•  Original turret manufacturer and JV Partners input to 

Case to Operate, with external assurance

•  Asset Integrity and Reliability Plan in place

•  Well integrity management system, FPSO performance 

standards and assurance and verification criteria 
implemented

•  Insurance process in place

•  Frequent review of well engineering management 

system to ensure well control risk effectively addressed

•  Rig HSE case and third-party equipment audits 

carried out

•  Training and competency matrix and asset integrity 

and reliability plan in place

•  Four new PSCs granted in Côte d’Ivoire supporting 
replenishment of the exploration portfolio in an 
oil-prone area

•  Major 3D seismic campaigns in Uruguay (block 15), 

Guyana (Orinduik and Kanuku licences) and Mauritania 
(C3 and C18), a 2D programme in Jamaica and an 
FTG survey in Zambia all complete in 2017 to create 
campaign options for 2018/19

•  Farm-down of Namibia PEL37 to manage risk exposure 

at drilling stage

www.tullowoil.com

47

1PRINCIPAL RISKS CONTINUED

OPERATIONAL

Principal risks

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

8. MAJOR CYBER OR 
INFORMATION SECURITY 
INCIDENT

Executive responsibility
Angus McCoss  
Exploration Director

•  External cyber-attack resulting in 

network compromise or disruptive/ 
destructive impact to Industrial 
Control Systems

•  Deliberate or accidental internal  

theft/loss of confidential information 

•  Disruption to or halt of critical business 
systems resulting in stopped production, 
explosion or loss of life

•  Loss or theft of confidential information

•  Loss of competitive advantage and 

intellectual property

•  Reputational damage

•  Advanced Security Operations Centre (ASOC) provides global 

•  Second annual distribution of enterprise-wide 

monitoring, analysis, alerting and incident response 

information security awareness training 

•  Bespoke advanced security equipment used at key  

and certification

•  Automated vulnerability scans matched with published 

operations sites 

threat information 

•  Third-party specialists analyse vulnerabilities and provide 

network assurance activities

•  Ongoing bespoke training for higher risk areas

•  Ongoing work to embed cyber security standards 

across TEN and Jubilee Industrial Control Systems

Link to KPI/scorecard
Safe, Sustainable and Efficient Operations

9. FAILURE TO HAVE A 
BALANCED, DIVERSE 
WORKFORCE & 
ATTRACTIVE EMPLOYEE 
PROPOSITION

Executive responsibility
Claire Hawking 
EVP – Organisation Strategy 
& Company Performance

Link to KPI/scorecard
Organisation

COMPLIANCE

Principal risks

•  Tullow culture and values 

•  Loss of key personnel/lack of succession 

•  Succession planning, localisation and diversity objectives are set 

•  Further embedded organisation operating model 

not embedded

and increased staff turnover

and key targets monitored 

with clear accountabilities

•  Staff do not support our current 

•  Lack of in-house skills and requirement 

•  Diversity plan approved by the Board

•  Embedded performance management framework

operating model 

•  Lack of confidence in strategy 

and senior leadership 

•  Diversity and localisation plans 
not effectively implemented

•  Ineffective staff development 
and reward programmes

to buy in short-term contractors increase 
costs

•  Negative relations with the Government 
due to failure to implement localisation 
plans

•  Reputational damage 

•  Periodic reporting to Executives of HR data

•  Implemented Action Plan from 2016 employee survey

•  Staff engagement plan is agreed with HR, Communications 

•  Reviewed and revised reward packages aligned with 

and Executives, with key actions

Tullow’s Remuneration Policy

•  Annual employee engagement survey and annual review of 

•  Implementation of Diversity & Inclusion Plan

reward package

•  Set up Project LEAP, which focuses on talent 

development and agile working

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

10. MAJOR BREACH OF 
BUSINESS OR ETHICAL 
CONDUCT STANDARDS

•  Insufficient staff understanding 

•  Unethical behaviour 

of compliance 

•  Poor leadership behaviour

•  Breach of anti-corruption laws

•  Tullow investigated resulting in 

•  Strong oversight and leadership from the Board

•  E-learning training modules for Code of Ethical Conduct, 

with annual certification for all staff

Executive responsibility
Les Wood  
Chief Financial Officer

Link to KPI/scorecard
Organisation

•  Insufficient ‘speaking up’ culture 

reputational damage/fines

•  Ethics & Compliance standards, policies and procedures in place

•  Lack of compliance monitoring in 

•  Senior officers prosecuted under 

•  Dedicated Ethics & Compliance Advisers in key Business Units 

Business Units and failure to adequately 
respond to non-compliance

anti-corruption laws

•  Appropriate due diligence carried out in relation to service 

providers, contractors and other counterparties 

•  Delivered a revised e-learning module across 

Tullow to promote the Code of Ethical Conduct. 

100 per cent of staff completed the training

•  Achieved 100 per cent completion of the 

self-certification of compliance with the 

Code of Ethical Conduct

•  Received and investigated 60 ‘speak up’ cases

•  Continued local fraud awareness training

VIABILITY STATEMENT
In accordance with provision C.2.2 of the 2014 revision of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code, the Board has assessed the 
prospects and the viability of the Group over a longer period 
than the 12 months required by the ‘Going Concern’ provision. 
The Board conducted this review for a period of three years 
taking into account the Group’s current position and potential 
impact of its principal risks. The three-year period was selected 
for the following reasons: 

i.   the Group’s strategic plan, which considers the Group’s 

facility and free cash headroom, debt:equity mix, and other 
financial ratios, is undertaken over a three-year rolling 
period; and 

ii.  all of Tullow’s material exploration licence commitments 

fall within the next three years. 

Based on these factors, the Directors consider that a three-year 
assessment period appropriately reflects the underlying 
prospects and viability of the Group, and the period over 
which the principal risks are reviewed.

In order to make an assessment on the Group’s viability, the 
Directors have made a detailed assessment of the Group’s 
principal risks, and the potential implications these risks 
would have on the Group’s liquidity and its business model 
over the assessment period. This assessment included, where 
appropriate, detailed cash flow analysis, and the Directors also 
considered a number of reasonably plausible downside 

48

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTOPERATIONAL

Principal risks

8. MAJOR CYBER OR 

INFORMATION SECURITY 

INCIDENT

Executive responsibility

Angus McCoss  

Exploration Director

Link to KPI/scorecard

Safe, Sustainable and Efficient Operations

9. FAILURE TO HAVE A 

BALANCED, DIVERSE 

WORKFORCE & 

ATTRACTIVE EMPLOYEE 

PROPOSITION

Executive responsibility

Claire Hawking 

EVP – Organisation Strategy 

& Company Performance

Link to KPI/scorecard

Organisation

COMPLIANCE

Principal risks

10. MAJOR BREACH OF 

BUSINESS OR ETHICAL 

CONDUCT STANDARDS

Executive responsibility

Les Wood  

Chief Financial Officer

Link to KPI/scorecard

Organisation

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

•  External cyber-attack resulting in 

•  Disruption to or halt of critical business 

network compromise or disruptive/ 

systems resulting in stopped production, 

destructive impact to Industrial 

explosion or loss of life

Control Systems

•  Deliberate or accidental internal  

theft/loss of confidential information 

•  Loss or theft of confidential information

•  Loss of competitive advantage and 

intellectual property

•  Reputational damage

•  Advanced Security Operations Centre (ASOC) provides global 

•  Second annual distribution of enterprise-wide 

monitoring, analysis, alerting and incident response 

•  Bespoke advanced security equipment used at key  

operations sites 

•  Automated vulnerability scans matched with published 

threat information 

•  Third-party specialists analyse vulnerabilities and provide 

network assurance activities

information security awareness training 
and certification

•  Ongoing bespoke training for higher risk areas

•  Ongoing work to embed cyber security standards 

across TEN and Jubilee Industrial Control Systems

•  Tullow culture and values 

•  Loss of key personnel/lack of succession 

•  Succession planning, localisation and diversity objectives are set 

•  Further embedded organisation operating model 

not embedded

and increased staff turnover

and key targets monitored 

with clear accountabilities

•  Staff do not support our current 

•  Lack of in-house skills and requirement 

•  Diversity plan approved by the Board

•  Embedded performance management framework

operating model 

to buy in short-term contractors increase 

•  Lack of confidence in strategy 

and senior leadership 

•  Diversity and localisation plans 

not effectively implemented

•  Ineffective staff development 

and reward programmes

costs

plans

•  Negative relations with the Government 

due to failure to implement localisation 

•  Reputational damage 

•  Periodic reporting to Executives of HR data

•  Implemented Action Plan from 2016 employee survey

•  Staff engagement plan is agreed with HR, Communications 

•  Reviewed and revised reward packages aligned with 

and Executives, with key actions

Tullow’s Remuneration Policy

•  Annual employee engagement survey and annual review of 

•  Implementation of Diversity & Inclusion Plan

reward package

•  Set up Project LEAP, which focuses on talent 

development and agile working

Causes

Potential impact

Risk mitigation and assurance

2017 outcomes and ongoing actions

•  Insufficient staff understanding 

•  Unethical behaviour 

of compliance 

•  Poor leadership behaviour

•  Breach of anti-corruption laws

•  Tullow investigated resulting in 

•  Insufficient ‘speaking up’ culture 

reputational damage/fines

•  Lack of compliance monitoring in 

•  Senior officers prosecuted under 

Business Units and failure to adequately 

anti-corruption laws

respond to non-compliance

•  Strong oversight and leadership from the Board

•  E-learning training modules for Code of Ethical Conduct, 

with annual certification for all staff

•  Ethics & Compliance standards, policies and procedures in place

•  Dedicated Ethics & Compliance Advisers in key Business Units 

•  Appropriate due diligence carried out in relation to service 

providers, contractors and other counterparties 

•  Delivered a revised e-learning module across 

Tullow to promote the Code of Ethical Conduct. 
100 per cent of staff completed the training

•  Achieved 100 per cent completion of the 
self-certification of compliance with the 
Code of Ethical Conduct

•  Received and investigated 60 ‘speak up’ cases

•  Continued local fraud awareness training

scenarios, and combinations thereof, together with associated 
supporting analysis provided by the Group’s Finance and 
Treasury teams. 

Under such downside scenarios the Directors have considered 
mitigating actions which the Group already has in place, such 
as hedging and insurance, and additional mitigating actions 
that are available to the Group, such as additional funding 
options, further rationalisation of our cost base including cuts to 
discretionary capital expenditure, and portfolio management. 
Based on the results of the analysis the Board of Directors has 
a reasonable expectation that the Company will be able to 
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due 
over the three-year period of their assessment. Notwithstanding 

our forecasts of liquidity headroom throughout the assessment 
period, risk remains in relation to the volatility of the oil price 
environment, operational performance of the Group’s assets, 
their impact on operating cash flows and the Group’s earnings, 
such that the Group may become non-compliant with one of its 
financial covenants during the assessment period. To mitigate 
these risks and to fulfil the Group’s objective to reduce net debt, 
the Group continues to closely monitor cash flow projections 
and will take mitigating actions in advance.

www.tullowoil.com

49

1ORGANISATION & CULTURE

EMBEDDING A PERFORMANCE- 
FOCUSED CULTURE

The challenges of the last few years have proved an opportunity to create an organisation 
focused on creating value, driving performance and cost management.

This year the Company experienced significant change in the 
organisation’s leadership with the appointment of our new 
CEO and the introduction of a new eight-member Executive 
Team, both in April, replacing the previous Executive Team 
of four Executive Directors. All appointments were internal 
demonstrating effective succession planning. The transition 
to this new management structure was smooth with minimal 
disruption to the business. The new Executive Team has a 
mandate to drive performance of the business to a new level and 
position the Company for future growth. Each Executive Team 
member reviewed their portfolio, made structural changes and 
set out their business and management plans. We also 
continued the implementation of actions arising 
from our 2016 employee survey bringing many of 
the workstreams to fruition. 

The new team is diverse with 25 per cent 
female representation and four different 
nationalities; they each bring broad 
international and industry experience 
to their roles. They are responsible for 
leading the Group’s three Business 
Delivery Teams (BDTs) in West Africa, East 
Africa and New Ventures as well as our 
Corporate Centre functions. Collectively the 
team is accountable for:

•  developing strategy and future business plans;

•  reviewing Company performance and the efficiency 

of the business;

•  developing people and their careers and creating a more 

diverse and inclusive Company; and

•  communicating with staff, sharing feedback and the rationale 

behind decisions.

The Executive Committee meets weekly and key discussions 
and business decisions are communicated to leadership 
teams. Managers then cascade this information to ensure 
employees are kept up to date with the focus of the business.

Employee engagement
The Group employee survey, Tullow Pulse, ran in mid-2016 and 
the feedback it provided has been used to drive a number of 
improvements and changes. Five key areas of concern were 
identified and these have been the focus of attention during this 

year including improving perceptions of Senior Management; 
providing more career and personal development opportunities; 
demonstrating our values more visibly and working to build 
trust in some parts of the business; streamlining our policies 
and procedures; and providing more regular and open 
communications to the business. 

The Executive Team has implemented a series of recommendations 
to address the feedback about Senior Management including 
reforms to the management structure, better engagement with 
employees, more visibility, devolved accountability to empower 
managers, and inspiring trust and loyalty through leadership 

and behaviour.

Project LEAP has been set up specifically to dedicate 
more time to career and personal development 

in Tullow. This two-year project aims to 
challenge and change our working 
environment to allow employees to clearly 
connect their personal development 
to the needs of the business.

Our Core Values were revised to better 
reflect the Company we have evolved 
into in recent years and focus on value, 
integrity, collaboration and initiative. 

At the end of 2017, they were rolled out by the 

Executive Team in a series of town hall 
meetings, along with our 2018 Business Plan.

In a focused effort to improve our ways of working a 
dedicated workstream was set up which led to, among other 
things, the removal of underused financial reports, changing 
financial reforecasting from monthly to quarterly and the 
simplification of Contract Review Boards in Ghana and Kenya.

Internal communication increased significantly during this year 
through more regular and informal face-to-face communication. 
CEO-led town hall meetings were broadcast to all of our offices 
and provided opportunities for employees to ask questions. The 
other Executive Team members increased the number of town 
hall meetings they held and also hosted informal breakfast 
briefings, and wrote weekly business newsletters.

People
At the end of 2017 Tullow had 922 employees and 108 
contractors, of whom 47 per cent (486/1,030) were African 
nationals. Women made up 30 per cent (313/1,030) of our total 

50

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

STRATEGIC REPORTs
r
o
t
c
a
r
t
n
o
c
d
n
a
s
e
e
y
o
l
p
m
E

2,500

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

TOTAL WORKFORCE

PAY & BONUS GAPS

Lower (mean)

Lower (median)

Total work force:

1,030

PAY QUARTILES

Top quartile

Upper Middle quartile

Lower Middle quartile

Lower quartile

Women’s 
hourly rate

Women’s 
bonus pay

44%

49%

Men

90%

91%

65%

51%

53%

52%

Women

10%

9%

35%

49%

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

workforce (2016: 29 per cent, 336/1,152); 15 per cent (10/65) of 
our senior managers (2016: 13 per cent, 9/68); and 11 per cent 
(1/9) of our Board of Directors (2016: 18 per cent, 2/11).

We aim to include nationals of the countries in which we work 
in our leadership teams in Africa. However, skills gaps in the 
countries and the multiple locations of some of our Business 
Delivery Teams mean this is not always possible. 

The agreement for a substantial farm-down of our assets and 
to move to a non-operated position in Uganda resulted in voluntary 
severance of 38 staff. Twenty-two members of staff left Tullow 
following a re-organisation of our Kenya business during the year.

Our operations in Ghana are an important and strategic asset 
in our portfolio and, ten years after the discovery of oil, we 
initiated an Operational and Business Excellence Project. The 
project will ensure we work in ways that deliver and optimise 
production, create long-term stakeholder value and provide a 
platform for future growth.

Diversity and inclusion
Tullow’s Diversity & Inclusion Plan is focused on nationalities 
and gender. We recognise the value that a diverse and inclusive 
workforce brings to our business and how it enhances our 
reputation and the employee value proposition. We aim to have 
a diverse employee population with a nationality mix that is 
representative of the countries where our assets are. In particular, 
we want to improve the numbers of Africans and women in 
leadership roles. We monitor and track progress against our 
aspirations and this year introduced leading and lagging key 
performance indicators to analyse a series of categories to 
ensure we are managing staff development and reward fairly. 

We introduced an improved approach to ensuring that we 
consider a wider and diverse talent pool when recruiting. 
This has been challenging to implement this year because 
of the low levels of recruitment but we are extending this 
practice to our internal moves and promotions.

Organisation development
This year saw the continuation of our flagship people development 
schemes – the Executive Development Programme (EDP) 
and the Senior Leadership Programme (SLP). All of the new 
Executive Team members have participated in the EDP 
programme. The SLP had 15 attendees in 2017 bringing total 
numbers to 39 employees, all of whom have robust and 
individually tailored development plans. 

The RISERS Talent Development Programme in Ghana focuses on 
developing high-potential employees into management roles and 
enhancing localisation at senior levels. Fifteen of our staff are on 
this two-year programme and so far, five of the participants have 
been promoted to larger roles and have replaced expatriate staff.

Reward
Tullow offers an attractive reward and benefits package to 
engage and motivate staff, drive the success of our business and 
attract new employees to the Company. Our reward package is 
performance linked and consists of fixed and variable components 
including base salary, bonus, share awards, pension, life 
assurance and a range of other benefits. All Tullow unexercised 
and unvested share awards were adjusted by a multiplier factor 
of 1.173 following completion of the Rights Issue in May. 

Gender pay gap reporting
In 2017 the UK Government introduced the requirement for 
companies with over 250 employees to calculate and report 
their gender pay gaps for salary and bonuses. The gender pay 
gap is the difference between the average earnings of men 
and women, expressed relative to men’s earnings. Tullow is 
reporting this data for all our UK permanent employees to fulfil 
the requirements of the regulation (see table above).

Tullow’s UK workforce is 30 per cent female and only 22 per cent 
of managerial positions are filled by women and this gender 
imbalance is the principal reason for Tullow’s gender pay gap. 
There is a national shortage of qualified and experienced 
women in technical roles in the oil and gas sector and this is 
reflected at Tullow with a higher proportion of men in the senior 
technical roles. However, we are focused on improving diversity 
and are taking action to improve gender equality especially at 
senior levels. For example, our career development and senior 
leadership programmes are helping to support talented 
individuals to progress and this is further underpinned by good 
employee policies, benefits and recruitment practices. 

As a part of preparing for the gender pay gap regulation 
reporting, we have significantly improved our employee data 
management and decision making tools used in making salary 
and bonus decisions. Such tools are important to ensure there 
is no unequal pay or unconscious bias, and when combined 
with job level frameworks and competency tools provide a more 
robust approach to managing talent.

www.tullowoil.com

51

1 
 
SHARED PROSPERITY

COMMITTED TO 
MUTUAL BENEFIT

Tullow has a role to play in creating shared prosperity and leaving a legacy of sustainable  
social and economic benefits. We aim to do this by paying fair and appropriate amounts of tax,  
being transparent in the payments we make to governments, creating local employment,  
and building capacity to enable local businesses to compete as prospective suppliers to Tullow.

Tullow has negotiated and sustained a licence to operate in 
Africa and South America by seeking to align our business with 
the national development priorities of our host countries. 
Through our exploration success over the years, Tullow has 
initiated nascent oil industries in Ghana, Kenya and Uganda. 
Wherever we operate and enjoy exploration success, there is 
clearly a role for us to play in supporting the development of 
institutional and industry capacity to help meet our needs and 
to allow governments and national economies to optimise the 
socio-economic benefits that a growing oil industry can bring. 

We do this by paying fair and appropriate amounts of tax to our 
host governments, being transparent about the taxes we pay, 
creating local employment within Tullow and across our supplier 
base, and helping to build capacity to enable local businesses 
to participate in our supply chain and in the broader economy. 
Tullow’s Group scorecard includes Key Performance Indicators 
(KPIs) that track the progress we make in the area of Shared 
Prosperity, which account for part of Executive Directors’ and 
employees’ variable, performance-related pay. See pages 20 
to 23 for more information.

Tax transparency
Our payments to governments, including payments in kind, 
amounted to $224 million in 2017 (2016: $438 million). Total 
payments to all major stakeholder groups including employees, 
suppliers and communities, as well as governments, brought 
our total socio-economic contribution to $667 million 

(2016: $1 billion). This included $235 million spent with local 
suppliers, $205 million in payroll globally and $3.4 million 
in discretionary spend on social projects. Our total payments 
made to the Ghanaian Government in 2017 amounted to 
$162 million (2016: $236 million). 

Socio-economic investment
In 2017, the focus has been on embedding our new 
socio-economic investment (SEI) strategy and governance 
process, which is based on the implementation of rigorous 
project selection criteria and performance measurement 
to ensure that SEI projects create measurable value for 
both Tullow and host communities. 

The SEI strategy targets three objectives:

1)  capacity building through education and skills development, 

specifically in Science, Technology, Engineering and 
Mathematics (STEM), to provide the skills required for 
people to participate in the modern economy; 

2)  strengthening the local economy through activities that 

support the growth of local businesses (such as enterprise 
development and local business incubation centres); and 

3)  investing in shared infrastructure and logistics by 

adapting and leveraging existing Tullow and jointly funded 
infrastructure plans and projects for our business to 
benefit host communities.

NATIONALS IN COUNTRY & BUSINESS UNIT (%)

SPEND WITH SUPPLIERS ($ MILLION)

5
8

2
8

6
7

0
5 8
7

5
7

3
8

6
7

6
9

6
9

3
8

3
8

  Local nationals as a % 
of in-country workforce

  Local nationals as a % 
of in-country staff

  Local nationals as a 
% of Business 
Unit staff

  Local nationals as 
a % of Business 
Unit workforce

Ghana

Uganda

Kenya

52

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

  National

  International suppliers 
registered in country

  International

2,512

1,008

1,195

309

2015

2,038

719

1,094

225

2014

1,932

752

843

337

2016

898
174

489

235

2017

STRATEGIC REPORTAFRICAN SCIENCE ACADEMY
Tullow is supporting the African Science Academy (ASA) – 
a ‘sixth form’ college located in Tema, Ghana, that welcomes 
young women from all over Africa who have a passion for 
mathematics and science. The girls study three core subjects 
at advanced level – Maths, Further Maths and Physics – and 
sit the internationally recognised Cambridge International 
A Levels at the end of an intense 12-month programme. 
This gold standard qualification opens the doors to 
engineering, science and computing degrees at leading 
universities and sets them apart from their peers.

Tullow contributed towards 40 bursaries and the first 
cohort of students graduated in 2017 with impressive results. 

10 of the 40 students were in the top quartile when compared 
against the United Kingdom secondary schools’ overall 
performance in A levels in similar subjects. Three graduates 
were awarded MasterCard scholarships to study at 
Edinburgh University.

Tullow also funded ASA’s pilot Maths Teaching Skills 
Masterclass in August 2017 with 20 maths teachers attending 
from senior secondary schools across Ghana. In September 
2017 the Tullow Ghana Managing Director and a number of 
staff participated in the ASA’s mentoring programme which 
was also featured on CNN’s Inside Africa Programme – 
opening new doors to STEM for women.

SEI governance and decision making are now the responsibility 
of an SEI Board comprised of senior Tullow leaders. This Board 
considers proposals and allocates funds to the investment 
projects that will deliver the impacts we desire. 

In 2017, the SEI Board approved funding for a number of education 
projects in Ghana. New projects include the development of a 
STEM programme at the Right to Dream Academy, engineering 
scholarships to Ashesi University College, bursaries to the 
African Science Academy and an integrated STEM school 
project in the Western Region in collaboration with Sabre Trust 
and Youth Bridge Foundation.

Next year, in addition to awarding scholarships to universities 
and polytechnics in Ghana and Kenya, Tullow plans to improve 
the measurement and reporting of outputs and impacts related 
to SEI projects.

Opportunities for local business
In 2017, our overall supplier spend was lower than last year 
owing to the completion of the TEN project on time and on 
budget in August 2016 and due to the continued capital 
constraints imposed by lower oil prices. 

Nevertheless, whilst the absolute supplier spend with local 
suppliers in Ghana decreased, as a percentage of the total spend 
it increased to 26 per cent, up from 16 per cent. Our spend with 
local suppliers in Ghana increased to 26 per cent of total spend 
in 2017, up from 16 per cent in 2016. Meanwhile, our spend with 
international suppliers fell from 40 per cent in 2016 to 20 per 
cent in 2017. While this partly reflects the conclusion of the 
capital-intensive phase of development on the TEN fields, it 
also reflects our continued efforts to direct spending towards 
locally registered international firms and Joint Ventures 
between local and international firms. Joint Ventures registered 
in country meet the requirements of Ghana’s Local Content and 
Local Participation Regulations (LI 2204), bring further foreign 
direct investment to build capacity to meet the requirements of 
the industry, and develop a competitive supplier base for Tullow 
to engage.

On selected contracts we continue to mandate minimum local 
content expectations with our international suppliers. Contracts 
with in-country capability in 2017 included: construction, information 
services, socio-economic investment projects, civil engineering, 
training and consultancy services, aviation and marine transport.

In Kenya, Tullow sustained the 2016 increase in the proportion 
of Tullow capital expenditure targeting local suppliers. In 2017, 
30 per cent of our overall supplier spend was with Kenyan 
businesses, down marginally from 33 per cent in 2016, but with 
a higher absolute value due to increased expenditure related to 
the 2017 South Lokichar appraisal campaign. 

We have continued to promote improved access to supply 
chain opportunities for local firms, whether through pre-tender 
seminars in Ghana or targeted capacity development initiatives 
for local firms in Turkana County, Kenya. In both countries we 
have provided training to existing suppliers and have worked 
with contractors to build their awareness of the forward 
requirements of our development and production operations. 
In Ghana, we executed a six-month pilot scheme for placing a 
portion of our foreign exchange requirements with local banks. 

Local job creation
In Ghana, Tullow has continued to build a robust relationship 
with the regulator as we seek to maximise local content and 
participation in our business activities. A multi-year localisation 
strategy outlining Tullow’s vision, approach and roadmap for 
localisation over the next four years is on track. This strategy 
captures key initiatives for improving localisation, including the 
setting up of a Localisation Steering Committee. The strategy 
has led to the localisation of 11 expat positions in 2017 and the 
appointment of the first Ghanaian Offshore Installation 
Manager (OIM).

In Kenya, we are proactive in identifying opportunities for 
localising roles and providing candidates with the development 
support required to enable this, which has included sponsorship 
for advanced postgraduate qualification, professional certification 
such as the National Examination Board in Occupational Safety 
and Health (NEBOSH), and job rotation in country and in other 
parts of Tullow’s business to provide Kenyan staff with exposure 
and hands-on experience.

This Strategic Report and the information referred to herein 
have been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by: 

Kevin Massie
Corporate Counsel and Company Secretary

www.tullowoil.com

53

1MOVING TOWARDS DEVELOPMENT
Appraisal drilling operations in the South Lokichar Basin, Kenya.

54

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

 2 CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE

Directors’ report 

Audit Committee report 

Nominations Committee report 

EHS Committee report 

Remuneration report 

Other statutory information 

56

67

73

76

78

101

www.tullowoil.com

55

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

APPLYING THE UK CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE CODE

The UK Corporate Governance Code
As a UK premium listed company, Tullow Oil plc’s governance 
policies and procedures are based on the principles of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code (2016) (‘the Code’). A copy 
of the Code is available at www.frc.org.uk. 

This Corporate Governance Report describes how the Company 
has applied the principles and standards set out in the Code 
during the year and sets out our activities relating to the main 
sections of the Code: leadership, effectiveness, accountability, 
remuneration and relations with shareholders. 

The Company is also required to disclose whether it has complied 
with the more detailed provisions of the Code during the year 
and, to the extent it has not done so, to explain any deviations 
from them. It is the Board’s view that the Company has complied 
with all of the provisions of the Code during the year ended 
31 December 2017, save for the two provisions set out below. 

Section A.3.1 of the Code requires a Chairman on appointment to 
meet the independence criteria set out in B.1.1 of the Code and 
that a chief executive should not go on to be chairman of the 
same company. If exceptionally a board decides that a chief 
executive should become chairman, the Code requires that the 
board should consult major shareholders in advance and should 
set out its reasons to shareholders at the time of the appointment 
and in the next annual report. On 11 January 2017, Tullow 
announced a number of proposed Board changes, including 
the appointment of Aidan Heavey as non-executive Chairman 
from the conclusion of the 2017 Annual General Meeting, subject 
to shareholder approval. The Company consulted with major 
shareholders in advance of the proposed appointment and set 
out its reasons to shareholders at the time of the appointment. 
The appointment was subject to a maximum term of two years 
and the Company has put in place certain mitigations for 
Aidan’s lack of independence; for example, it has extended the 
responsibilities of the Senior Independent Director. Shareholders 
approved the appointment of Aidan Heavey as Chairman of the 
Company at the Annual General Meeting in April 2017. The Board 
fully recognises the UK Corporate Governance Code implications 
of the change but believes that this is a necessary and temporary 
deviation from the principles of the Code in order to ensure an 
orderly transition of key stakeholder relationships held by Aidan 
as the Company’s founder and long-serving Chief Executive 
Officer as he moves into retirement. A full explanation of the 
Board’s decision is set out on page 73 in the Nominations 
Committee Report. 

Section E.2.2 of the Code requires that when, in the opinion of 
the board, a significant proportion of votes have been cast against 
a resolution at any general meeting, the company should explain 
when announcing the results of voting what actions it intends to 
take to understand the reasons behind the vote result. At the 
Company’s Annual General Meeting in April 2017, the Company 
proposed a special resolution to disapply statutory pre-emption 
rights up to an additional 5 per cent of the Company’s issued 
share capital in connection with an acquisition or a specified 
capital investment. The resolution was not passed and a 
statement was not issued at the time of announcement as 
engagements with the Company’s shareholders following the 
publication of the notice of meeting but prior to the Annual 
General Meeting sufficiently explained to the Company the 
reasons for the vote, and the Board did not consider any 
further action to understand the votes was required. 

Leadership
The long-term success of the Company is the collective 
responsibility of the Board.

The role of the Board
The Board is accountable to shareholders for the creation and 
delivery of strong, sustainable financial performance and long-term 
shareholder value. It meets these aims through setting the Group’s 
strategy and ensuring that the necessary resources are available 
to achieve the agreed strategic goals. The Board also sets the 
Company’s key policies and reviews management and financial 
performance. The Board operates within a framework of controls 
and these clear procedures, lines of responsibility and delegated 
authorities allow risk to be assessed and managed effectively. 
These are underpinned by the Board’s work to set the Group’s 
core values and standards of business conduct and ensure that 
these, together with the Group’s obligations to its stakeholders, 
are widely understood across all its activities.

Board meetings and visits
The Board and its Committees deal with its core activities in 
planned meetings throughout the year. Matters which require 
decisions outside the scheduled meetings are dealt with through 
additional ad hoc meetings and conference calls. During 2017, 
the Board met seven times. A programme of strategy presentations 
covering a wide number of operational and other issues is made 
to the Board in June each year. During the year, the Board received 
presentations from each of the Business Delivery Team leaders 
and reviewed and approved the Company’s strategy for each of 

56

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEits Business Delivery Teams. In addition, the Board reviewed 
the effectiveness of the implementation of Tullow’s Integrated 
Management System designed to centralise and simplify Tullow’s 
policies and processes and more clearly map accountabilities 
within the business. The Board also regularly reviews the 
Enterprise Risk Management System and the risks facing 
the Company in conjunction with the Audit Committee. 

The Board normally holds one Board meeting at a principal 
overseas office of the Group. These meetings ensure that the 
Board has a clear knowledge of the Company’s overseas operations. 
During the trip, members of the Executive Team and Senior 
Management from across the Group present to the Board and 
have an opportunity to meet its members informally. In addition, 
the Board meets a broad cross-section of staff, assesses Senior 
Managers and reviews in-depth operational matters and, in 
particular, matters relating to non-technical risks. In October 2017, 
the Board travelled to the Group’s office in Cape Town and was 
able to combine the visit with the Africa Oil Week 2017 conference 
at which Board members, the Executive Team and Senior Managers 
met with a number of the Company’s key stakeholders.

The Chairman, the Senior Independent Director, and the 
Chief Executive Officer maintain frequent contact with the 
other Directors in addition to the regular Board meetings. 
This ensures that all members of the Board have an opportunity 
to discuss any issues of concern and to be fully briefed on the 
Group’s operations.

Matters reserved
The Board has a formal schedule of matters reserved that can 
only be decided by the Board. This schedule is reviewed by the 
Board each year. The key matters reserved are the 
consideration and approval of:

•  the Group’s overall strategy;

•  Financial Statements and dividend policy;

•  borrowings and treasury policy;

•  material acquisitions and disposals, changes to the Group’s 
capital structure, material contracts, major capital expenditure 
projects and budgets;

•  entry into new countries;

•  risk management and internal controls (supported by the 

Audit Committee);

•  succession planning and appointments (supported by the 

Nominations Committee);

•  the Group’s corporate governance and compliance 

arrangements; and

•  key corporate policies.

Summary of the Board’s work in the year
During 2017, the Board considered all relevant matters within its 
remit, with a particular focus on the following issues:

•  strategy and resource allocation;

•  finance and treasury;

•  risk assessment and mitigation and non-technical risks in 

major areas of operation;

•  stakeholder engagement;

•  portfolio management;

•  governance and compliance;

•  assurance, risk and internal audit; 

•  organisational design, development, capacity and diversity; 

•  process for evaluation entry into new countries; and

•  succession planning.

Attendance at meetings
The attendance of Directors at the seven scheduled meetings 
of the Board held during 2017 was as follows:

Director

Tutu Agyare
Mike Daly
Anne Drinkwater
Aidan Heavey
Steve Lucas
Angus McCoss
Paul McDade
Jeremy Wilson
Les Wood
Ann Grant*
Ian Springett*
Simon Thompson*

No. of meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

7/7
7/7
7/7
7/7
7/7
7/7
7/7
7/7
4/4
2/2
0/31
2/2

*  Denotes Directors who were no longer Directors of the Company as at 

31 December 2017.

1.  Ian Springett had taken an extended leave of absence in order to 

undergo treatment for a medical condition.

In addition to the Board members, a number of the Executive Team 
members and Senior Managers attended relevant sections of 
Board meetings by invitation.

Division of responsibilities
The Chairman is primarily responsible for the effective working 
of the Board, whilst the Chief Executive Officer is responsible for 
the operational management of the business, for developing 
strategy in consultation with the Board and for implementation 
of the strategy. This separation of responsibilities is clearly 
defined and agreed by the Board.

www.tullowoil.com

57

2DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

The UK Corporate Governance Code continued
The Chairman
The Chairman leads the Board, setting the agenda and ensuring 
that the meetings provide adequate time for discussion. 
As explained above in this report, the current Chairman does 
not meet the independence criteria set out in the Code and the 
Board has set out its reasons why it believes that this is a 
necessary and temporary deviation from the principles of the 
Code and in the best interests of shareholders, host governments 
and other key stakeholders. 

Non-executive Directors
The non-executive Directors have a broad range of business 
and commercial experience. They provide independent and 
constructive challenge to the Executive Management and 
monitor the performance of the management team in delivering 
the agreed objectives and targets. At the end of every scheduled 
Board meeting, the Chairman holds a discussion with the 
non-executive Directors without the Executive Directors. These 
are supplemented by informal meetings between the Chairman, 
the Chief Executive Officer and the non-executive Directors.

The non-executive Directors receive regular briefings on the 
more technical and operational aspects of the Group’s activities. 
These include major development projects (e.g. TEN, the Jubilee 
Turret Remediation Project and the Kenya Early Oil Pilot Scheme) 
and also matters of major strategic significance (e.g. ITLOS and 
the Greater Jubilee Full Field Development). Non-executive 
Directors with particular expertise in such areas also meet the 
Chief Operating Officer and the Exploration Director to discuss 
operations in more detail.

Non-executive Directors are initially appointed for a term of 
three years, subject to annual re-election. This may, subject 
to satisfactory performance and re-election by shareholders, 
be extended by mutual agreement.

Senior Independent Director
The Senior Independent Director is available to meet shareholders 
if they have concerns that cannot be resolved through discussion 

with the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer or the 
Chief Financial Officer or for matters where such contact 
would be inappropriate. During the year, he met with the other 
non-executive Directors without the Chairman to discuss 
the Chairman’s performance.

Delegated authorities
Board Committees
The Board has delegated matters to four Committees, the Audit 
Committee, the EHS Committee, the Nominations Committee 
and the Remuneration Committee, and the Board is satisfied 
that the Committees have sufficient resources to carry out their 
duties effectively. Their terms of reference are reviewed and 
approved annually by the Board and the respective Committee 
Chairs report on their activities at the next Board meeting. Details 
of Committee membership, roles and work are set out later in 
this report: the Audit Committee on page 67, the EHS Committee 
on page 76, the Nominations Committee on page 73, and the 
Remuneration Committee on page 78.

Individual delegations
In addition to delegating certain matters to Board Committees, 
the Board has also delegated certain operational and management 
matters to the Executive Directors. In line with ICSA guidance, 
the Board approved formal terms of reference for the Executive 
Directors’ Committee in December 2014 and most recently reviewed 
and reaffirmed these terms of reference in December 2017.

Effectiveness
Composition of the Board
At the year end on 31 December 2017, the Board comprised the 
non-executive Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, two other 
Executive Directors and five independent non-executive Directors. 
Their biographical details are set out on pages 40 and 41. 
During the year ended 31 December 2017, there were a number 
of Board changes and the number of Executive Directors was 
reduced from four to three and the number of non-executive 
Directors was reduced from seven to six. The Directors believe 
that the Board and its Committees consist of Directors with an 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR TENURE 

BOARD TIME (%)

 1–3 yrs 

 3–6 yrs 

 6–9 yrs  

1

4

1

  Strategy & stakeholder management 

 Financial management 

  Safety, Sustainability & External Affairs (SSEA) 

  Development & Operations (D&O) 

  Exploration & Appraisal (E&A) 

  Governance  

 Risk management 

35

30

7

10

4

7

7

58

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEappropriate balance of skills, experience, independence 
and diversity of background to enable them to discharge their 
duties and responsibilities effectively. In our Full Year Results 
statement, we announced that Anne Drinkwater had informed 
the Board she has decided not to stand for re-election at the 
2018 AGM. The Nominations Committee will begin a search for 
her replacement in 2018.

Independence
The Board considers each of the non-executive Directors to be 
independent in character and judgement, save for the Chairman, 
Aidan Heavey, and, as explained above in this report, the Board 
has set out its reasons why it believes that this is a necessary 
and temporary deviation from the principles of the Code and in 
the best interests of shareholders, host governments and other 
key stakeholders. The Board is fully satisfied that Jeremy Wilson 
demonstrates complete independence and robustness of character 
and judgement in his capacity as Senior Independent Director. 
The Board is of the view that no individual or group of individuals 
dominates decision making.

Appointments to the Board
The Nominations Committee reviews the structure, size and 
composition of the Board and makes recommendations to the 
Board about any changes required. As part of the appointments 
process, candidates disclose any other significant time commitments 
they may have and are required to inform the Board of any 
subsequent changes to such commitments.

Commitment
All Directors have disclosed their other significant commitments 
and confirmed that they have sufficient time to discharge their 
duties effectively.

Training and development needs
Induction
All new Directors receive an induction programme when they 
join the Board. This reflects their background, experience and 
knowledge and their understanding of the upstream oil industry 
and Tullow in particular. The programme includes one-to-one 
meetings with Senior Management, functional and Business 
Unit heads and, where appropriate, visits to the Group’s principal 
offices and operations. New Directors also receive an overview 
of their duties, corporate governance policies and Board 
processes. Les Wood was appointed as an Executive Director 
and Chief Financial Officer of the Company in June 2017 and 
participated in an induction to the role.

Familiarisation and development
All members of the Board have access to appropriate professional 
development courses to support them in meeting their obligations 
and duties. During the year, Directors attended external seminars 
on relevant topics relating to the business. They also receive 
ongoing briefings on current developments, including updates 
on governance and regulatory issues.

Information and support
Independent advice
Directors have access to independent professional advice, at the 
Company’s expense, on any matter relating to their responsibilities.

The Company Secretary
The Company Secretary is Kevin Massie, who is also the 
Company’s Corporate Counsel. He is responsible for 
ensuring compliance with all Board procedures and for 
providing advice to Directors when required. The Company 
Secretary provides company secretarial services to the 
Board and the Group. He acts as secretary to the Audit, 
Nominations and Remuneration Committees and has direct 
access to the Chairs of these Committees.

Board evaluation
In 2017 the Board undertook an externally facilitated evaluation 
of its own performance and effectiveness and also that of its 
Committees. The evaluation was coordinated by Lintstock Ltd, 
which has no other connection to the Company. Each of the 
Directors was required to submit responses to a series of 
questionnaires designed by Lintstock with the assistance of 
the Senior Independent Director and the Company Secretary 
and, in particular, to reflect on themes identified in the 2016 
exercise, including: the Board’s composition; diversity and 
skills; Board dynamics; management of meetings; Board 
support and Committees; focus of meetings; strategic and 
operational oversight; risk management and internal control; 
human resource management; and priorities for change. 
It focused heavily on the recent changes to the Board and 
their effectiveness. The anonymity of all respondents was 
ensured throughout the process in order to promote the 
open and frank exchange of views. Lintstock subsequently 
produced a report which determined that the performance 
of the Board was seen to have improved since the last 
Board review. Non-executive Director support and challenge 
of management were rated highly overall, as were the 
management of meetings and the reporting to the Board 
from each of the Committees. The management of human 
resource and structure of the Company at the senior level 
was rated highly and the report identified skills that would 
benefit the Board and Senior Management in their succession 
planning going forward. Continuing to progress Tullow’s 
diversity aspirations was identified as a top priority. Priorities 
for the Board in 2018 were identified in the report and have 
been used to formulate the Board objectives for 2018 agreed 
by all the Directors and set out on pages 60 to 63. 

Board objectives
We remain confident that the Board has the experience and 
track record to meet the Company’s aims of delivering both 
its immediate and long-term strategic objectives. The Board 
sets its specific future objectives at the end of each year and 
they reflect the focus of the Company in the year ahead. 
Progress against each objective is tracked by the Company 
Secretary and reviewed with the Chairman periodically.

The following table shows how the Board performed against 
the 2017 objectives and also details the priorities and rolling 
agenda items that the Board will focus on in 2018.

Re-election
All Directors seek re-election every year and accordingly, 
with the exception of Anne Drinkwater, all Directors will 
stand for re-election in 2018 or, in the case of Les Wood, 
election for the first time. The Board will set out in the Notice 
of AGM its reasons for supporting the re-election or election 
of each of the Directors at the forthcoming AGM. The Notice 
of AGM will be mailed to shareholders separately.

www.tullowoil.com

59

2DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

2017 Objectives

2017 Performance

2018 Objectives

Strategy and 
execution

•  Review Tullow’s strategy in light of the changed external environment.

•  Ensure West Africa is managed to maximise cash flow, through safe and efficient operations and the efficient use of 

capital, whilst extending the period of production plateau. 

•  Clarify the plan for commercialisation of East Africa resources and support its execution.

•  Articulate Tullow’s risk appetite and encourage active portfolio management to balance risk and reward.

•  Deleverage balance sheet, manage financial structure and employ capital to maximise returns.

•  Refocus the Company on value growth through a combination of exploration and new investment opportunities.

Risk 
management

•  Continue to assess our risk appetite and identify and mitigate key risks in our business.

•  The Board regularly reviewed Tullow’s risk management systems and 

•  Receive and review the report of the Board’s 

•  Ensure, through the Board Committee structure, an active overview of and interaction with the Company’s 

Enterprise Wide Risk (EWR) process.

•  Ensure there is an ongoing consideration of the Company’s top risks and that these are identified in the EWR 

process and are being actively managed by the Executive.

Governance 
and values

•  Maintain and enhance Tullow’s culture and values as market conditions continue to improve. 

•  Ensure that the Code of Ethical Conduct is actively followed throughout all levels of the Company and maintain a 

culture of accountability for Ethics & Compliance in both the Business Units and the Corporate Centre. 

•  Monitor compliance against the new IMS and ensure that the IMS is continuously improved as the business evolves.

•  Ensure that Tullow’s policies, standards and procedures, as set out in the IMS, are consistently followed ensuring 

efficient, safe and responsible operations.

60

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

•  The Company executed a Rights Issue to reduce gearing and provide financial 

•  Develop, review and test Tullow’s strategy with a strong 

and operational flexibility to enable growth over the next three to five years. At 

focus on value creation and growth.

year end 2017, net debt was $3.5 billion, a reduction of c.$1.3 billion from year 

end 2016. In 2017, $543 million of positive free cash flow was generated. 

•  The Company successfully refinanced its RBL credit facility, obtaining 

commitments of $2.5 billion. 

•  The strategy was debated at the Board’s annual strategy offsite session in June 

and regularly reviewed throughout the year as market conditions evolved. The 

outcome of that debate resulted in refinements to the Company strategy and 

the objectives for its implementation. 

•  Production performance on both Jubilee and TEN was strong and resulted in 

an upwards revision of our full-year West Africa net oil production guidance.

•  The Greater Jubilee Full Field Development Plan was approved by the 

Government of Ghana and significant progress was made on the Jubilee Turret 

Remediation Project.

•  The TEN FPSO commissioning was completed and, following the conclusion of 

the ITLOS arbitration between the Governments of Ghana and Côte d’Ivoire, 

plans for resumption of drilling were approved.

•  In Kenya, good progress has been made on the Early Oil Pilot Scheme. The 

Joint Development Agreement was signed, setting out a structure for the 

Government of Kenya and the Kenya Joint Venture Partners to progress the 

development of an oil export pipeline. 

•  In Uganda, the Joint Venture Partners have commenced engagement with the 

Government of Uganda in order to progress the farm-down to CNOOC and Total 

towards completion.

•  Maintain a disciplined approach to execution and delivery 

of strategy.

•  Continue to deleverage the balance sheet and maximise 

capital efficiency to increase positive free cash flow. 

•  Enhance performance and value growth from West Africa, 

including our non-operated business.

•  Develop and commercialise our East African assets, 

including: in Uganda, the completion of the farm-down 

deal; and in Kenya, oil production with the Early Oil Pilot 

Scheme and progression towards FID in 2019.

•  Pursue opportunities for growth and value creation 

through portfolio management, cost-effective exploration 

and the New Ventures programme.

•  Continue to develop the Chairman Succession Plan.

procedures, including as part of the strategy offsite session in June.

•  A Board working group on risk management and risk appetite for Tullow’s 

‘Tier 1’ risks was established towards the end of the year.

•  The Board receives quarterly political risk reports, highlighting emerging 

issues in countries and regions where Tullow is active. The Board also receives 

interim updates on any evolving issues.

•  The Enterprise Wide Risk Register is a consolidated register of the risks to the 

Group and is managed by the Executive Team and monitored by the Board. 

Assurance over the process for its maintenance is the responsibility of the 

Audit Committee. 

working group and define Tullow’s Tier 1 risks 

and a corresponding risk appetite and mitigation  

strategy for each. 

•  Review and approve the structure of risk management 

within Tullow, including Committee and Board 

responsibilities and interaction with management 

and other key stakeholders.

•  Following the Employee Pulse Survey undertaken in 2016, a number of specific 

•  Continue to enhance and communicate Tullow’s culture 

initiatives have been implemented throughout the business and these are 

and values within its Group and to Tullow’s stakeholders 

regularly maintained, monitored and reported on to enhance Tullow’s culture 

and business partners.

and values.

•  Ensure the Board retains oversight of adherence  

•  The Code of Ethical Conduct e-learning module was deployed again in 2017 

to the Code of Ethical Conduct and ensure all levels  

and self-certification against the Code reached a 100 per cent response rate 

of the Company continue to retain accountability 

(up from 97 per cent the year before). 

for its compliance. 

•  Since the introduction of the IMS, internal audit and assurance reviews have 

•  Ensure that, as Tullow’s policies, standards and 

been carried out in conjunction with reviews by functional heads to ensure the 

procedures are developed and improved within  

individual policies, standards and procedures of the IMS are being appropriately 

the IMS, they continue to be understood and  

implemented and integrated within the business and, where amendments and 

followed by the Company.

improvements have been required, these have been adopted and will continue 

to be monitored. 

•  Ensure that strong corporate governance remains a 

priority for the Board. 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE2017 Objectives

Strategy and 

execution

•  Ensure West Africa is managed to maximise cash flow, through safe and efficient operations and the efficient use of 

capital, whilst extending the period of production plateau. 

•  Clarify the plan for commercialisation of East Africa resources and support its execution.

•  Articulate Tullow’s risk appetite and encourage active portfolio management to balance risk and reward.

•  Deleverage balance sheet, manage financial structure and employ capital to maximise returns.

•  Refocus the Company on value growth through a combination of exploration and new investment opportunities.

Risk 

management

•  Continue to assess our risk appetite and identify and mitigate key risks in our business.

•  Ensure, through the Board Committee structure, an active overview of and interaction with the Company’s 

Enterprise Wide Risk (EWR) process.

•  Ensure there is an ongoing consideration of the Company’s top risks and that these are identified in the EWR 

process and are being actively managed by the Executive.

Governance 

and values

•  Maintain and enhance Tullow’s culture and values as market conditions continue to improve. 

•  Ensure that the Code of Ethical Conduct is actively followed throughout all levels of the Company and maintain a 

culture of accountability for Ethics & Compliance in both the Business Units and the Corporate Centre. 

•  Monitor compliance against the new IMS and ensure that the IMS is continuously improved as the business evolves.

•  Ensure that Tullow’s policies, standards and procedures, as set out in the IMS, are consistently followed ensuring 

efficient, safe and responsible operations.

•  Review Tullow’s strategy in light of the changed external environment.

•  The Company executed a Rights Issue to reduce gearing and provide financial 

•  Develop, review and test Tullow’s strategy with a strong 

2017 Performance

2018 Objectives

and operational flexibility to enable growth over the next three to five years. At 
year end 2017, net debt was $3.5 billion, a reduction of c.$1.3 billion from year 
end 2016. In 2017, $543 million of positive free cash flow was generated. 

•  The Company successfully refinanced its RBL credit facility, obtaining 

commitments of $2.5 billion. 

•  The strategy was debated at the Board’s annual strategy offsite session in June 
and regularly reviewed throughout the year as market conditions evolved. The 
outcome of that debate resulted in refinements to the Company strategy and 
the objectives for its implementation. 

•  Production performance on both Jubilee and TEN was strong and resulted in 
an upwards revision of our full-year West Africa net oil production guidance.

•  The Greater Jubilee Full Field Development Plan was approved by the 

Government of Ghana and significant progress was made on the Jubilee Turret 
Remediation Project.

•  The TEN FPSO commissioning was completed and, following the conclusion of 
the ITLOS arbitration between the Governments of Ghana and Côte d’Ivoire, 
plans for resumption of drilling were approved.

•  In Kenya, good progress has been made on the Early Oil Pilot Scheme. The 
Joint Development Agreement was signed, setting out a structure for the 
Government of Kenya and the Kenya Joint Venture Partners to progress the 
development of an oil export pipeline. 

•  In Uganda, the Joint Venture Partners have commenced engagement with the 

Government of Uganda in order to progress the farm-down to CNOOC and Total 
towards completion.

•  The Board regularly reviewed Tullow’s risk management systems and 
procedures, including as part of the strategy offsite session in June.

•  A Board working group on risk management and risk appetite for Tullow’s 

‘Tier 1’ risks was established towards the end of the year.

•  The Board receives quarterly political risk reports, highlighting emerging 

issues in countries and regions where Tullow is active. The Board also receives 
interim updates on any evolving issues.

•  The Enterprise Wide Risk Register is a consolidated register of the risks to the 
Group and is managed by the Executive Team and monitored by the Board. 
Assurance over the process for its maintenance is the responsibility of the 
Audit Committee. 

focus on value creation and growth.

•  Maintain a disciplined approach to execution and delivery 

of strategy.

•  Continue to deleverage the balance sheet and maximise 
capital efficiency to increase positive free cash flow. 

•  Enhance performance and value growth from West Africa, 

including our non-operated business.

•  Develop and commercialise our East African assets, 

including: in Uganda, the completion of the farm-down 
deal; and in Kenya, oil production with the Early Oil Pilot 
Scheme and progression towards FID in 2019.

•  Pursue opportunities for growth and value creation 

through portfolio management, cost-effective exploration 
and the New Ventures programme.

•  Continue to develop the Chairman Succession Plan.

•  Receive and review the report of the Board’s 

working group and define Tullow’s Tier 1 risks 
and a corresponding risk appetite and mitigation  
strategy for each. 

•  Review and approve the structure of risk management 

within Tullow, including Committee and Board 
responsibilities and interaction with management 
and other key stakeholders.

•  Following the Employee Pulse Survey undertaken in 2016, a number of specific 

initiatives have been implemented throughout the business and these are 
regularly maintained, monitored and reported on to enhance Tullow’s culture 
and values.

•  The Code of Ethical Conduct e-learning module was deployed again in 2017 
and self-certification against the Code reached a 100 per cent response rate 
(up from 97 per cent the year before). 

•  Since the introduction of the IMS, internal audit and assurance reviews have 

been carried out in conjunction with reviews by functional heads to ensure the 
individual policies, standards and procedures of the IMS are being appropriately 
implemented and integrated within the business and, where amendments and 
improvements have been required, these have been adopted and will continue 
to be monitored. 

•  Continue to enhance and communicate Tullow’s culture 
and values within its Group and to Tullow’s stakeholders 
and business partners.

•  Ensure the Board retains oversight of adherence  

to the Code of Ethical Conduct and ensure all levels  
of the Company continue to retain accountability 
for its compliance. 

•  Ensure that, as Tullow’s policies, standards and 
procedures are developed and improved within  
the IMS, they continue to be understood and  
followed by the Company.

•  Ensure that strong corporate governance remains a 

priority for the Board. 

www.tullowoil.com

61

2DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

2017 Objectives

2017 Performance

2018 Objectives

Organisational 
capacity

•  Work with the new CEO and Executive Team to ensure a smooth Executive transition.

•  Review Board structure for current environment and changed management.

•  Review effectiveness of each Committee.

•  Continue to assess the post-MSP organisational design and ensure that the Executive and OSE are actively improving 

the organisational efficiency, effectiveness and accountability. 

•  Continue to develop effective succession planning for the Executive and non-executive Directors and Senior Management. 

•  Ensure that the diversity programme, initiated in 2016, to improve diversity across the whole organisation remains an 

area of focus for the Executive Team. 

Stakeholder 
engagement

•  Work with the new CEO to ensure a smooth transition of high-level stakeholder relationships.

•  Ensure that shareholders, staff and other major stakeholders understand and are aligned with the Tullow strategy. 

•  Ensure that the organisation fully understands the importance of stakeholder relationships in Tullow’s strategy of 

shared prosperity.

•  New CEO and CFO formally appointed with a smooth transition process 

•  Ensure the Executive Team is provided with the support 

established. The Senior Independent Director met regularly with the Chairman 

from the Board to implement Tullow’s strategy.

and the CEO to ensure successful transition of key relationships ahead of the 

Chairman’s retirement in or before the AGM in April 2019. 

•  Good progress on CEO transition to date with a clear division of roles established.

•  Continue to review the Board structure and the skill 

matrix required to deliver the strategy of the Company.

•  Continue effective succession planning for the Executive 

•  The Nominations Committee met frequently throughout the year to consider 

and non-executive Directors and Senior Management, 

and advance succession planning and the skill matrix of the Board as a whole.

with a particular focus on the diversity aspirations of 

•  External search consultants appointed to commence Chairman succession 

the organisation.

process. Candidate lists under periodic review and discussions on timing of 

•  Review the effectiveness of each Committee.

transition under way.

•  Continue to assess and improve the organisational 

•  During the year, the number of Board members reduced from 11 to nine.

efficiency, effectiveness and accountability of the 

•  Succession planning and diversity were discussed periodically at the Board 

business as the demands on different functions evolve. 

meetings and were reviewed in depth at the Board’s strategy offsite meeting.

•  Implement Project LEAP and ensure the values it 

creates are embedded throughout the organisation for 

•  Broad consensus that Board diversity requires improvement, but considered 

preferable to appoint successor Chair in seat in order for him/her to actively 

the future.

participate in any future Board changes.

•  A new Executive Team comprised of the Executive Directors and diverse Senior 

Management was established. 

•  Our new Project LEAP was launched to create a significant and sustainable 

change in Tullow’s culture and approach to people development and diversity  

in the workplace.

•  The Chairman and the Board worked closely with the new CEO and met  

•  Ensure that Tullow’s strategy for growth is clearly 

with a number of high-level stakeholders during the year.

communicated to its shareholders. 

•  Members of the Board and the new Executive Team engaged with 

•  Ensure the CEO and Executive Team maintain and create 

shareholders, civil society organisations, employees and other stakeholders  

strong relationships with the Company’s stakeholders 

to discuss and strengthen the understanding of our strategy. 

and business partners.

•  Internal communications and business updates took place more frequently  

•   Continue to work with all levels of Tullow’s stakeholders 

and continued to be improved upon, focusing on specific items such as shared 

to implement our strategy of shared prosperity.

prosperity in the countries we work with. 

•  The Senior Independent Director and the Company Secretary met key 

stakeholders independent of management and were available throughout 

the year.

62

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEOrganisational 

capacity

•  Work with the new CEO and Executive Team to ensure a smooth Executive transition.

•  Review Board structure for current environment and changed management.

•  Review effectiveness of each Committee.

•  Continue to assess the post-MSP organisational design and ensure that the Executive and OSE are actively improving 

the organisational efficiency, effectiveness and accountability. 

•  Continue to develop effective succession planning for the Executive and non-executive Directors and Senior Management. 

•  Ensure that the diversity programme, initiated in 2016, to improve diversity across the whole organisation remains an 

area of focus for the Executive Team. 

Stakeholder 

engagement

•  Work with the new CEO to ensure a smooth transition of high-level stakeholder relationships.

•  Ensure that shareholders, staff and other major stakeholders understand and are aligned with the Tullow strategy. 

•  Ensure that the organisation fully understands the importance of stakeholder relationships in Tullow’s strategy of 

shared prosperity.

2017 Objectives

2017 Performance

2018 Objectives

•  New CEO and CFO formally appointed with a smooth transition process 

•  Ensure the Executive Team is provided with the support 

established. The Senior Independent Director met regularly with the Chairman 
and the CEO to ensure successful transition of key relationships ahead of the 
Chairman’s retirement in or before the AGM in April 2019. 

•  Good progress on CEO transition to date with a clear division of roles established.

•  The Nominations Committee met frequently throughout the year to consider 

and advance succession planning and the skill matrix of the Board as a whole.

•  External search consultants appointed to commence Chairman succession 
process. Candidate lists under periodic review and discussions on timing of 
transition under way.

•  During the year, the number of Board members reduced from 11 to nine.

•  Succession planning and diversity were discussed periodically at the Board 
meetings and were reviewed in depth at the Board’s strategy offsite meeting.

•  Broad consensus that Board diversity requires improvement, but considered 
preferable to appoint successor Chair in seat in order for him/her to actively 
participate in any future Board changes.

•  A new Executive Team comprised of the Executive Directors and diverse Senior 

Management was established. 

•  Our new Project LEAP was launched to create a significant and sustainable 

change in Tullow’s culture and approach to people development and diversity  
in the workplace.

from the Board to implement Tullow’s strategy.

•  Continue to review the Board structure and the skill 

matrix required to deliver the strategy of the Company.

•  Continue effective succession planning for the Executive 
and non-executive Directors and Senior Management, 
with a particular focus on the diversity aspirations of 
the organisation.

•  Review the effectiveness of each Committee.

•  Continue to assess and improve the organisational 
efficiency, effectiveness and accountability of the 
business as the demands on different functions evolve. 

•  Implement Project LEAP and ensure the values it 

creates are embedded throughout the organisation for 
the future.

•  The Chairman and the Board worked closely with the new CEO and met  

•  Ensure that Tullow’s strategy for growth is clearly 

with a number of high-level stakeholders during the year.

communicated to its shareholders. 

•  Members of the Board and the new Executive Team engaged with 

shareholders, civil society organisations, employees and other stakeholders  
to discuss and strengthen the understanding of our strategy. 

•  Ensure the CEO and Executive Team maintain and create 
strong relationships with the Company’s stakeholders 
and business partners.

•  Internal communications and business updates took place more frequently  

•   Continue to work with all levels of Tullow’s stakeholders 

and continued to be improved upon, focusing on specific items such as shared 
prosperity in the countries we work with. 

•  The Senior Independent Director and the Company Secretary met key 

stakeholders independent of management and were available throughout 
the year.

to implement our strategy of shared prosperity.

www.tullowoil.com

63

2DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS

Communication and dialogue
2017 was a year of significant news flow for Tullow, requiring 
regular and proactive engagement with our shareholders. Early 
in the year we announced a series of Board changes and the 
farm-down of our Uganda asset. This was followed by a Rights 
Issue in March; the introduction of a new management team at 
the Group’s Half Year Results; resolution of the ITLOS border 
dispute in September; and finally the successful refinancing of 
our RBL facility in November.

The combination of these events presented a timely opportunity 
to conduct an in-depth investor perception study, through an 
independent third-party provider, to gauge investor sentiment 
and ultimately inform our investor relations (IR) plans going 
forward. Interviews were conducted with 37 buy-side investors 
and 10 sell-side analysts. The results were presented and discussed 
in detail with the Board in June, and the feedback continues to 
inform the content and style of our messaging to the market. 
The IR team plans to run a follow-up perception study in 2018 
to track progress in key areas of the study that required improvement. 

Tullow is committed to regular dialogue with its shareholders 
and the wider investment community and the IR team and 
Executives have maintained open and transparent dialogue 
throughout the year. Ongoing communication has been through 
regulatory announcements, regular meetings, presentations, 
investor conferences and ad hoc events. Over the year, the IR 
team and Senior Management met with over 250 institutions 
comprising 70 per cent of the share register, and 170 firms that 
are non-holders. Targeted roadshows, conferences and investor 
meetings were conducted in England, Scotland, Ireland, East & 
West Coast USA, Germany, Switzerland, Spain, France, Ghana, 
Abu Dhabi and South Africa.

The Executive, Group Finance and IR teams have continued 
their engagement with our bond investors through a number 
of high yield conferences and one-on-one meetings throughout 
the year. Going forward, a conscious effort is being made to 
better integrate our engagement with debt investors into our 
annual IR programme. 

Tullow also proactively organised roadshows for governance 
analysts, led by the Senior Independent Director (SID), who was 
joined by the Company Secretary. Institutional shareholders are 
offered the opportunity to meet the Chairman or the SID to 
discuss any issues and concerns in relation to the Group’s 
governance and strategy. Non-executive Directors are also 
available to attend meetings with major shareholders if 
requested to do so.

SHAREHOLDER ANALYSIS  
 BY CATEGORY (%)

SHAREHOLDER ANALYSIS  
BY GEOGRAPHY (%)

SHAREHOLDER ANALYSIS  
BY INVESTMENT STYLE (%)

 Mutual fund manager 

 Asset manager 

 Pension fund manager 

 Insurance fund manager 

 Private banking 

 Corporate 

 Other 

 UK 

 Europe 

 North America 

 ROW 

31

20

14

11

7

6

11

61

21

14

4

 Value & growth 

 Retail 

 Value 

 Hybrid 

 Corporate 

 Other 

44

16

13

9

6

12

64

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE2018 KEY SHAREHOLDER ENGAGEMENTS

January
Trading Statement and Operational Update

February
Full Year Results

April
Annual General Meeting 
Annual General Meeting Trading Update

July
June Statement and Operational Update 
Half Year Results

November
November Trading Update

Tullow conducted a series of meetings with socially responsible 
investors (SRI) when requested, to discuss topics including 
health and safety, the environment, country and political risk 
and other operational matters. These meetings are generally 
hosted by our Executive Vice President of Safety, Operations, 
Engineering & External Affairs and the IR team.

Tullow’s sixth Ghana Investor Forum took place in May 2017 in 
Accra. The event gave key institutional and retail shareholders 
the chance to hear presentations and question the Executive 
Directors and Senior Managers from the Ghana Business Unit. 

Keeping shareholders informed
We ensure shareholders can access details of the Group’s 
results and other news releases through the London Stock 
Exchange’s Regulatory News Service. In addition, these news 
releases are published on the Media section of the Group’s 
website: www.tullowoil.com. Shareholders and other interested 
parties can subscribe to email news updates by registering on 
the website. The Group continually looks for ways to improve 
how we use online channels to communicate with our 
stakeholders through our corporate website, webcasting 
and through social media.

Another important way we keep shareholders informed is through 
regular formal reporting and Tullow’s Annual and Corporate 
Responsibility Reports are available on the corporate website.

WWW.TULLOWOIL.COM
Financial results, events, corporate reports, webcasts and fact books are all stored in the 
Investor Relations section of our website: www.tullowoil.com/investors.

2017 Annual Report and Accounts: www.tullowoil.com/reports.

www.tullowoil.com

65

2DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED

Remuneration
The Board has delegated responsibility for agreeing the 
remuneration policy for the Chairman, the Chief Executive 
Officer, the Executive Directors and the Senior Executives with 
the Remuneration Committee. Its role and activities are set out 
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 78.

Constructive use of the AGM
At the AGM held on 26 April 2017, shareholders received 
presentations setting out the key developments in the business 
and put questions to the Chairman, the Chairmen of the Audit, 
Nominations and Remuneration Committees and other 
members of the Board. 

A poll was used to vote for all resolutions at the 2017 AGM, 
and the final results (which included all votes cast for and 
against and those withheld) were announced via the London 
Stock Exchange and on the Company’s corporate website. 
Notice of the AGM is sent to shareholders at least 20 working 
days before the meeting.

On behalf of the Board

Aidan Heavey
Chairman

6 February 2018

Accountability
This report provides shareholders with a clear assessment of 
the Group’s position and prospects supplemented, as required, 
by other periodic financial and trading statements.

The Board’s arrangements for the application of risk management 
and internal control principles are detailed below. The Board 
has delegated oversight of the relationship with the Group’s 
external auditor to the Audit Committee. Its work is outlined in 
the Audit Committee Report on page 67.

Internal controls
The Directors acknowledge their responsibility for the Group’s 
systems of internal control, which are designed to safeguard 
the assets of the Group and to ensure the reliability of financial 
information for both internal use and external publication and 
to comply with the requirements of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code.

Overall control is ensured by a regular detailed reporting 
system covering both technical progress of projects and the 
state of the Group’s financial affairs. The Board has put in place 
procedures for identifying, evaluating and managing principal 
risks that face the Group. Principal risks are regularly reported 
to the Board.

Tullow recognises that any system of internal control can provide 
only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that material 
financial irregularities will be detected or that the risk of failure 
to achieve business objectives is eliminated. However, the Board’s 
objective is to ensure that Tullow has appropriate systems in 
place for the identification and management of risks.

In accordance with the requirements of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, the Board of Directors is required to monitor 
the Company’s risk management and internal control systems 
and, at least annually, carry out a review of their effectiveness, 
and report on that review in the Annual Report. At Tullow, the 
Board has delegated responsibility for this assessment to the 
Audit Committee, and results of the assessment are described 
on page 71.

>>

Governance & Risk management  

Viability statement  

38

48

66

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEAUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT

“ The Audit Committee is confident of the 
Executive’s commitment to the strong financial 
risk and control environment strategy which 
supports Tullow’s business model”
  Steve Lucas
  Chairman of the Audit Committee

Committee members 

Meetings attended

Steve Lucas 

Anne Drinkwater 

Jeremy Wilson 

Tutu Agyare* 

Mike Daly* 

Ann Grant* 

4/4

4/4

4/4

3/3

3/3

1/1

*  Denotes Directors who were no longer members of the Committee as 

at 31 December 2017. 

2017 highlights

•  Approval of half-year and full-year Financial Statements.

•  Review of the work of the independent reserves auditor.

•  Assessment of the remit and results of internal audit.

•  Review of Senior Accounting Officer sign-off process.

•  Review of financial controls, including focused reviews of 

control improvements in Ghana Business Unit.

•  Monitoring of enhancements to supplier due diligence process.

•  Review of information systems risks and controls.

•  Review of tax and formulation of tax strategy disclosure.

•  Review of whistleblowing reporting and investigations.

•  Ongoing review of the effectiveness of risk management 

and internal control systems.

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
Tullow observed a number of changes in 2017, within its 
business, organisation and governance at both the Board and 
Executive level. The most significant from the Audit Committee 
perspective was a change in the CFO position with Les Wood 
taking over the role from Ian Springett in June, after six months 
as Interim CFO. Previously, Les was operating as head of the 
Commercial and Finance functions, so his appointment to 
CFO was a smooth transition within the finance organisation. 
Having Les as the CFO allows Tullow to continue to focus on 
refining and improving its financial risk and controls strategy. 
Subsequent changes to the Finance function provided confidence 
to the Audit Committee over the commitment of the Executive 
to the strong risk and control environment which supports 
Tullow’s business model.

The Audit Committee continued to oversee the financial reporting 
process in order to ensure that the information provided to the 
shareholders is fair, balanced and understandable and allows 
accurate assessment of the Company’s position, performance, 
business model and strategy. The continued low oil price and 

changes to the forward curve were the key factors that had the 
largest impact on our financial reporting, which required us to 
revise our models, leading to further asset write-offs this year. 
On the other hand, the Rights Issue and completion of the 
refinancing of RBL provided additional flexibility for Tullow in 
terms of liquidity, thus having a positive impact on the going 
concern assessment.

In 2017, the Audit Committee continued to oversee the risk 
management and internal control systems. By disposing of 
non-core assets, progressing the farm-down in Uganda and 
consolidating activities within New Ventures, Tullow is now a 
much more streamlined organisation in terms of responsibilities 
and accountabilities for controls. The internal control environment 
has seen improvements during the year, predominantly due to 
the enhancements to the financial control systems in Ghana 
and the internal financial control initiatives being driven by 
Group Finance. The supplier due diligence processes have 
been enhanced with a robust roll-out across the Group and 
improvements in monitoring and assurance at Group level. 
The IMS, being embedded across the Group, provides clarity 
around the control requirements. The successful embedding 
of the e-learning modules on the Code of Ethical Conduct, as 
well as initiating the development of an automated Enterprise 
Risk Management tool to increase transparency and visibility 
of risks across the business, ensures that we continue to 
improve the overall risk and internal controls environment 
across the Group. 

Steve Lucas
Chairman of the Audit Committee

6 February 2018

ALLOCATION OF  
AUDIT COMMITTEE TIME (%)

 Financial results 

 Internal audit 

 Risk and controls 

 Governance 

41

19

27

13

www.tullowoil.com

67

2AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Governance
Steve Lucas has been Audit Committee Chairman since May 2012. 
Steve, who is a Chartered Accountant, was finance director at 
National Grid plc from 2002 to 2010. It is a requirement of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code that at least one Committee 
member has recent and relevant financial experience and Steve 
Lucas therefore meets this requirement. The other members of 
the Audit Committee are Anne Drinkwater and Jeremy Wilson. 
Biographies of the Committee members are given on pages 40 
and 41. Together the members of the Committee demonstrate 
competence in the oil and gas industry with Anne Drinkwater and 
Steve Lucas having significant prior experience in oil and gas 
companies, while also bringing a wider range of industry, 
commercial and financial experience, which is vital in supporting 
effective governance. The Company Secretary serves as the 
secretary to the Committee.

The Chief Financial Officer, the Group Internal Audit Manager, 
the Group Head of Finance and representatives of the external 
auditor are invited to attend each meeting of the Committee and 
participated in all of the meetings during 2017. The Chairman of 
the Board also attends meetings of the Committee by invitation 
and was present at the majority of the meetings in 2017. The 
external auditor and the Group Internal Audit Manager have 
unrestricted access to the Committee Chairman.

In 2017, the Audit Committee met on four occasions. Meetings 
are scheduled to allow sufficient time for full discussion of key 
topics and to enable early identification and resolution of risks 
and issues. Meetings are aligned with the Group’s financial 
reporting calendar.

The Committee reviewed and updated its terms of reference 
during the year. These are in line with best practice and reflect 
the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2016, 
the FRC’s 2016 Guidance on Audit Committees, the FRC’s 2014 
Guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control and Related 
Financial and Business Reporting, the FRC’s 2016 Ethical 
Standards, and the Competition and Markets Authority’s The 
Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation 
(Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit 
Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014. The Audit Committee’s 
terms of reference can be accessed via the corporate website. 
The Board approved the terms of reference on 7 December 2017.

Summary of responsibilities
The Committee’s detailed responsibilities are described in its 
terms of reference and include:

•  monitor the integrity of the Financial Statements of the 

Group, reviewing and reporting to the Board on significant 
financial reporting issues and judgements, among others 
including going concern and viability assessments;

•  monitor and review the adequacy and effectiveness of the 
Company’s internal financial controls and internal control 
and risk management systems; 

•  consider the level of assurance being provided on the risk 
management and internal controls systems and whether 
it is sufficient for the Board to satisfy itself that they are 
operating effectively;

•  review the adequacy of the whistleblowing system, and the 
Company’s procedures for detecting and preventing fraud;

•  review and assess the annual internal audit plan, its alignment 
with key risks of the business and coordination with other 
assurance providers and receive a report on the results of 
the Internal Audit function’s work on a periodic basis;

•  oversee its relationship with the external auditor including 

assessing its independence and objectivity, review the annual 
audit plan to ensure it is consistent with the scope of the 
audit engagement, and review the findings of the audit;

•  assess the qualifications, expertise and resources of the 

external auditor and the effectiveness of the audit process; and

•  ensure that, following the transition period applied under the 
CMA Order, the audit services contract is put out to tender at 
least once every 10 years.

The Ethics & Compliance Function maintains responsibility for 
monitoring systems and controls to prevent bribery and 
corruption, and the Audit Committee continues to receive 
updates from the Group Ethics & Compliance Manager on 
any significant non-compliances.

Key areas reviewed in 2017
The Committee fully discharged its responsibilities during the 
year and the following describes the work completed by the 
Audit Committee in 2017: 

Annual Report
A key element of the governance requirements regarding the 
Group’s Financial Statements is for the report and accounts to 
be fair, balanced and understandable. To ensure this requirement 
is met by Tullow, the Group takes a collaborative approach to 
creating its Annual Report and Accounts, with direct input from 
the Board throughout the process. The process of planning, 
writing and reviewing the report is run by a central project 
team, alongside a formal audit process undertaken by our 
external auditor. In order for the Audit Committee and the 
Board to be satisfied with the overall fairness, balance and 
clarity of the final report, the following steps are taken:

•  early planning, taking into consideration regulatory changes 

and best practice;

•  review and, where necessary, challenge the consistency 

•  comprehensive guidance issued to key report contributors 

of significant accounting policies, and whether appropriate 
accounting standards have been used;

across the Group;

•  validation of data and information included in the report both 

•  review the content of the Annual Report and Accounts 

internally and by the external auditor;

and advise the Board on whether it is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess Tullow’s position, performance, 
business model and strategy;

•  a series of key proof dates for comprehensive review across 
different levels in the Group that aim to ensure consistency 
and overall balance; and

•  Senior Management and Board review and sign-off.

68

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEFinancial reporting
Monitoring the integrity of the Financial Statements and formal announcements relating to the Group’s financial performance. 
Reviewing the significant financial reporting issues and accounting policies and disclosures in the financial reports.

The Committee met with the external auditor as part of annual audit planning and the full-year and half-year accounts approval 
process. The Committee considered the key audit risks identified as being significant to the 2017 accounts and the most appropriate 
treatment and disclosure of any new or judgemental matters identified during the audit and half-year review as well as any 
recommendations or observations made by the external auditor. The primary areas of judgement considered by the Committee 
in relation to the 2017 accounts and how these were addressed are detailed below:

Significant financial judgements for 2017

How the Committee addressed these judgements

Recognition of finance lease liabilities: The Group has a contract with a supplier for the 
lease of the TEN field (Ghana) FPSO. Management was required to exercise judgement 
to determine when the FPSO should be recognised as a finance lease in accordance 
with IAS 17, what discount rate to apply to future minimum lease payments and the 
expected length of the contract. The finance lease was recognised as of 1 August 2017 
on the issue of the Certificate of Offshore Completion for the FPSO.  Management were 
not able to identify a rate implicit in the lease contract as such has used its incremental 
cost of borrowing to discount future minimum lease payments. Finally given the number 
of potential options for the length of the contract management has selected the most 
economically efficient outcome. 

Recognition of assets held for sale: The Group signed a sales and purchase agreement  
to farm down a portion of its interest in Uganda to Total on 9 January 2017. Management 
has exercised judgement in determining that this disposal met the requirements of IFRS 
5 and that the associated assets and liabilities should be retained as held for sale. The 
critical judgement in determining that the assets were held for sale was regarding the 
point that management were committed to the sale. Management continue to conclude 
that the sale is highly probable. 

Carrying value of intangible exploration and evaluation assets: The amounts for 
intangible exploration and evaluation assets represent active exploration projects. 
These amounts will be written off to the income statement as exploration costs unless 
commercial reserves are established or the determination process is not completed and 
there are no indications of impairment in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy. 
The process of determining whether there is an indicator for impairment or calculating 
the impairment requires critical estimation. 

The key areas in which management has applied judgement and estimation are as 
follows: the Group’s intention to proceed with a future work programme for a prospect 
or licence; the likelihood of licence renewal or extension; the assessment of whether 
sufficient data exists to indicate that, although a development in the specific area is likely 
to proceed, the carrying amount of the exploration and evaluation asset is unlikely to be 
recovered in full from successful development or by sale, and the success of a well result 
or geological or geophysical survey.

The Committee and Deloitte LLP reviewed and 
challenged management’s judgement that the 
TEN FPSO lease met the IAS 17 finance lease 
recognition criteria at year end 31 December 2017, 
that there was no rate implicit in the lease contract 
and that most economically efficient outcome was 
an appropriate lease term.

The Committee and Deloitte LLP reviewed 
and challenged management’s judgement that 
completion of the farm-down was highly probable. 

The Group has a very active Exploration and 
Appraisal work programme and the Committee 
reviews and challenges management assumptions 
and judgements underlying the valuation of 
intangible assets for each licence at each balance 
sheet date. In addition, Deloitte LLP has identified 
this as a significant area of focus for its audit 
and undertakes discussions with operational and 
finance staff to challenge evidence provided by 
management to support the value of intangible 
assets and provides detailed reporting to the 
Committee on the results of its work. This is a 
recurring area of judgement. 

Carrying value of property, plant and equipment: Management performs impairment 
reviews on the Group’s property, plant and equipment assets at least annually with 
reference to indicators in IAS 36 Impairment of Assets. Where indicators of impairments 
or impairment reversals are present and an impairment or impairment reversal test is 
required, the calculation of the recoverable amount requires estimation of future cash 
flows within complex impairment models.

Results of the impairments tests were discussed 
and challenged by the Committee. In addition, 
Deloitte LLP performs similar procedures and 
audits the underlying economic models to satisfy 
itself of the integrity of the process and the 
outcomes. This is a recurring area of judgement.

Key assumptions and estimates in the impairment models relate to: commodity prices 
that are based on forward curves for two years, mid-term price assumptions for three 
years after this and the long-term inflated corporate economic assumption thereafter, 
pre-tax discount rates that are adjusted to reflect risks specific to individual assets, 
commercial reserves and the related cost profiles.

Going concern: Refer to page 34 of the Directors’ report.

The Committee reviewed and challenged the 
assumptions and judgements in the underlying 
going concern forecast cash flows by discussing 
and analysing the risks, sensitivities and mitigations 
identified by management. The Committee receives 
written and oral reporting from Deloitte LLP on its 
conclusions on management’s assessment of 
going concern, and it was noted that Deloitte LLP 
reduced the level of risk associated with the going 
concern assumption during 2017. 

www.tullowoil.com

69

2AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Significant financial judgements for 2017

How the Committee addressed these judgements

Decommissioning costs: Decommissioning costs are uncertain and cost estimates can 
vary in response to many factors, including changes to the relevant legal requirements, 
the emergence of new technology or experience at other assets. The expected timing, work 
scope, amount of expenditure and risk weighting may also change. Therefore significant 
estimates and assumptions are made in determining the provision for decommissioning.

The estimated decommissioning costs are reviewed annually by an internal expert and the 
results of this review are then assessed alongside estimates from Operators. Provision for 
environmental clean-up and remediation costs is based on current legal and contractual 
requirements, technology and price levels.

Provisions for onerous service contracts: Due to the historical reduction in original 
planned future work programmes the Group identified a number of onerous service 
contracts in prior years. Management has estimated the value of any future economic 
outflows associated with these contracts.

A review of all decommissioning cost estimates 
is undertaken annually by internal experts. 
The results are then reviewed in the context 
of operator estimates for the purposes of the 
annual Financial Statements. Provision for 
decommissioning costs is based on current 
legal and contractual requirements, technology, 
and price levels. The impact on decommissioning 
estimates was reviewed and challenged by the 
Committee. Deloitte LLP also reviews the results 
as part of its audit. This is a recurring area 
of judgement. 

The Committee reviewed and challenged the 
assessment of the Group’s onerous contracts 
with Deloitte LLP. 

External auditor
Making recommendations to the Board on the appointment 
or re-appointment of the Group’s external auditor, overseeing 
the Board’s relationship with the external auditor and, where 
appropriate, the selection of a new external auditor, and assessing 
the effectiveness of the external audit process is a key 
responsibility of the Audit Committee.

•  The UK Corporate Governance Code states that the Audit 
Committee should have primary responsibility for making 
a recommendation on the appointment, re-appointment or 
removal of the external auditor. On the basis of the review of 
external audit effectiveness described below, the Committee 
recommended to the Board that it recommends to shareholders 
the re-appointment of Deloitte as Tullow’s statutory auditor 
at the 2018 AGM.

•  The external auditor is required to rotate the audit partner 

responsible for the Group audit every five years. The current 
Deloitte lead audit partner, Mr Dean Cook, started his tenure 
in 2015 and his current rotation will end with the audit of our 
2018 accounts.

•  The audit contract was last tendered in 2004 and no contractual 
obligations existed that acted to restrict the Audit Committee’s 
choice of external auditor. Under the EU Audit Regulation 
and the Competition and Markets Authority “The Statutory 
Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation 
(Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit 
Committee Responsibilities)” Order 2014, Tullow elected 
to apply the transitional rules with an annual review of this 
approach. According to those rules, the Company is required 
to run a competitive tender process in respect of auditor 
appointment no later than 31 December 2024. 

•  The Group’s external auditor is Deloitte LLP and the 

Audit Committee assessed the qualifications, expertise 
and resources, and independence of the external auditor 
as well as the effectiveness of the audit process. This 
review covered all aspects of the audit service provided by 
Deloitte LLP, including obtaining a report on the audit firm’s 
own internal quality control procedures and consideration 
of the audit firm’s annual transparency reports in line with 
the UK Corporate Governance Code. The Audit Committee 
also approved the external audit terms of engagement 
and remuneration. During 2017 the Committee held private 
meetings with the external auditor. The Audit Committee 
Chairman also maintained regular contact with the audit 
partner throughout the year. These meetings provide an 
opportunity for open dialogue with the external auditor 
without management being present. Matters discussed 
included the auditor’s assessment of significant financial 
risks and the performance of management in addressing 
these risks, the auditor’s opinion of management’s role 
in fulfilling obligations for the maintenance of internal 
controls, the transparency and responsiveness of interactions 
with management, confirmation that no restrictions have 
been placed on them by management, maintaining the 
independence of the audit, and how they have exercised 
professional challenge.

70

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE•  In order to ensure the effectiveness of the external audit 

process, Deloitte LLP conducts an audit risk identification 
process at the start of the audit cycle. This plan is presented 
to the Audit Committee for its review and approval and, for 
the 2017 audit, the key audit risks identified included carrying 
value of exploration and evaluation assets, carrying value 
of property, plant and equipment, provision for tax claims, 
provisions for onerous contracts, decommissioning provisions, 
revenue recognition, risk of management override and going 
concern. These and other identified risks are reviewed 
through the year and reported at Audit Committee meetings 
where the Committee challenges the work completed by the 
auditor and tests management’s assumptions and estimates 
in relation to these risks. The Committee also seeks an 
assessment from management of the effectiveness of the 
audit process. In addition, a separate questionnaire addressed 
to all attendees of the Audit Committee and senior finance 
managers is used to assess external audit effectiveness. 
As a result of these reviews, the Audit Committee considered 
the external audit process to be operating effectively.

Internal controls and risk management
Responsibility for reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s risk 
management and internal control systems is delegated to the 
Audit Committee by the Board. In concert with the whole Board, 
the Audit Committee completed a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the Company, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or 
liquidity. The results and outcomes of that assessment are 
provided on page 42 of this report under the section entitled 
‘Principal Risks’.

The Audit Committee obtained comfort over the effectiveness 
of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems 
through activities coordinated by the Internal Audit function. 
These activities comprised:

•  audit reviews undertaken by the Internal Audit function;

•  assurance activities undertaken by the Group functions;

•  enhancement of the enterprise risk management and 

assurance processes;

•  The Committee closely monitors the level of audit and non-audit 

•  the external auditor’s observations on internal financial 

services provided by the external auditor to the Group. 
Non-audit services are normally limited to assignments that 
are closely related to the annual audit or where the work is 
of such a nature that a detailed understanding of the Group 
is necessary. In 2017 the most significant non-audit service 
provided by Deloitte to Tullow related to its role as a reporting 
accountant on the Rights Issue. An internal Tullow standard 
for the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit 
services is in place to formalise these arrangements. It is 
reviewed annually and has been revised in 2017 to reflect 
changes in the regulatory environment. Among others, it 
requires Audit Committee approval for all non-trivial categories 
of non-audit work. A breakdown of the fees paid to the 
external auditor in respect of audit and non-audit work 
is included in note 4 to the Financial Statements.

•  In addition to processes put in place to ensure segregation 

of audit and non-audit roles, Deloitte LLP is required, as part 
of the assurance process in relation to the audit, to confirm 
to the Committee that it has both the appropriate independence 
and the objectivity to allow it to continue to serve the 
members of the Company. This confirmation is received 
every six months and no matters of concern were identified 
by the Committee.

controls identified as part of its audit; and

•  regular performance, risk and assurance reporting by the 

Business Unit and corporate teams to the Board.

During the year, Group Internal Audit presented its findings 
to the Audit Committee, which monitored progress of issues 
raised and their timely resolution on a regular basis. Senior 
Management representatives from the business were also 
invited to the Audit Committee meetings to provide updates 
on key matters such as Ghana Business Unit finance, tax 
strategy and proposed disclosure as well as improvements 
made in the SCM due diligence process. 

In addition, during the year, the Audit Committee received 
reports from the independent reserves auditor, ERCE, and 
reviewed the arrangements in place for managing information 
technology risk relating to the Group’s critical information 
systems. The Committee also reviewed the arrangements 
for Company employees and contractors to raise concerns 
through the “speaking up” programme. 

Based on the results of the annual effectiveness review of risk 
management and internal control systems that was coordinated 
by Group Internal Audit, the Audit Committee concluded that 
the system of internal controls operated effectively throughout 
the financial year and up to the date on which the Financial 
Statements were signed.

www.tullowoil.com

71

2AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

Whistleblowing procedure
Ensuring that an effective whistleblowing procedure is in place.

•  In line with best practice and to ensure Tullow works to the 
highest ethical standards, an independent whistleblowing 
procedure was in operation throughout 2017 to allow staff to 
confidentially raise any concerns about business practices. 
This procedure complements established internal reporting 
processes. The whistleblowing policy is included in the Code 
of Ethical Conduct which is available to all staff in printed 
form and on the corporate website. The Committee considers 
the whistleblowing procedures to be appropriate for the size 
and scale of the Group.

Review of effectiveness of the Audit Committee
•  During the year, the Audit Committee has undergone an 

independent review of its own effectiveness with the results 
reported to the Board. The Committee was considered to 
be operating effectively and in accordance with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code and the relevant guidance.

Internal audit requirements
Considering how the Group’s internal audit requirements shall 
be satisfied and making recommendations to the Board.

•  The Group Internal Audit Manager has direct access and 

responsibility to the Audit Committee Chairman and Committee. 
His main responsibilities include: evaluating the development 
of the Group’s overall control environment as well as the 
effectiveness of risk identification and management at 
business and corporate levels. During 2017, the Group 
Internal Audit Manager met with the Audit Committee Chairman 
and with the Audit Committee without the presence of 
management to assess management’s responsiveness 
to Internal Audit recommendations made during the year 
and to assess the effectiveness of Internal Audit.

•  The Committee reviewed and challenged the programme 
of 2017 Internal Audit work developed to address both 
financial and overall risk management objectives identified 
within the Group. The plan was subsequently adopted 
with progress reported at the Audit Committee meetings. 
Forty-three internal audit reviews were undertaken during 
the year, covering a range of financial and business processes 
in the Group’s London office and the main operational 
locations in Ghana, Uganda and Kenya. Detailed results 
from these reviews were reported to management and in 
summary to the Audit Committee during the year. Where 
required the Audit Committee receives full details on any 
key findings. The Audit Committee receives regular reports 
on the status of the implementation of Internal Audit 
recommendations. The Group also undertook regular audits 
of non-operated joint ventures under the supervision of 
Business Unit management and the Group Internal Audit 
Manager. Internal Audit also runs a systematic programme 
of audits of suppliers’ compliance with commercial and 
business ethics clauses, including bribery and corruption, 
of the significant contracts.

•  The Committee receives summaries of investigations of 

significant known or suspected fraudulent activity by third 
parties and employees including ongoing monitoring and 
following up of fraud investigations.

•  The Audit Committee assessed the effectiveness of 

Internal Audit through its review of progress versus plan 
and the results of audits reported, and through the thorough 
self-assessment review report provided by the Group 
Internal Audit Manager. Resourcing levels in Internal Audit 
are assessed by the Audit Committee with a view to ensuring 
that it can fully discharge its duties. Results of the review 
were discussed at the Committee and actions to further 
improve Internal Audit effectiveness are being implemented. 

72

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCENOMINATIONS COMMITTEE REPORT

“ The majority of the Committee’s time during the year was spent on the 
search for and the appointment of a new CFO and the preparation for 
Chairman succession planning and implementation.”

  Jeremy Wilson
  Chairman of the Nominations Committee

Committee members 

Anne Drinkwater 

Aidan Heavey 

Paul McDade 

Steve Lucas 

Jeremy Wilson 

Tutu Agyare* 

Mike Daly* 

Ann Grant* 

Simon Thompson* 

Meetings attended

4/4

3/3

2/2

4/4

4/4

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

*  Denotes Directors who were no longer members of the Committee as 

at 31 December 2017. 

2017 highlights

•  Appointed Paul McDade as CEO and Aidan Heavey as Chairman. 

•  Commencement of Chairman search and review of 

candidate longlist.

•  Appointmented Les Wood as Interim CFO in January 2017 and 
subsequently as CFO and Executive Director in June 2017.

•  Identifying the skill matrix, structure, size and composition 

of the Board to deliver the long-term strategic aims of 
the Company.

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
The main function of the Nominations Committee is to ensure 
that the Board and its Committees are appropriately constituted 
and have the necessary skills and expertise to support the 
Company’s current and future activities. Below Board level, 
the Committee continues to focus on the recruitment, 
development and retention of a diverse pipeline of managers 
who will occupy the most senior positions in the Company 
in the future. 

At the beginning of 2017, the Committee completed its 
work on CEO and Chairman succession culminating with a 
recommendation to the Board that Paul McDade succeed 
founder Aidan Heavey as CEO, with Aidan taking on an interim 
role as Chairman for a transitional period of up to two years 
from the April 2017 AGM. This recommendation was approved 
by the Board and announced on 11 January 2017, concluding 
a long and successful effort by the Committee to manage one 
of the most significant transitions in Tullow’s history. Following 
the announcement, the Committee shifted its focus towards 
ensuring that the transition of these key roles was executed 
smoothly and with minimal disruption to the business. Aidan’s 
appointment as Chairman for this interim period reflects the 
Board’s belief that, owing to the unique nature of Tullow’s 
business and relationships across Africa, a phased transition 
of the leadership is appropriate.

At the outset of the year, the Committee primarily focused on 
ensuring that the succession of Paul McDade to the role of CEO 
and of Aidan Heavey to the role of Chairman was executed with 
minimal interruption to the business. Apart from supporting 
the transition of these two important roles, the majority of the 
Committee’s time during the year was spent on: 1) the search 
for and the appointment of a new CFO to replace Ian Springett 
who stepped down from the Board due to ill health; and 2) the 
search for a new Chairman to succeed Aidan Heavey, Aidan’s 
appointment as Chairman being limited to a two-year 
transitional period as previously announced. 

In our Full Year Results statement we announced that 
Anne Drinkwater had informed the Board that she has decided 
not to stand for re-election at the 2018 AGM. The Nominations 
Committee will begin a search for her replacement in 2018.

www.tullowoil.com

73

2NOMINATIONS COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

The Committee also reviewed the balance of skills and attributes 
on the Board as a whole and how that compares to the skills 
that will be needed to complement and support Paul McDade 
as our new CEO. This work included a skills assessment facilitated 
by Lintstock Ltd as part of our annual Board evaluation in October. 
The Committee has also debated the structure, size and 
composition of the Board and how the Board can best help 
deliver the long-term strategic aims of the Company after a 
new Chairman has been appointed. In doing so, the Committee 
recognises the importance of establishing a Board that is more 
reflective of the value we place on diversity and inclusion within 
our business. 

Committee’s role
The Committee reviews the composition and balance of the 
Board and senior executives on a regular basis and also ensures 
robust succession plans are in place for all Directors and senior 
executives. When recruiting new Executive or non-executive 
Directors, the Committee appoints external search consultants 
to provide a list of possible candidates, from which a shortlist is 
produced. External consultants are instructed that diversity is 
one of the criteria that the Committee will take into consideration 
in its selection of the shortlist. The Committee’s terms of 
reference are reviewed annually and are set out on the 
corporate website.

The Committee appointed Spencer Stuart to complete an 
executive search process for a new CFO which resulted in a 
recommendation to the Board that Les Wood be appointed as an 
Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer, which was approved 
by the Board and announced in June 2017. Spencer Stuart was 
also appointed to commence work on the search for the new 
Chairman which has resulted in the Committee receiving and 
reviewing a preliminary longlist of candidates which was prepared 
and presented by Spencer Stuart and which reflected the criteria 
set by the Committee for relevant experience, background, 
diversity and personal characteristics. The Committee has 
deliberately commenced this search well ahead of the April 2019 
deadline in order to maximise our ability to find the right 
candidate to lead Tullow’s Board. 

During the course of 2018, the Committee will continue with 
this work in addition to reviewing the recruitment, development 
and retention of managers who will occupy the most senior 
positions in the Company in the future, with a particular focus 
on achieving a diverse employee population with a nationality 
mix representative of our assets’ geographic footprint and 
improving gender diversity.

Jeremy Wilson
Chairman of the Nominations Committee

6 February 2018

Committee’s main responsibilities
The Committee’s main duties are:

•  reviewing the structure, size and composition of the Board 
(including the skills, knowledge, experience and diversity of 
its members) and making recommendations to the Board 
with regard to any changes required;

•  identifying and nominating, for Board approval, candidates 

to fill Board vacancies as and when they arise;

•  succession planning for Directors and other senior executives;

•  reviewing annually the time commitment required of 

non-executive Directors; and

•  making recommendations to the Board regarding membership 

of the Audit, Remuneration and other Committees in 
consultation with the Chair of each Committee.

Committee membership and meetings
The composition of the Committee changed during the year. 
Jeremy Wilson, the Senior Independent Director, was appointed 
Chairman of the Committee following the conclusion of the AGM 
in April 2017. The membership and attendance of members at 
Committee meetings held in 2017 are shown in the adjacent table. 

In addition to four formal meetings, the Committee held a 
number of informal discussions, telephone conference calls 
and interviews during the year.

74

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCECommittee activities
•  CEO succession implementation – Detailed planning for the 
identification of a successor to founder Aidan Heavey was 
completed in January 2017 with a recommendation to the 
Board that Paul McDade be appointed as Chief Executive Officer, 
subject to shareholder approval. The Board and Tullow’s 
shareholders approved the recommendation and Paul McDade 
was appointed CEO following the AGM in April 2017. The 
services of executive search consultants Egon Zehnder and 
other external advisers were employed. There is no other 
connection between Egon Zehnder and Tullow. 

•  Chairman succession implementation – In January 2017, 

the Committee recommended, and the Board approved, the 
appointment of Aidan Heavey as non-executive Chairman, 
subject to shareholder approval from the conclusion of the 
2017 AGM for a transitional period not exceeding two years. 
Given Aidan Heavey’s unique role as founder of Tullow Oil 
and CEO for 31 years, the Committee, in recommending 
Aidan’s appointment as Chairman, was mindful of the need 
to maintain continuity and stability during the leadership 
transition, particularly with respect to the extensive network 
of relationships that Aidan has developed, in Africa and 
elsewhere. The Committee believes that this phased transition 
is in the best interests of shareholders, host governments 
and other key stakeholders, but fully recognises the need to 
appoint an independent Chair at the end of this transitional 
period. Accordingly, the Committee appointed Spencer Stuart 
to conduct a search for an independent Chairman, which has 
resulted in the Committee approving a role specification and 
ensuring that search parameters reflected an appropriate 
emphasis on Tullow’s diversity aspirations and then 
subsequently receiving and reviewing a preliminary longlist 
of candidates. The Committee has deliberately started its 
search early in Aidan’s two-year transitional period in order 
to maximise our ability to find the right candidate to lead 
Tullow’s Board in the future. 

•  CFO emergency planning – In January 2017, Ian Springett 
commenced an extended leave of absence in order to 
undergo treatment for a medical condition. The Board 
implemented the emergency plan, appointing Les Wood, 
Vice President Commercial and Finance, as Interim CFO.

•  CFO succession planning and implementation – The Committee 
led an executive search process for a new Chief Financial 
Officer and recommended to the Board that Les Wood be 
appointed as an Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer 
and Les was appointed in June 2017. 

•  Senior Independent Director and membership of Board 

Committees – Following the scheduled retirement of Ann Grant 
at the AGM in April after nine years’ service on the Board, 
the Committee recommended Jeremy Wilson be appointed 
Senior Independent Director. Jeremy confirmed to the 
Committee that he is able to commit additional time to the 
role, if required, in order to carry out any duties that arise as 
a result of the appointment of a non-independent Chairman. 
The Committee also reviewed the membership and 
chairmanship of each of the Board Committees in light 
of the changes to the composition of the Board. As a result 
of this review, the Committee recommended the appointment 
of Jeremy Wilson as Chairman of the Nominations Committee 
and Tutu Agyare as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee. 
All of these changes were approved by the Board and occurred 
with effect from the conclusion of the 2017 AGM. Following a 
further review of Board Committee membership later in the 
year, the Committee recommended reducing the number of 
non-executive Directors on each of the Audit Committee and 
Nominations Committee and the Board approved.

•  Board size and composition – In 2017 (following the AGM) 

the Board comprised nine Directors: three Executive and six 
non-executive Directors, and included one woman and one 
African. The Board continues to support the aspirations set 
out in the 2011 Davies Report ‘Women on Boards’ and those 
in the Hampton-Alexander Review and will seek to redress 
the current imbalance in the representation of women during 
the coming years. The Committee acknowledges that our 
Board is not currently reflective of the value that we place 
on diversity and inclusion within our business and has 
recognised a need to take appropriate corrective action 
in this regard. In the Committee’s recently announced search 
for the replacement of Anne Drinkwater, we have placed the 
highest priority on ensuring diversity in the appointment. 
Beyond the immediate search, the Committee believes that 
broader action to advance our diversity aspirations must form 
part of a long-term Board strategy which must be led by 
whoever Tullow selects as its new Chairman. 

•  Improving the diversity of the talent pipeline – As part of a 

continuing effort to address the lack of gender and national 
diversity in the Senior Management team (see also the 
Organisation & Culture section on pages 50 and 51) diversity 
was included in the 2017 corporate scorecard. A diversity 
plan was developed and progress has been made against 
that plan which has included: improving our understanding 
and reporting of diversity within the Company; an increased 
focus on diversity by the leadership team; and specific actions 
to improve processes such as recruitment, staff development 
and performance management to enhance the diversity of 
the Senior Management pipeline. The Committee is confident 
that if the implementation of this plan continues with the same 
level of commitment observed in 2017, diversity, particularly 
at senior levels, will materially improve over the coming 
years. The Committee will report progress against the plan. 

•  Committee evaluation – The performances of the Board and 

its Committees were considered as part of the internal Board 
evaluation process. 

www.tullowoil.com

75

2EHS COMMITTEE REPORT

“ The Committee monitors the performance and 
key risks that the Company faces in relation to 
occupational and process safety, security, health 
and environmental management.”

  Anne Drinkwater
  Chair of the EHS Committee

Committee members 

Anne Drinkwater 

Mike Daly 

Angus McCoss (part year) 

Paul McDade* 

Simon Thompson* 

Meetings attended

3/3

3/3

2/2

1/1

1/1

*  Denotes Directors who were no longer members of the Committee as 

at 31 December 2017. 

2017 highlights

•  Overseeing EHS arrangements for the Jubilee Turret 

Remediation Project.

•  Reviewing how lessons learnt from Jubilee are being factored 

into TEN production operations.

•  Conducting environmental risk review.

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
The Committee works to enhance the Board’s engagement 
with EHS through appropriate in-depth reviews of strategically 
important EHS issues for the Group. The Committee has a 
forward-looking agenda, and considers emerging risks that 
the business might face in its operations.

Process safety is a key focus area for the Committee. In addition 
to monitoring process safety risk management across the 
Group the Committee reviewed progress on the Jubilee Asset 
Integrity Plan and findings from the 2017 process safety audits 
of Jubilee and TEN.

As the Jubilee Turret Remediation Project progresses 
towards a permanent solution, the Committee had an in-depth 
review of the assurance processes used to support safe 
execution operation. 

A particular focus in the Committee’s environmental review in 
2017 was the Kenya Waste Management Infrastructure Study, 
which will inform development planning on waste management 
options as the project progresses.

The Committee monitors implementation of Tullow’s Human 
Rights policy; the Kenya National Police Service MOU, which was 
signed in July 2017, is a solid step forward in fully operationalising 
the UN Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights. 

Anne Drinkwater
Chair of the EHS Committee

6 February 2018

Committee’s role
The Committee has been established by the Board to monitor 
the performance and key risks that the Company faces in 
relation to occupational and process safety, security, health 
and environmental management, with a particular ongoing 
focus on process safety. The Committee oversees the 
processes and systems put in place by the Company to meet 
our stated objectives of protecting employees, the communities 
in which we operate, and the natural environment. Additionally 
it monitors the effectiveness of operational organisations 
across the Company in delivering continuous improvement 
in EHS through reviewing a wide range of EHS leading and 
lagging indicators to gain an insight into how EHS policies, 
standards and practices are being implemented. In particular, 
the Committee reviews high-potential incidents, especially 
where they have occurred repeatedly in one location or activity 
(also see Responsible Operations, pages 36 and 37). It also 
scrutinises the outcome of audits and investigations. 

Committee’s main responsibilities
The Committee’s main responsibilities are:

•  to review and provide advice regarding the environmental, 
health, security and asset protection, and safety policies 
of the Company;

•  to monitor the performance, including regulatory compliance, 
of the Company in the progressive implementation of its 
environmental, health, security and asset protection, and 
safety policies, including process safety management;

•  to receive reports covering matters relating to material 

environmental, health, security and asset protection, and 
safety risks; and

•  to consider material regulatory and technical developments 
in the fields of environmental, health, security and asset 
protection, and safety management. 

The Committee’s terms of reference are reviewed annually 
and are available on the corporate website. The Committee’s 
membership changed during the year. Angus McCoss joined 
the Committee, while Paul McDade and Simon Thompson 
relinquished their roles as part of the Company’s Board 
re-organisation. The Committee currently comprises two 
non-executive Directors and one Executive Director. Sandy Stash, 
EVP Safety & Sustainability, Operations & Engineering and 
External Affairs (SOEEA), has executive responsibility for EHS 
across the Group. Anne Drinkwater is Chair of the Committee 
and chaired all meetings throughout the year. Collectively, the 
Committee members have considerable operational EHS 
experience gained from diverse operating environments across 
the extractive industries.

76

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEMeetings
In addition to the core Committee members, functional heads 
and senior managers from across the Group were invited to 
meetings to provide additional details and insights on specific 
agenda items. They also provide guidance on EHS issues and 
support discussions about how EHS can be embedded across 
their parts of the business. In 2017 those attending the meetings 
included Senior Management from Tullow’s operations and 
management team members from the Safety, Sustainability 
& External Affairs and Operations & Engineering functions.

•  Tullow’s East Africa developments require a significant 
onshore presence involving the future construction and 
installation of pipelines in a complex social and geopolitical 
setting. In order to understand the EHS challenges and 
lessons learnt from a recent similar project, the Committee 
invited the Vice President of BP’s Southern Gas Project to 
present on its EHS risks and mitigation approach. This 
presentation provided valuable insights into the challenges 
faced and techniques employed to address EHS risks in 
complex onshore projects.

•  The Committee reviewed process safety risk management 

including plant, process, people and performance management 
to assess priorities, progress and challenges in 2017 and 
2018. The Committee also reviewed risk management in 
drilling and completion operations including processes, 
tools and performance.

•  Tullow’s environmental performance and key environmental 

risks were reviewed together with the mitigation and 
management techniques employed to minimise their impact.

Looking forward to 2018
•  The Committee will have a continuing emphasis on process 
safety, and will monitor close-out of the 2017 process safety 
management audits of Jubilee and TEN.

•  The Committee will provide ongoing oversight of appropriate 
EHS risk management of the Jubilee Turret Remediation 
Project as a permanent solution is implemented.

•  The Committee will review assurance work focused on land 
transport safety and the application of business continuity 
plans implemented by the business.

•  The Committee will continue to review the EHS elements of 

the East Africa development project plans.

Committee activities in 2017
•  In 2017, the Committee reviewed the EHS elements of the 
Safety & Sustainability Plan. The plan sets out milestones 
that need to be reached to meet Safety & Sustainability’s 
multi-year objectives and covers all aspects of EHS. 
Examples of these milestones include:

•  assuring that Company and Business Unit plans are 
in alignment with the EHS and non-technical risk 
standards incorporated in Tullow’s Integrated 
Management System (IMS);

•  supporting Business Delivery Teams in the implementation 
of the Human Rights Policy including compliance with the 
Modern Slavery Act;

•  conducting process safety and asset integrity audits of the 

Jubilee and TEN FPSOs; and

•  operationalising the new socio-economic investment 

strategy and governance process.

•  The Committee reviewed EHS aspects of the Jubilee 

Turret Remediation Project with a deep dive of the controls 
established to support safe operations as the project moves 
towards installing a permanent technical solution.

•  Following commissioning of the TEN FPSO in 2017, the 

Committee reviewed how the TEN project team had learnt and 
applied the lessons from early Jubilee production operations. 
Effective application of these lessons was a key factor in 
delivering the TEN project safely, on time and within budget. 

•  At each meeting the Committee tracked performance against 
EHS key performance indicators (KPIs), which include both 
leading and lagging indicators. In addition to providing a 
snapshot of Tullow’s progress, EHS KPIs were used to identify 
areas where more focus may be required, such as asset 
integrity, occupational safety and land transport safety. 
A number of the EHS KPIs are part of the corporate 
scorecard and are linked to remuneration; these are 
overseen by the Committee.

•  Assurance activity on key EHS risk areas was reviewed during 
2017. Such assurance included the review of results from 
audits of malaria management processes across our Ghana, 
Kenya and Uganda operations. Committee assurance also 
included review of the process safety and asset integrity 
audits of Ghana production operations, including an 
assessment of the delivery of the Jubilee Asset Integrity 
Management Plan. 

www.tullowoil.com

77

2REMUNERATION REPORT

ANNUAL STATEMENT  
ON REMUNERATION

The Remuneration Committee is focused on ensuring Executive Directors are rewarded 
for the long‑term success of the Company rather than short‑term returns.

DEAR SHAREHOLDER
On behalf of the Board, I am presenting the Remuneration 
Committee’s (‘Committee’s’) report for 2017 on Directors’ 
remuneration. The report is divided into three main sections:

•  our Annual Statement, which provides a summary of the year 
under review and the Committee’s intentions going forward;

•  the Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report, which was 
formally approved by shareholders at the 2017 Annual 
General Meeting (AGM) on 26 April 2017 and sets out the 
forward‑looking three‑year Directors’ Remuneration Policy 
for the Company which commenced 1 January 2017; and

•  the 2017 Annual Report on Remuneration, which provides 
details of the remuneration earned by Directors in the year 
ended 31 December 2017.

“ Our shareholder 
consultation on the 
policy demonstrates 
our commitment to 
provide you with 
clarity and 
transparency.”

Summary of major decisions and activities in 2017
In 2016, assisted by PwC, the Committee conducted a thorough 
review of the Remuneration Policy. The review took into account 
feedback received from major shareholders and emerging best 
practice, including the report of the Investment Association 
dated 3 July 2016 and the final report of the Executive 
Remuneration Working Group dated July 2016. A number 
of amendments to our Directors’ Remuneration Policy for 
the period 2017 to 2019 (‘the 2017 Policy’) were made and 
were approved by shareholders at the AGM in April 2017. 

2017 Board changes
On 11 January 2017, Tullow announced a number of changes to 
its Board which became effective following the Company’s AGM 
on 26 April 2017:

•  Paul McDade, formerly Chief Operating Officer, was 

appointed Chief Executive Officer. Paul’s remuneration 
package was set in accordance with the 2017 Remuneration 
Policy – see pages 84 to 87.

•  Simon Thompson stepped down from the role of Chairman 

and from the Tullow Board. 

•  Aidan Heavey, formerly Chief Executive Officer, was appointed 
as non‑executive Chairman for a transitional period of up to 
two years. For the period up to the AGM (when Aidan was CEO) 
and for a period of six months thereafter Aidan’s remuneration 
was unchanged. This amount was determined to be appropriate 
by the Committee and includes consideration for: (i) Aidan’s 
service as Chairman of the Board; (ii) compensation for 
abridging his contractual notice period with the Group; and 
(iii) Aidan being available on an exclusive and full‑time basis 
for the six‑month period. After this period, Aidan received 
a Chairman’s fee of £280,000 per annum and is expected to 
dedicate at least 70 days per year to his duties as Chairman.

•  Ann Grant retired and was replaced as Senior Independent 
Director (SID) by Jeremy Wilson. With the previous Chief 
Executive Officer becoming non‑executive Chairman, the 
SID role will have increased responsibilities and will require 
more time and effort than in previous years. Accordingly, the 
SID fee was increased from £10,000 as at January 2017 to 
£40,000 from 26 April 2017.

TUTU AGYARE, CHAIRMAN OF THE REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

78

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE2017 Remuneration Policy
The Policy is based on a structure linking the Group’s ongoing 
strategy and business goals to performance. Set out below are 
the main features of the 2017 Policy (which are explained in 
greater detail in the Remuneration Policy Report).

Tullow Incentive Plan (TIP)
•  The maximum annual award opportunity is 400 per cent 

of base salary.

•  Full vesting of the TSR performance condition to be triggered 

at upper quartile (75th percentile) performance.

•  Discretion to settle any portion of the annual cash bonus 

component of a TIP award in deferred shares.

The Committee believes that the Policy at these levels align 
interests of management and shareholders and incentivise, 
motivate and retain our valued Executive Directors. Further 
details are shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy Report.

Performance and reward for 2017
The Committee continues to monitor Executive base salaries in 
an effort to remain competitive and appropriately placed in the 
international oil and gas industry. Base salaries are reviewed 
annually. The Committee used the approved 2017 Policy 
during 2017. 

In conjunction with the Board changes, salaries for the Executive 
Directors were adjusted to take into account Tullow’s market 
position and benchmark data for the international oil and gas 
sector. The overall impact of this change was a reduction in CEO, 
CFO and Exploration Director salaries: on his appointment to 
CEO, Paul McDade’s salary was increased to £725,000; on his 
appointment to CFO, Les Wood’s salary was set at £435,000; 
and Angus McCoss’ salary was adjusted to £410,000. In summary, 
the totality of these changes reduces the ED salary cost by 
18.2 per cent compared with the salaries for these positions 
in 2016. The totality of these changes in 2017 reduced the 
Executive Directors’ salary cost by 18 per cent compared with 
the salaries for these positions in 2016. Furthermore, this 
reduction and the reduction in senior managers as a result 
of establishment of the new Executive Team (see pages 12 
and 13) has led to a 19 per cent reduction in salary costs 
for Tullow’s senior leadership team, compared with 2016.

For 2018, in view of UK inflation, salary inflation and benchmarking 
data, the Committee decided to increase the salaries of the 
Executive Directors by 3 per cent. This decision is consistent 

with the wider decisions made regarding employee pay.

The Chairman’s fee is £280,000 and the base non‑executive 
Directors’ fee is set at £60,000.

The performance targets set for 2017 in respect of the TIP 
awards to be granted in 2017 were challenging in the context 
of the time and proved even more so as the year progressed. 
Regarding Total Shareholder Return (TSR) measured over a 
three‑year period, performance has been poor and consequently 
a score of zero per cent is attributed to this performance 
metric. Conversely, the Group performed well on its strategic, 
financial and operational targets for the year. The Committee is 
particularly pleased with the achievement of strategic financing, 
capital management and production, all of which support the 
deleveraging of Tullow’s balance sheet and generation of free 
cash flow. The net result of these various factors produced an 
overall scorecard performance of 39.7 per cent, resulting in a 
cash bonus of 79.4 per cent of salary and a further 79.4 per cent of 
salary awarded in shares deferred for five years. Full details of 
performance against the KPIs is shown on pages 20 to 23.

Shareholder dialogue
Your views of remuneration are important to the Board and for 
that reason the Committee consulted with shareholders on the 
2017 Policy in late 2016 and early 2017. This consultation was 
important and demonstrated our commitment to provide you 
with clarity and transparency about our 2017 Policy. We expect 
the 2017 Policy to be in operation for a period of three years; 
however, should any changes be considered appropriate to 
propose, major shareholders shall be consulted. 

Finally, on behalf of the Committee, I would like to thank 
shareholders for their significant vote approving the 2016 Annual 
Statement and Annual Report on Remuneration at the last AGM 
and look forward to your continued support over the coming year.

If you have any comments or questions on any element of the 
report, please email me at remunerationchair@tullowoil.com.

Tutu Agyare 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

6 February 2018

www.tullowoil.com

79

2REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Preparation of this report
This report has been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006, the Large and 
Medium‑sized Companies and Groups (Accounts & Reports) 
(Amendment) Regulations 2013, which came into force on 
1 October 2013 and which set out the reporting requirements 
in respect of Directors’ remuneration, and the Listing Rules. 
The legislation requires the external auditor to state whether, 
in its opinion, the parts of the report that are subject to audit 
have been properly prepared in accordance with the relevant 
legislation and these parts have been highlighted.

DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY 
REPORT (VOLUNTARY DISCLOSURE) 
Although Tullow is not required to present the current 
Remuneration Policy Report this year, nor to submit the 
Remuneration Policy to a binding vote, in line with best practice 
on corporate reporting, we have included for reference on the 
following pages the Remuneration Policy for the Company which 
commenced 1 January 2017 and became formally effective 
following approval from shareholders through a binding 
vote at the 2017 AGM. This section also explains how the 
Remuneration Policy will be operated during 2018.

Policy overview
The principles of the Remuneration Committee (‘Committee’) 
are to ensure that remuneration is linked to Tullow’s strategy 
and promote the attraction, motivation and retention of the 
highest quality executives who are key to delivering sustainable 
long‑term value growth and substantial returns to shareholders.

Consideration of shareholders’ views
The Committee considers shareholder feedback received 
at the AGM each year and, more generally, guidance from 
shareholder representative bodies. This feedback, plus any 
additional feedback received during any meetings from time 
to time, is considered as part of the Company’s annual review 
of the continuing appropriateness of the Remuneration Policy.

Employment conditions elsewhere in the Group
In setting the Remuneration Policy and remuneration levels for 
Executive Directors, the Committee is cognisant of the approach 
to rewarding employees in the Group and levels of pay increases 
generally. The Committee does not formally consult directly 
with employees on the Executive pay policy, but it does receive 
regular updates from Claire Hawkings, Executive Vice President, 
Organisational Strategy & Company Performance (EVP – OS&CP).

The following differences exist between the Company’s policy 
for the remuneration of Executive Directors, as detailed in the 
summary table overleaf, and its approach to the payment of 
employees generally:

COMPONENTS OF REMUNERATION

FIXED PAY

BASE SALARY

PENSION & BENEFITS

Pension
Benefits
Medical insurance 
Permanent health insurance  
Life assurance

PERFORMANCE  
RELATED

TULLOW INCENTIVE PLAN

Annual award of cash (up to 100 per cent of salary)

Balance awarded in shares 
(up to 300 per cent of salary)

TOTAL REMUNERATION

Glossary

AGM 

Annual General Meeting

Capex 

Capital expenditure

DSBP 

Deferred Share Bonus Plan

EHS 

Environment, Health & Safety

ESOS 

2000 Executive Share Option Scheme

HMRC 

Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs 

Opex 

Operating expenses

PSP 

Performance Share Plan

SIP 

TIP 

UK Share Incentive Plan

Tullow Incentive Plan

TSR 

Total Shareholder Return

80

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE•  benefits offered to other employees generally include a 
performance bonus award of up to 35 per cent of salary;

•  pension provision of a payment of 10 per cent of salary into our 
Company defined contribution plan, increasing to 15 per cent 
of salary for employees over 50; and

•  participation in the TIP is limited to the Executive Directors and 
Senior Management according to their role and responsibility. 
All other employees are eligible to participate in the Company’s 
below Board level share‑based plans.

In general, these differences exist to ensure that remuneration 
arrangements are market competitive for all levels of role in 
the Company. Whilst there is a performance link to remuneration 
for all employees, in the case of the Executive Directors and 
Senior Management, a greater emphasis tends to be placed 
on variable pay given their opportunity to impact directly upon 
Company performance.

Summary of Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The table on pages 84 to 87 sets out a summary of each 
element of the Directors’ remuneration packages, their link to 
the Company’s strategy, the policy for how these are operated, 
the maximum opportunity and the performance framework. 
Although not part of the Remuneration Policy Report, the 
column to the right of the table also sets out how the 
Committee intends to apply the policy for 2018.

Key changes in 2017
The Committee believes that the basic structure of the previous 
Remuneration Policy worked well to align the interests of our 
Executives and our shareholders. The changes which were 
proposed by the Committee and were approved by our 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting in 2017 are reflected 
in the table overleaf and are designed to provide increased 
flexibility in the Remuneration Policy to respond to volatile 
market conditions and to re‑align Executive compensation 
with peer companies, both in the international exploration 
and production sector and having regard to FTSE companies 
of similar current market capitalisation.

Significant changes in the 2017 Policy included:

1) Executive Directors
The maximum annual award opportunity for the TIP was 
reduced from 600 per cent of base salary to 400 per cent 
of base salary.
•  The period from 2014 to 2016 saw a dramatic decline in 

oil prices and in Tullow’s share price. We remain focused on 
increasing shareholder value and re‑entering the FTSE 100 
as soon as possible. However, following feedback from 
shareholders, consultation with PwC and completion of 
a benchmarking exercise, the Committee believed that a 
600 per cent multiplier is inappropriate for Tullow’s current 

position within the FTSE, despite stretching performance 
targets that make that level of reward achievable only in 
exceptional circumstances. We therefore recommended a 
reduction in the maximum award opportunity to 400 per cent 
of base salary to better reflect our current market position. 
In the event that the Company returns to the FTSE 100 Index 
and remains there for an entire financial year, the Committee 
reserved the right, at its sole discretion, to increase the 
multiplier to 500 per cent of base salary for the subsequent year.

Full vesting of the TSR performance condition to be triggered at 
upper quartile (75th percentile) performance instead of upper 
quintile (80th percentile).
•  In consultation with PwC, the Committee determined that a 

maximum vesting of the TSR performance condition at upper 
quartile performance is appropriate and in line with industry 
practice within the FTSE and internationally. Particularly in 
light of the 200 per cent reduction to the overall maximum 
award opportunity the Committee believes that this is an 
appropriate adjustment to provide a challenging yet 
achievable incentive to the Executive Directors. 

Discretion to settle any portion of the annual cash bonus 
component of a Tullow Incentive Plan (TIP) award in 
deferred shares.
•  TIP awards consist of a short‑term bonus component (usually 
paid in cash) and a long‑term incentive component (paid in 
deferred shares with a five‑year vesting term). A number of 
institutional investor bodies, governance agencies and advisory 
firms encourage the deferral of a portion of cash bonus 
into deferred shares. The Committee believes that the TIP 
properly balances short‑term cash incentives with long‑term 
share‑based awards but that in certain circumstances it may 
be appropriate for the cash component to be partially deferred 
into shares with a vesting period not less than one year from 
the date of grant. This discretion provides the Committee 
with greater flexibility to craft awards that are appropriate 
to the performance of the Company in a given year while 
also ensuring proper alignment of the interests of the 
Executive Directors and our shareholders. 

Minimum shareholding requirement reduced to 300 per cent 
of base salary.
•  Tullow’s previous shareholding policy prohibited Executive 
Directors from selling more than 50 per cent of post‑tax 
vesting share awards until such time as their shareholding 
exceeded 400 per cent of base salary (rising to 600 per cent 
on the first vesting of the TIP). It was previously Tullow’s policy 
to include unvested and unexercised awards in this calculation 
and that was the basis for setting such an extraordinarily 
high shareholding requirement. Guidance has now clarified 
that unvested awards should not be counted in minimum 
shareholding requirements and accordingly the Committee 
has reduced the multiple of base salary for Executive Director 
shareholdings but specified that it will only include ‘owned 
shares’ in the calculation of these amounts. The Committee 
believes that, at 300 per cent of base salary, Tullow’s 
minimum shareholding requirement still significantly 
exceeds the average minimum shareholding requirement 
across the FTSE. 

www.tullowoil.com

81

2REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

2) Non-executive Directors
Non‑executive Director fees are reviewed annually and in 2017, 
the Committee and the Board (with each Director abstaining 
from any decision on their own remuneration) recommended 
that the Chairman’s fee be reduced from £310,500 to £280,000 
and each of the non‑executive Director fees be reduced from 
£69,500 to £60,000. Additional responsibility fees paid to 
Committee Chairs remained unchanged, save that the fee paid 
to the Chair of the Ethics & Compliance Committee was 
increased from £5,000 to £10,000. That Committee has since 
been dissolved since the transition of its responsibilities were 
passed to the Executive. The above reductions in fees payable 
to the current Chairman and the non‑executive Directors reflect 
the cost pressures in the oil and gas industry and Tullow’s 
current position within the FTSE. 

•  As part of the fee reductions above, the fee for our former 

Senior Independent Director, Ann Grant, was decreased from 
£15,000 to £10,000 until her retirement date. However, in 
view of the increased responsibilities and time commitment 
of the SID role in the new Tullow Board since 26 April 2017, 
the SID fee was then increased to £40,000.

•  From the conclusion of the AGM, Aidan Heavey continued to 
receive his then existing remuneration including all benefits for 
a period of six months. That amount was determined to be 
appropriate by the Committee and included consideration for: 
(i) Aidan’s service as Chairman of the Board; (ii) compensation 
for abridging his contractual notice period with the Group; 
and (iii) Aidan being available on an exclusive and full‑time 
basis for that six‑month period. Following the conclusion of 
the six‑month period, Aidan now receives a Chairman’s fee 
of £280,000 per annum which is in line with the reduced 
Chairman’s fee in effect as at 1 January 2017. Following that 
initial six‑month period, Aidan is expected to dedicate at least 
70 days per year to his duties as Chairman.

Operation of share plans
The Committee will operate the TIP (and legacy plans) according 
to their respective rules and in accordance with the Listing 
Rules and HMRC rules where relevant.

The Committee, consistent with market practice, retains 
discretion over a number of areas relating to the operation and 
administration of the plans in relation to Senior Management, 
including Executive Directors. These include (but are not limited 
to) the following (albeit with the level of award restricted as set 
out in the policy table overleaf):

•  who participates;

•  the timing of grant of awards and/or payment;

•  the size of awards and/or payment;

•  discretion relating to the measurement of performance 
in the event of a change of control or reconstruction;

•  determination of a good leaver (in addition to any 

specified categories) for incentive plan purposes and 
a good leaver’s treatment;

•  adjustments to awards required in certain circumstances 
(e.g. Rights Issues, corporate restructuring and special 
dividends); and

•  the ability to adjust existing performance conditions 

for exceptional events so that they can still fulfil their 
original purpose.

The choice of the performance metrics applicable to the 
TIP, which are set by the Committee at the start of the relevant 
financial year, reflects the Committee’s belief that any incentive 
compensation should be appropriately challenging and tied to 
the delivery of stretching financial, operational and TSR‑related 
objectives, explicitly linked to the achievement of Tullow’s 
long‑term strategy.

As a result of the switch from: (i) a three‑year PSP vesting 
period to a five‑year TIP vesting period; and (ii) pre‑vesting 
performance conditions to pre‑grant performance conditions, 
the following transitional arrangements applied in the early 
years of the TIP’s operation:

•  to cover the gap between 2016 (when the 2013 PSP awards 

(the final set of awards under this plan) vest) and 2019 (when 
the deferred TIP shares granted in 2014 in relation to 2013 

82

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEwould otherwise normally vest), instead of vesting over five 
years the deferred TIP shares granted in 2014 have vested 
50 per cent after three years (i.e. 2017) and 50 per cent will 
vest after four years (i.e. 2018) and the deferred TIP shares 
granted in 2015 will vest 50 per cent after four years (i.e. 2019) 
and 50 per cent after five years (i.e. 2020). Deferred TIP 
shares granted in 2016 in relation to the performance period 
ended 31 December 2015 and subsequent deferred TIP share 
grants will vest after five years from grant; and

•  to reduce the impact of overlapping performance periods, 
the TSR performance period for TIP awards made in 2014 
was measured over the 2013 financial year, the performance 
period for TIP awards granted in 2015 was measured over the 
2013–14 financial years and the 2016 awards were measured 
over the 2014–15 financial years (operating a three‑year TSR 
performance period for early TIP awards would create an 
overlap with past PSP awards). TSR, in relation to the 2017 
and subsequent TIP awards, was and will be based on a 
three‑year performance period ending with the financial year 
ending immediately prior to grant.

In addition to the TIP, Executive Directors are also eligible to 
participate in the UK SIP on the same terms as other employees. 
All employee share plans do not operate performance conditions.

Calculation of TIP awards
In addition to base salary and other benefits described in the 
Remuneration Policy, each Executive Director shall be eligible 
to receive an award issued under the rules of the TIP (‘a TIP 
award’). The TIP combines short and long‑term incentive‑based 
pay and includes a cash bonus component and a deferred 
share award component.

At the beginning of each financial year, the Committee will 
determine a multiple of base salary, subject to the limits 
established under this Policy, to apply to a TIP award. At the 
same time the Committee will also determine a balanced 
corporate scorecard of performance metrics applicable to 
any TIP award. The choice of the performance metrics and 
the weightings given to them, which are set by the Committee 

at the start of the relevant financial year, reflects the 
Committee’s belief that any incentive compensation should be 
appropriately challenging and tied to the delivery of stretching 
financial, operational and total shareholder return (‘TSR’) 
related objectives, explicitly linked to the achievement of 
Tullow’s long‑term strategy.

Following completion of the financial year, the Committee 
will review the Company’s performance against the corporate 
scorecard resulting in a percentage score. The multiple set 
by the Committee is then applied to the percentage score to 
determine the total TIP award amount. A TIP award is divided 
equally between cash bonus and deferred shares up to the first 
200 per cent of base salary. Any portion of a TIP award above 
200 per cent of base salary shall be satisfied in deferred shares 
only. Deferred shares forming part of a TIP award are normally 
deferred for five years and are normally subject to malus and 
clawback. In its discretion, the Committee may elect to satisfy 
any portion of the cash bonus element of a TIP award in deferred 
shares which will be deferred for a period determined by the 
Committee, being not less than one year from the date of grant. 
Deferred shares issued in lieu of any portion of the cash bonus 
component of a TIP award shall be subject to malus, clawback 
and the minimum shareholding requirements set out in the 
table overleaf. 

Legacy remuneration
For the avoidance of doubt, in approving this Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, authority was given to the Company 
to honour any commitments entered into with current or 
former Directors that have been disclosed to shareholders in 
previous remuneration reports. Details of any payments to 
former Directors will be set out in the Annual Report on 
Remuneration as they arise.

www.tullowoil.com

83

2REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

SUMMARY DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

Base salary

Purpose and link  
to strategy

To provide an 
appropriate level of 
fixed cash income.

To attract and retain 
individuals with the 
personal attributes, skills 
and experience required 
to deliver our strategy.

Operation

Maximum opportunity

of sums paid/payable

on Remuneration and not part of the Policy Report)

Framework used to assess performance and provisions for the recovery  

Application of policy in 2018 (this forms part of the Annual Report 

Generally reviewed annually with increases 
normally effective from 1 January. Base 
salaries will be set by the Committee taking 
into account:

•  the scale, scope and responsibility of 

the role;

•  the skills and experience of the individual;

•  the base salary of other employees, 

including increases awarded to the wider 
population; and

•  the base salary of individuals undertaking 
similar roles in companies of comparable 
size and complexity. This may include 
international oil & gas sector companies 
or a broader group of FTSE‑listed 
organisations.

Any increases to current Executive Director 
salaries, presented in the ‘Application of 
Policy in 2018’ column to the right of this 
policy table, will not normally exceed the 
average increase awarded to other UK‑based 
employees. Increases may be above this 
level in certain circumstances, for instance 
if there is an increase in the scale, scope or 
responsibility of the role or to allow the base 
salary of newly appointed executives to move 
towards market norms as their experience 
and contribution increase. 

A broad assessment of individual and business performance is used as part of 

Current Executive Director base salaries:

the salary review. No recovery provisions apply.

Paul McDade 

Angus McCoss 

Les Wood 

2018

£746,750

£422,300

£448,050

Pension and 
benefits

To attract and retain 
individuals with the 
personal attributes, skills 
and experience required 
to deliver our strategy.

Defined contribution pension scheme or 
salary supplement in lieu of pension. The 
Company does not operate or have any 
legacy defined benefit pension schemes.

Medical insurance, income protection and 
life assurance. Additional benefits may be 
provided as appropriate. 

Executive Directors may participate in the 
Tullow UK Share Incentive Plan (SIP).

Pension: 25% of base salary.

Benefits: The range of benefits that may be 
provided is set by the Committee after taking 
into account local market practice in the 
country where the Executive is based. No 
monetary maximum is given for benefits 
provided to the Executive Directors as the cost 
will depend on individual circumstances.

Benefit values vary year on year depending on 
premiums and the maximum potential value is 
the cost of the provision of these benefits.

Tullow UK SIP: Up to HM Revenue & Customs 
(HMRC) limits, currently £150 per month. 
Maximum participation levels and matching 
levels for all staff, including Executive 
Directors, are set by reference to the rules of 
the plan and relevant legislation.

Not applicable.

No change.

84

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
SUMMARY DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY

Purpose and link  

to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Framework used to assess performance and provisions for the recovery  
of sums paid/payable

Application of policy in 2018 (this forms part of the Annual Report 
on Remuneration and not part of the Policy Report)

Base salary

To provide an 

Generally reviewed annually with increases 

Any increases to current Executive Director 

normally effective from 1 January. Base 

salaries, presented in the ‘Application of 

salaries will be set by the Committee taking 

Policy in 2018’ column to the right of this 

A broad assessment of individual and business performance is used as part of 
the salary review. No recovery provisions apply.

Current Executive Director base salaries:

Paul McDade 

Angus McCoss 

Les Wood 

2018

£746,750

£422,300

£448,050

appropriate level of 

fixed cash income.

To attract and retain 

individuals with the 

personal attributes, skills 

the role;

and experience required 

to deliver our strategy.

into account:

•  the scale, scope and responsibility of 

•  the skills and experience of the individual;

•  the base salary of other employees, 

including increases awarded to the wider 

population; and

•  the base salary of individuals undertaking 

similar roles in companies of comparable 

size and complexity. This may include 

international oil & gas sector companies 

or a broader group of FTSE‑listed 

organisations.

policy table, will not normally exceed the 

average increase awarded to other UK‑based 

employees. Increases may be above this 

level in certain circumstances, for instance 

if there is an increase in the scale, scope or 

responsibility of the role or to allow the base 

salary of newly appointed executives to move 

towards market norms as their experience 

and contribution increase. 

Defined contribution pension scheme or 

Pension: 25% of base salary.

Not applicable.

No change.

Pension and 

benefits

To attract and retain 

individuals with the 

personal attributes, skills 

Company does not operate or have any 

and experience required 

legacy defined benefit pension schemes.

salary supplement in lieu of pension. The 

to deliver our strategy.

Benefits: The range of benefits that may be 

provided is set by the Committee after taking 

into account local market practice in the 

Medical insurance, income protection and 

country where the Executive is based. No 

life assurance. Additional benefits may be 

monetary maximum is given for benefits 

provided as appropriate. 

Executive Directors may participate in the 

Tullow UK Share Incentive Plan (SIP).

provided to the Executive Directors as the cost 

will depend on individual circumstances.

Benefit values vary year on year depending on 

premiums and the maximum potential value is 

the cost of the provision of these benefits.

Tullow UK SIP: Up to HM Revenue & Customs 

(HMRC) limits, currently £150 per month. 

Maximum participation levels and matching 

levels for all staff, including Executive 

Directors, are set by reference to the rules of 

the plan and relevant legislation.

www.tullowoil.com

85

2 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

SUMMARY DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

Purpose and link  
to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

of sums paid/payable

on Remuneration and not part of the Policy Report)

Framework used to assess performance and provisions for the recovery  

Application of policy in 2018 (this forms part of the Annual Report 

Tullow 
Incentive Plan 
(TIP)

To provide a simple, 
competitive, 
performance‑linked 
incentive plan that:

•  aligns the interests 
of management 
and shareholders;

•  promotes the 

long‑term success 
of the Company; 

•  provides a real 

incentive to achieve 
our strategic 
objectives and deliver 
superior shareholder 
returns; and

•  will attract, retain and 
motivate individuals 
with the required 
personal attributes, 
skills and experience.

An annual TIP award consisting of up to 
400 per cent of base salary which is divided 
evenly between cash and deferred shares up 
to the first 200 per cent of base salary. Any 
amount above 200 per cent of base salary 
is awarded entirely in deferred shares1.

Deferred shares are normally subject for 
deferral until the fifth anniversary of grant, 
normally subject to continued service. 

TIP awards are non‑pensionable and 
will be made in line with the Committee’s 
assessment of performance targets.

At the discretion of the Committee, 
any portion of the cash component of 
a TIP award can be satisfied by granting 
deferred shares with a vesting date set by 
the Committee being not earlier than the 
first anniversary of grant.

The maximum amount of any Award shall be 
established by the Committee at the beginning 
of each year of this policy, provided it shall not 
exceed 400 per cent of salary for Executive 
Directors.

Dividend equivalents will accrue on TIP 
deferred shares over the vesting period, and 
will be payable in respect of shares that vest.

In the event that Tullow is a member of the 
FTSE 100 Index for a full financial year during 
the term of this Remuneration Policy, the 
Committee reserves the discretion to increase 
the maximum TIP award opportunity from 
400 per cent of base salary to 500 per cent of 
base salary should the Committee determine  
it appropriate to do so in the circumstances.

A balanced scorecard of stretching financial and operational objectives, linked to the 

The corporate scorecard for 2018 will consist of:

achievement of Tullow’s long‑term strategy will be used to assess TIP outcomes. 

•  50 per cent based on relative TSR, over the three‑year 

Specific targets and their weighting will vary from year to year in accordance 

period prior to grant, against a comparator group of oil and 

with strategic priorities but may include targets relating to: relative or absolute 

gas exploration companies with a threshold (25 per cent of 

Total Shareholder Return (TSR); earnings per share (EPS); Environmental, 

the award) vesting at median performance and a maximum 

Health and Safety (EHS); financial; production; operations; project; exploration; 

(100 per cent) vesting at upper quartile performance;

or specific strategic and personal objectives. At the end of each year the 

Committee will determine a performance score against each of the components 

of the corporate scorecard which will result in an aggregate performance 

score out of 100 per cent (KPI Score). At least 50 per cent of any TIP award 

will be based on financial measures including TSR. 

•  5 per cent based on strategic financing measures;

•  22 per cent based on production, operational, safety and 

organisational measures; and

•  18 per cent based on business development and 

Performance will typically be measured over one year for all measures apart 

from TSR and EPS, which, if adopted, will normally be measured over the 

three financial years prior to grant. 

For relative TSR, no more than 25 per cent of the maximum TIP opportunity 

will be payable for threshold performance with 100 per cent payable on 

delivering upper quartile performance. 

Non‑TSR targets will normally be based on a challenging sliding scale with 

20 per cent of the maximum opportunity payable for threshold performance 

through to a maximum of 100 per cent payable for delivering stretch performance. 

The Committee reserves the right to exercise its discretion in the event of 

exceptional and unforeseen positive or negative developments during the 

performance period. In addition, the Committee reserves the right to reduce 

the TIP payment where the Committee considers that the level of payment is 

not commensurate with overall corporate performance and returns delivered 

to shareholders over the performance period. 

The Committee will review performance measures annually, in terms of the 

range of targets, the measures themselves and weightings applied to each 

element of the TIP. Any revisions to the measures and/or weightings will only 

take place if it is necessary because of developments in the Group’s strategy and, 

where these are material, following appropriate consultation with shareholders. 

TIP awards are subject to malus and clawback. The Committee retains 

discretion to apply malus and clawback to both the cash and deferred share 

elements of the TIP during the five‑year vesting period in the event of a 

material adverse restatement of the financial accounts or reserves or a 

catastrophic failure of operational, EHS and risk management.

growth objectives.

The Committee has set specific targets for the above KPIs 

that are stretching and that are explicitly linked to the 

achievement of Tullow’s long‑term strategy. 

The Committee is of the opinion that, given the commercial 

sensitivity of Tullow’s non‑TSR‑related KPIs, disclosing in 

advance precise targets for the TIP would not be in shareholders’ 

interests. Except in circumstances where elements remain 

commercially sensitive, actual targets, performance achieved 

and awards made will be published at the end of the 

performance periods so shareholders can fully assess 

the basis for any pay‑outs.

•  The final 5 per cent of the corporate scorecard 

will be determined by the Committee, based on 

leadership effectiveness. 

Details of actual performance against KPIs will be given 

retrospectively in the 2018 Annual Report.

Minimum 
shareholding 
requirement

To align the interests 
of management and 
shareholders and 
promote a long‑term 
approach to performance 
and risk management.

Non-
executive 
Directors

To provide an appropriate 
fee level to attract 
individuals with the 
necessary experience 
and ability to make a 
significant contribution 
to the Group’s activities 
while also reflecting the 
time commitment and 
responsibility of the role.

Executive Directors are required to retain at 
least 50 per cent of post‑tax share awards 
until a minimum shareholding equivalent 
to 300 per cent of base salary is achieved 
in owned shares. Unvested TIP shares  
will not count towards the minimum 
shareholding requirement.

Shares included in this calculation are those 
held beneficially by the Executive Director 
and his or her spouse/civil partner. 

The Chairman is paid an annual fee and the 
non‑executive Directors are paid a base fee 
and additional responsibility fees for the role 
of Senior Independent Director or for chairing 
a Board Committee.

Fees are normally reviewed annually.

Each non‑executive Director is also entitled 
to a reimbursement of necessary travel and 
other expenses.

Non‑executive Directors do not participate in any 
share scheme or annual bonus scheme and are 
not eligible to join the Group’s pension schemes.

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

No change.

Non‑executive Director remuneration is 
determined within the limits set by the Articles 
of Association.

There is no maximum prescribed fee increase 
although fee increases for non‑executive 
Directors will not normally exceed the average 
increase awarded to Executive Directors. 
Increases may be above this level if there is an 
increase in the scale, scope or responsibility of 
the role.

 Not applicable.

Current non‑executive Director fees:

Chairman2 

£280,000 

£280,000

Non‑executive base fee 

Senior Independent Director3 

Audit Committee Chair 

Remuneration Committee Chair 

EHS Committee Chair 

E&C Committee Chair 

2018 

2017

£60,000 

£40,000 

£20,000 

£20,000 

£15,000 

N/A 

£60,000

£40,000

£10,000 4

£20,000

£20,000

£15,000

£10,000

1.  Under the rules of the TIP, deferred shares may be awarded in the form of conditional shares, forfeitable shares or nil‑cost options  

at the discretion of the Committee. To date, all TIP awards have been made in the form of nil‑cost options.

86

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
 
 
SUMMARY DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

To provide a simple, 

An annual TIP award consisting of up to 

The maximum amount of any Award shall be 

Incentive Plan 

competitive, 

Tullow 

(TIP)

400 per cent of base salary which is divided 

established by the Committee at the beginning 

evenly between cash and deferred shares up 

of each year of this policy, provided it shall not 

to the first 200 per cent of base salary. Any 

exceed 400 per cent of salary for Executive 

amount above 200 per cent of base salary 

Directors.

is awarded entirely in deferred shares1.

Dividend equivalents will accrue on TIP 

Deferred shares are normally subject for 

deferred shares over the vesting period, and 

deferral until the fifth anniversary of grant, 

will be payable in respect of shares that vest.

normally subject to continued service. 

In the event that Tullow is a member of the 

TIP awards are non‑pensionable and 

FTSE 100 Index for a full financial year during 

will be made in line with the Committee’s 

the term of this Remuneration Policy, the 

assessment of performance targets.

Committee reserves the discretion to increase 

objectives and deliver 

any portion of the cash component of 

superior shareholder 

a TIP award can be satisfied by granting 

At the discretion of the Committee, 

deferred shares with a vesting date set by 

the Committee being not earlier than the 

first anniversary of grant.

the maximum TIP award opportunity from 

400 per cent of base salary to 500 per cent of 

base salary should the Committee determine  

it appropriate to do so in the circumstances.

performance‑linked 

incentive plan that:

•  aligns the interests 

of management 

and shareholders;

•  promotes the 

long‑term success 

of the Company; 

•  provides a real 

incentive to achieve 

our strategic 

returns; and

•  will attract, retain and 

motivate individuals 

with the required 

personal attributes, 

skills and experience.

Minimum 

shareholding 

requirement

To align the interests 

of management and 

shareholders and 

Executive Directors are required to retain at 

Not applicable.

least 50 per cent of post‑tax share awards 

until a minimum shareholding equivalent 

promote a long‑term 

to 300 per cent of base salary is achieved 

approach to performance 

in owned shares. Unvested TIP shares  

and risk management.

will not count towards the minimum 

shareholding requirement.

Shares included in this calculation are those 

held beneficially by the Executive Director 

and his or her spouse/civil partner. 

Non-

executive 

Directors

fee level to attract 

individuals with the 

necessary experience 

and ability to make a 

significant contribution 

to the Group’s activities 

while also reflecting the 

time commitment and 

responsibility of the role.

non‑executive Directors are paid a base fee 

determined within the limits set by the Articles 

and additional responsibility fees for the role 

of Association.

of Senior Independent Director or for chairing 

a Board Committee.

There is no maximum prescribed fee increase 

although fee increases for non‑executive 

Fees are normally reviewed annually.

Directors will not normally exceed the average 

Each non‑executive Director is also entitled 

to a reimbursement of necessary travel and 

other expenses.

Non‑executive Directors do not participate in any 

share scheme or annual bonus scheme and are 

not eligible to join the Group’s pension schemes.

increase awarded to Executive Directors. 

Increases may be above this level if there is an 

increase in the scale, scope or responsibility of 

the role.

Purpose and link  

to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Framework used to assess performance and provisions for the recovery  
of sums paid/payable

Application of policy in 2018 (this forms part of the Annual Report 
on Remuneration and not part of the Policy Report)

A balanced scorecard of stretching financial and operational objectives, linked to the 
achievement of Tullow’s long‑term strategy will be used to assess TIP outcomes. 

Specific targets and their weighting will vary from year to year in accordance 
with strategic priorities but may include targets relating to: relative or absolute 
Total Shareholder Return (TSR); earnings per share (EPS); Environmental, 
Health and Safety (EHS); financial; production; operations; project; exploration; 
or specific strategic and personal objectives. At the end of each year the 
Committee will determine a performance score against each of the components 
of the corporate scorecard which will result in an aggregate performance 
score out of 100 per cent (KPI Score). At least 50 per cent of any TIP award 
will be based on financial measures including TSR. 

The corporate scorecard for 2018 will consist of:

•  50 per cent based on relative TSR, over the three‑year 

period prior to grant, against a comparator group of oil and 
gas exploration companies with a threshold (25 per cent of 
the award) vesting at median performance and a maximum 
(100 per cent) vesting at upper quartile performance;

•  5 per cent based on strategic financing measures;

•  22 per cent based on production, operational, safety and 

organisational measures; and

•  18 per cent based on business development and 

Performance will typically be measured over one year for all measures apart 
from TSR and EPS, which, if adopted, will normally be measured over the 
three financial years prior to grant. 

For relative TSR, no more than 25 per cent of the maximum TIP opportunity 
will be payable for threshold performance with 100 per cent payable on 
delivering upper quartile performance. 

Non‑TSR targets will normally be based on a challenging sliding scale with 
20 per cent of the maximum opportunity payable for threshold performance 
through to a maximum of 100 per cent payable for delivering stretch performance. 

The Committee reserves the right to exercise its discretion in the event of 
exceptional and unforeseen positive or negative developments during the 
performance period. In addition, the Committee reserves the right to reduce 
the TIP payment where the Committee considers that the level of payment is 
not commensurate with overall corporate performance and returns delivered 
to shareholders over the performance period. 

The Committee will review performance measures annually, in terms of the 
range of targets, the measures themselves and weightings applied to each 
element of the TIP. Any revisions to the measures and/or weightings will only 
take place if it is necessary because of developments in the Group’s strategy and, 
where these are material, following appropriate consultation with shareholders. 

TIP awards are subject to malus and clawback. The Committee retains 
discretion to apply malus and clawback to both the cash and deferred share 
elements of the TIP during the five‑year vesting period in the event of a 
material adverse restatement of the financial accounts or reserves or a 
catastrophic failure of operational, EHS and risk management.

growth objectives.

The Committee has set specific targets for the above KPIs 
that are stretching and that are explicitly linked to the 
achievement of Tullow’s long‑term strategy. 

The Committee is of the opinion that, given the commercial 
sensitivity of Tullow’s non‑TSR‑related KPIs, disclosing in 
advance precise targets for the TIP would not be in shareholders’ 
interests. Except in circumstances where elements remain 
commercially sensitive, actual targets, performance achieved 
and awards made will be published at the end of the 
performance periods so shareholders can fully assess 
the basis for any pay‑outs.

•  The final 5 per cent of the corporate scorecard 
will be determined by the Committee, based on 
leadership effectiveness. 

Details of actual performance against KPIs will be given 
retrospectively in the 2018 Annual Report.

Not applicable.

No change.

To provide an appropriate 

The Chairman is paid an annual fee and the 

Non‑executive Director remuneration is 

 Not applicable.

Current non‑executive Director fees:

Chairman2 
Non‑executive base fee 
Senior Independent Director3 

Audit Committee Chair 
Remuneration Committee Chair 
EHS Committee Chair 
E&C Committee Chair 

2018 

2017

£280,000 
£60,000 
£40,000 

£20,000 
£20,000 
£15,000 
N/A 

£280,000
£60,000
£40,000
£10,000 4
£20,000
£20,000
£15,000
£10,000

2.  Aidan’s Executive salary of £886,080 payable to 31 October 2017. Thereafter, Aidan received a Chairman’s fee of £280,000 per annum  

which is in line with the reduced Chairman’s fee in effect as at 1 January 2017.

3.  After 26 April 2017. 

4. Up to 26 April 2017.

www.tullowoil.com

87

2 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Remuneration scenarios for Executive Directors
The charts below show how the composition of the Executive 
Directors’ remuneration packages varies at different levels of 
performance under the Remuneration Policy, as a percentage 
of total remuneration opportunity and as a total value: 

Paul 
McDade

Les 
Wood

Angus 
McCoss

Fixed

Target

Maximum

Fixed

Target

Maximum

Fixed

Target

Maximum

£m

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

4

 Fixed pay 

 TIP (cash) 

 TIP (deferred shares)

1.  Base salaries are those effective as at 1 January 2018.
2.  Fixed pay includes pensions which are based on a 25 per cent 

employer contribution.

3.  The target TIP award is taken to be 50 per cent of the maximum annual 
opportunity for 2018 (200 per cent of salary) for all Executive Directors.

4.  The maximum value of the TIP is taken to be 400 per cent of salary 

(i.e. the maximum annual opportunity) for 2018.
5.  No share price appreciation has been assumed.

Service agreements
Each Executive Director has entered into a new service 
agreement with Tullow Group Services Limited during 2017. 
Each service agreement sets out restrictions on the ability of 
the Director to participate in businesses competing with those 
of the Group or to entice or solicit away from the Group any 
senior employees in the six months after ceasing employment. 
The above reflects the Committee’s policy that service contracts 
should be structured to reflect the interests of the Group and 
the individuals concerned, while also taking due account of 
market and best practice.

The term of each service contract is not fixed. Each agreement 
is terminable by the Director on six months’ notice and by the 
employing company on 12 months’ notice.

External appointments
The Board has not introduced a formal policy in relation to the 
number of external directorships that an Executive Director may 
hold, considering any potential appointments on a case‑by‑case 
basis. During 2017, Angus McCoss sought the Board’s permission, 
which was agreed, to take up a non‑executive Director role with 
Providence Resources plc. In this, and other requests from 
Executive Directors to take up external appointments, the 
Board considers the individual’s aggregate time commitment 
anticipated by the new role against their current commitments 
to Tullow. In respect of Angus’ appointment, the Board agreed 
that he would retain his fee of €45,000 per annum. Angus McCoss 
has also been nominated by Tullow as its representative on the 
board of Ikon Science Limited, a company in which Tullow has 
a small equity stake. Any fees payable for his services in 
respect of this nomination have been waived by Tullow. 

Policy for new appointments
Base salary levels will take into account market data for the 
relevant role, internal relativities, the individual’s experience 
and their current base salary. Where an individual is recruited 
at below market norms, they may be re‑aligned over time 
(e.g. two to three years), subject to performance in the role. 
Benefits will generally be in accordance with the approved 
policy. Les Wood was appointed as an Executive Director and 
CFO in June 2017 with an annual base salary of £435,000.

Individuals will participate in the TIP up to the normal annual 
limit subject to: (i) award levels in the year of appointment being 
pro‑rated to reflect the proportion of the financial year worked; 
and (ii) where a performance metric is measured over more than 
one year, the proportion of awards based on that metric will 
normally be reduced to reflect the proportion of the performance 
period worked. The Committee may consider buying out incentive 
awards which an individual would forfeit upon leaving their current 
employer although any compensation would be consistent with 
respect to currency (i.e. cash for cash, equity for equity), vesting 
periods (i.e. there would be no acceleration of payments), 
expected values and the use of performance targets.

For an internal Executive Director appointment, any variable 
pay element awarded in respect of the prior role may be allowed 
to pay out according to its terms, adjusted as relevant to take 
account of the appointment. In addition, any other ongoing 
remuneration obligations existing prior to appointment 
may continue. For external and internal appointments, the 
Committee may agree that the Company will meet certain 
relocation and/or incidental expenses as appropriate.

Fee levels for non‑executive Director appointments will take 
into account the expected time commitment of the role and 
the current fee structure in place at that time. 

88

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEPolicy for loss of office
Executive Directors’ service contracts are terminable by the 
Director on six months’ notice and by the relevant employing 
company on 12 months’ notice. There are no specific provisions 
under which Executive Directors are entitled to receive 
compensation upon early termination, other than in accordance 
with the notice period.

disability, redundancy, retirement, his office or employment 
being either a company which ceases to be a Group member or 
relating to a business or part of a business which is transferred 
to a person who is not a Group member or any other reason the 
Committee so decides). For a good leaver, unvested awards will 
normally vest at cessation of employment (unless the Committee 
decides they should vest at the normal vesting date).

On termination of an Executive Director’s service contract, 
the Committee will take into account the departing Director’s 
duty to mitigate his loss when determining the amount of any 
compensation. Disbursements such as legal and outplacement 
costs and incidental expenses may be payable where appropriate.

Any unvested awards held under the Tullow Oil 2005 DSBP 
(the last awards were granted to Executive Directors in 2013) 
will lapse at cessation of employment unless the individual 
is a good leaver (defined under the plan as death, injury or 

Any unvested awards held under the Tullow Oil 2005 PSP 
(the last awards were granted to Executive Directors in 2013) 
will lapse at cessation of employment unless the individual 
is a good leaver (defined as per the DSBP). For a good leaver, 
unvested awards will normally vest at the normal vesting date 
(unless the Committee decides they should vest at cessation 
of employment) subject to performance conditions and time 
pro‑rating (unless the Committee decides that the application 
of time pro‑rating is inappropriate).

The Committee’s policy in respect of the treatment of Executive Directors leaving Tullow following the introduction of the 
TIP is described below:

Cessation of employment due to death, injury, disability, retirement, redundancy, the 
participant’s employing company or business for which they work being sold out of the 
Company’s Group or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Committee

Cessation of employment due 
to other reasons (e.g. termination 
for cause)

TIP 
(cash)

Cessation during a financial year, or after the year but prior to the normal TIP 
award date, may, at the discretion of the Committee, result in the cash part of the 
TIP being paid following the date of cessation (pro‑rated for the proportion of the 
year worked). 

No entitlement to the cash part of 
the TIP following the date notice 
is served.

TIP  
(deferred shares)

Cessation during a financial year, or after the year but prior to the normal 
TIP award date, may, at the discretion of the Committee, result in an award of 
deferred shares being made (pro‑rated for the proportion of the year worked). 

Unvested TIP shares generally vest at the normal vesting date (except on death 
or retirement – see below) unless the Committee determines they should vest 
at cessation.

On death, TIP shares generally vest immediately unless the Committee 
determines that they should vest at the normal vesting date.

On retirement (as evidenced to the satisfaction of the Committee), TIP shares 
will vest at the earlier of the normal vesting date and three years from retirement 
unless the Committee determines they should vest at cessation.

Unvested TIP shares lapse. No 
entitlement to the deferred share 
element of the TIP following the 
date notice is served.

Non-executive Director terms of appointment

Non‑executive Director
Tutu Agyare
Mike Daly
Anne Drinkwater
Aidan Heavey
Steve Lucas
Jeremy Wilson

Number of 
complete 
years on 
the Board
7
3
5
0
5
4

Date of current 
engagement 
commenced
24.08.16
31.05.17
10.02.15
26.04.17
14.03.15
21.10.16

Year 
appointed
2010
2014
2012
2017
2012
2013

Expiry of 
current 
term
23.08.19
30.05.20
09.02.18
25.04.19*
13.03.18
20.10.19

*   Being the anticipated date of the Company’s Annual General Meeting in 2019. Aidan Heavey was appointed non‑executive Chairman on 26 April for 
a period not exceeding two years but, as set out in the Nominations Report on page 73, he is the founder and former Chief Executive Officer of the 
Company and was an Executive Director since incorporation.

In each case, the appointment is renewable thereafter if agreed by the Director and the Board. The appointment of any non‑executive 
Director may be terminated by either party on three months’ notice. There are no arrangements under which any non‑executive 
Director is entitled to receive compensation upon the early termination of his or her appointment. Given the fixed, transitional and 
short‑term nature of his appointment, Aidan Heavey’s appointment letter does not permit him to terminate his appointment ahead 
of the Annual General Meeting in 2019, though the appointment may be terminated by Tullow on three months’ notice.

www.tullowoil.com

89

2REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Committee’s advisers
The Committee invites individuals to attend meetings to provide 
advice so as to ensure that the Committee’s decisions are 
informed and take account of pay and conditions in the Group 
as a whole. Sources of advice include:

•  Paul McDade, Chief Executive Officer;

•  Les Wood, Chief Financial Officer;

•  Claire Hawkings, EVP – OS&CP; and

•  further to a formal tender process, including consideration 
of its independence and objectivity, PwC LLP was appointed 
as adviser to the Remuneration Committee in June 2016 for 
the purpose of advising on the Company’s 2017 Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy.

The total fees paid to PwC in respect of the advice provided 
for 2017 totalled £10,000 (excluding VAT) and related to the 
review of the 2016 Directors’ Remuneration Report and related 
issues. PwC LLP is a member of the Remuneration Consultants 
Group and as such voluntarily operates under the code of 
conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the 
UK. PwC LLP also provided tax and consulting services 
to Tullow during the year.

The Committee has access to the Company Secretary at 
all times, who advises as necessary and, where appropriate, 
makes arrangements for the Committee to receive independent 
legal advice at the request of the Committee Chair. 

The Committee also consults with the Company’s major 
investors and investor representative groups as appropriate. 
No Director takes part in any decision directly affecting his or 
her own remuneration. The Company Chairman also absents 
himself during discussion relating to his own fees.

ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
This part of the report provides details of the operation of the 
Remuneration Committee, how the Remuneration Policy was 
implemented in 2017 (including payment and awards in respect 
of incentive arrangements) and how shareholders voted at 
the 2017 AGM. 

Remuneration Committee membership and meetings 
The Committee currently comprises three non‑executive 
Directors and is chaired by Tutu Agyare. The membership and 
attendance of members at Committee meetings held in 2017 
are shown below.

Committee member
Tutu Agyare (Chair)1
Mike Daly
Jeremy Wilson 
Anne Drinkwater*
Steve Lucas*
Simon Thompson*

Meetings attended
5/5
2/2
5/5
4/4
1/1
1/1

1.  Tutu Agyare was appointed Chair of the Committee from 26 April 2017, 

prior to which the Chair was Jeremy Wilson.

*   Denotes Directors who were no longer members of the Committee as 

at 31 December 2017.

Committee’s main responsibilities 
•  Determining and agreeing with the Board the remuneration 

policy for the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman, Executive 
Directors and Senior Executives.

•  Reviewing progress made against performance targets and 

agreeing incentive awards.

•  Reviewing the design of share incentive plans for approval by 
the Board and shareholders and determining the policy on 
annual awards to Executive Directors and Senior Executives 
under existing plans.

•  Within the terms of the agreed policy, determining the 
remainder of the remuneration packages (principally 
comprising salary and pension) for each Executive Director 
and Senior Executive.

•  Monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for Senior 

Management.

•  Reviewing and noting the remuneration trends across 

the Group.

The Committee’s terms of reference are reviewed annually and 
can be viewed on the Company’s website.

90

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDirectors’ remuneration (audited)
The remuneration of the Directors for the year ended 31 December 2017 payable by Group companies and comparative figures for 
2016 are shown in the table below:

Executive Directors
Aidan Heavey

Angus McCoss

Paul McDade

Ian Springett7

Les Wood8

Graham Martin9

Subtotal

Non-executive Directors
Aidan Heavey10

Tutu Agyare

Mike Daly

Anne Drinkwater

Ann Grant11, 14

Steve Lucas

Simon Thompson12

Jeremy Wilson13

Subtotal

Total

Fixed pay

Salary/fees1
£

Pensions2
£

Taxable
benefits3
£

Tullow Incentive Plan

TIP cash4
£

Deferred TIP
shares5
£

2017 6
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016

2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016
2017
2016

295,360
886,080
462,920
501,110
654,460
501,110
309,040
532,080
431,945
n/a
n/a
167,037
2,096,970
2,587,417

489,710
n/a
73,570
69,500
60,000
69,500
75,000
84,500
33,340
89,500
80,000
89,500
93,340
310,500
100,000
89,500
1,004,960
802,500
3,101,930
3,389,917

184,600
221,520
115,730
125,278
163,615
125,278
77,260
133,020
78,890
n/a
n/a
41,759
620,095
646,855

–
n/a
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
620,095
646,855

65,380
66,638
12,270
10,758
10,500
9,017
8,480
15,751
1,310
n/a
n/a
3,614
97,940
105,778

–
n/a
22,192
–
–
–
10,240
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
5,630
–
38,062
–
136,002
105,778

585,968
859,497
367,557
486,076
519,641
486,076
245,381
516,117
277,516
n/a
n/a
162,025
1,996,063
2,509,791

–
n/a
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,996,063
2,509,791

585,968
859,497
367,557
486,076
519,641
486,076
245,381
516,117
277,516
n/a
n/a
–
1,996,063
2,347,766

–
n/a
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1,996,063
2,347,766

Total 
£

1,717,276
2,893,232
1,326,034
1,609,298
1,867,857
1,607,557
885,542
1,713,085
1,067,177
n/a
n/a
374,435
6,863,886
8,197,607

489,710
n/a
95,762
69,500
60,000
69,500
85,240
84,500
33,340
89,500
80,000
89,500
93,340
310,500
105,630
89,500
1,043,022
802,500 
7,906,908
9,000,107

1.  Base salaries of the Executive Directors have been rounded up to the 
nearest £10 for payment purposes, in line with established policy.

2.  None of the Executive Directors have a prospective entitlement to a defined 

benefit pension by reference to qualifying services. 

3.  Taxable benefits comprise private medical insurance for all Executive Directors; 
Aidan Heavey’s taxable benefits comprised private medical insurance (£17,523) 
and car benefits/club membership (£47,833). Travel and subsistence benefits 
provided to NEDs have also been included on a grossed‑up basis as Tullow 
meets the UK tax liability on behalf of the NEDs.

4.  TIP cash figures have been calculated based on total base salary receivable 
in FY17 taking into account all pay changes agreed and implemented for 
Executive Directors in 2017. In addition Aidan Heavey’s bonus is based on 
base pay (£737,995) receivable up to 31 October 2017. 

5.  These figures represent that part of the TIP award required to be deferred 

into shares.

6.   Aidan Heavey resigned as Chief Executive Officer with effect from 

26 April 2017. Following this date he became a non‑executive Director and 
related pay for this period to 31 December is shown in the non‑executive 
Directors section above. Taxable benefits, pension and bonus are applicable 
to his office of Chief Executive Officer and are included in the Executive 
Directors section of the above table.

7.  Ian Springett resigned as Chief Financial Officer with effect from 

20 June 2017.

8.  Les Wood became Chief Financial Officer with effect from 20 June 2017. 
Figures shown are for the full year and include the following in respect 
of the interim period acting as CFO from 5 January 2017 to 20 June 2017: 
salary of £157,690, pension of £23,650 and taxable benefits of £660. A bonus 
was of £56,755 was also paid in August in respect to the period before 
appointment as Executive Director (this number is included as salary/fees).

9.  Graham Martin resigned as an Executive Director effective 28 April 2016
10.  Aidan Heavey became a non‑executive Director on 26 April 2017. 
Remuneration for periods prior to this are shown in the Executive 
Directors section.

11.  Ann Grant retired on 26 April 2017.
12. Simon Thompson stepped down as Chairman on 26 April 2017.
13. Salary/fees for Jeremy Wilson include an additional payment of 

£6,356 as a result of an administrative error, with the agreement 
of Jeremy, the Company has taken steps to reclaim the monies overpaid.
14. Salary/fees for Ann Grant included an additional payment of £7,909 as a 

result of an administrative error, with the agreement of Ann, the Company 
has taken steps to reclaim the monies overpaid.

www.tullowoil.com

91

2REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Ian was unable to return to work for an indefinite period of 
time. A claim was accepted on 1 August 2017 and cover 
affirmed from this date. Ian has since received regular 
payments under this insurance policy in line with his existing 
service agreement with the Company. The Remuneration 
Committee awarded Ian a TIP award over £245,381 in cash and 
a deferred TIP share award to the same cash value for his 
service to the Company and will treat his existing awards under 
TIP and other incentive plans as being tantamount to ‘good 
leaver’ status.

Details of variable pay earned in the year
Determination of 2018 TIP award based on performance to 31 
December 2017 (audited) 
The Group’s progress against its corporate scorecard is tracked 
during the year to assess our performance against our strategy. 
The corporate scorecard is made up of a collection of Key 
Performance Indicators (KPIs) which indicate the Company’s 
overall health and performance across a range of operational, 
financial and non‑financial measures. The corporate scorecard 
is central to Tullow’s approach to performance management 
and the 2017 indicators were agreed with the Board and focus 
on targets that were deemed important for the year. Each KPI 
measured has a percentage weighting and financial indicators 
have trigger, base and stretch performance targets. Following 
the end of the 2017 financial year, the corporate scorecard KPI 
performance was 39.7 per cent of the maximum and the 
Committee awarded Executive Directors a total TIP award 
equating to 158.8 per cent of base salary. This will be payable 
50 per cent in cash and 50 per cent in shares deferred for five 
years (i.e. vesting in 2023). Details of the performance targets 
which operated and performance against those targets are as 
follows:

Material contracts
There have been no other contracts or arrangements during 
the financial year in which a Director of the Company was 
materially interested and/or which were significant in relation 
to the Group’s business. 

Payments to past Directors
As previously announced on 9 December 2015, Graham Martin 
informed the Board that he would retire as an Executive 
Director at the 2016 Annual General Meeting. Mr Martin also 
resigned as Company Secretary effective 1 January 2016. Mr 
Martin’s appointment as an Executive Director and his 
employment with Tullow therefore ended on 28 April 2016. 

As previously reported Mr Martin received his salary, benefits and 
personal allowance in respect of his employment until 
28 April 2016. As Mr Martin worked for part of the 2016 financial 
year, the Committee determined that he would remain eligible 
to receive the cash part of the Tullow Incentive Plan in respect 
of the portion of the year worked; a cash bonus of £162,025 was 
paid to Mr Martin on 25 February 2017.

Payments for loss of office
Aidan Heavey stepped down as CEO on 26 April 2017 and was 
appointed as non‑executive Chairman for a transition period of 
up to two years. Aidan continued to receive his CEO 
remuneration including all benefits for a period of six months. 
This will include an amount payable in February 2018 as the 
equivalent to the Tullow Incentive Plan award Aidan would have 
received for the six‑month period had he remained employed 
as the CEO. This amount was determined to be appropriate by 
the Committee in consideration of (i) Aidan’s service as 
Chairman of the Board; (ii) compensation for abridging his 
contractual notice period with the Group; and (iii) Aidan being 
available on an exclusive and full‑time basis for this six‑month 
period. With effect from the expiry of the six‑month period, 
Aidan’s fee for the provision of services as non‑executive 
Chairman will be £280,000 per annum in line with the reduced 
Chairman’s fee in effect as at 1 January 2017.

Ian Springett went on extended medical leave on 4 January 2017 
and on 20 June 2017 the Company announced that he had 
resigned from the Board with immediate effect. Ian received full 
pay, benefits and pension allowance for seven months to 31 July 
2017. Under Ian’s service contract, Tullow maintained 
insurance cover to provide income protection in the event that 

92

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEPerformance metric

Performance

Strategic Financing
Key targets relating 
to ensuring sufficient 
liquidity and executing  
a long‑term strategic 
solution to deleverage 
and rebase the  
balance sheet

Safe & Efficient 
Business Operations 
Quantitative targets 
relating to Production, 
Opex, Net G&A and 
Capex and SSEA targets 
focused on delivering 
business activities 
safely whilst minimising 
environmental impacts 
and delivering 
sustainable benefits

Ensuring sufficient liquidity to deliver the business plan was achieved 
by successfully refinancing our RBL at $2.5 billion and extending the 
Rolling Corporate Facility by one year.
The Q1 Rights Issue and generation of free cash flow from our low cost, 
producing assets have resulted in a significant reduction in our debt since the 
end of 2016. As a result we were able to deleverage the balance sheet and 
reduce our debt ratio to 2.6 debt:EBITDAX. 
As part of the review of our Strategic Financing targets, the Board considered 
our capital structure, scale of funding, timing and related costs before arriving 
at a score of 9.5%.

Production

Production
mboepd
Payout

Trigger target
71.7
0%

Base target
77.1
50%

Stretch target
82.5
100%

2017 
performance
87.3
100%

The above production numbers exclude the lost production covered by 
business interruption insurance. Including the impact of insured barrels from  
the Jubilee field, Group working interest production is 94,700 boepd.

Opex/boe

Opex/boe
$/boe 
Payout

Trigger target
14.2
0%

Base target
13.3
50%

Stretch target
12.4
100%

The operating costs are net of insurance proceeds.

Net G&A

Net G&A
Net G&A ($)
Payout

Capex

Capex
Capex
Payout

Trigger target
123.1
0%

Base target
115
50%

Stretch target
107
100%

Trigger target
373
0%

Base target
348
50%

Stretch target
324
100%

2017 
performance
11.1
100%

2017 
performance
95
100%

2017 
performance
225
100%

The capex numbers have been adjusted to remove Uganda. Decommissioning 
capex is not included above and is $34 million (budget: $61 million).

SSEA
Tullow’s SSEA targets are focused on reducing process safety events; making 
improvements to our asset integrity; occupational health and safety focused on 
Lost Time Injury Frequency (LTIF) and malaria prevention; and sustainability, 
including metrics such as environmental and social performance.
In 2017 there were no Tier 1 process safety incidents; process safety targets 
were partially achieved for TEN and Jubilee; our LTIF rate rose to 0.37 as a 
consequence of four Lost Time Injuries reported in the year (2016: nil). There 
were no serious malaria cases reported, our ESIA obligations were met and 
there were no significant environment regulatory non‑compliances. We met 
most of our local content expenditure targets in Ghana, Kenya and Uganda. 
In view of the above performance the Committee determined a 3.4% 
achievement out of a maximum 5% allocation.

% of award
(% of salary 
maximum)

10%
(40%)

Actual

9.5%
(38%)

12%
(48%)

10.4%
(41.6%)

www.tullowoil.com

93

2% of award
(% of salary 
maximum)

15%
(60%)

Actual

10.8%
(43.2%)

REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Details of variable pay earned in the year continued
Determination of 2018 TIP award based on performance to 31 December 2017 (audited) continued

Performance metric

Performance

Business Development 
and Growth
West Africa Production
East Africa 
developments
New Ventures portfolio 
management

The Business Development and Growth targets reflect the portfolio and 
long‑term growth strategy of the Company. They focus on value creation and 
seeking opportunities.

KPI

West Africa

•  Returning Jubilee to plateau 

production levels 

•  Preparing Ghana for 
exploration drilling  
in 2018 

•  Enhancing the value 
of the West African 
non‑operated BU

East Africa

•  Efficiently deliver Kenya 
operations with a strong 
focus on safety, environment 
and local communities

•  Progress Kenya 

development to support 
end 2018 FID

•  Complete Total transaction 

and progress Uganda 
development to FID

New Ventures

•  Access and portfolio 

management

•  Inventory progress

•  Exploration outcome

Target

2017
5% 3.5%

5% 3.5%

5% 3.8%

Outcome

Ghana Government approval was 
secured for Jubilee Full Field 
Development Plan and drilling will 
commence in early 2018. The 
Government has also approved a 
shuttle offtake solution that will 
lead to an increase in production 
and permission to execute a 
long‑term TRP solution. 

In the non‑operated Business 
Unit, the growth plan for Gabon 
roll‑out is under way and review 
of near‑field exploration in 
Equatorial Guinea and Côte 
d’Ivoire has been completed. 
Resources of 20 mmbbl and 
Reserve additions of 8 mmbbls 
have been booked since the 
last audit in 2016.
Strong safety and environmental 
performance has been maintained 
with initiatives being prepared and 
focus on community relations and 
capacity building to support 
local content.

Strategic direction changed to 
value over volume and focus on 
phased development. Joint 
Development Agreement to 
construct oil pipeline has been 
signed with Government.

In Uganda our Partners, Total and 
CNOOC, have signed the Sales and 
Purchase agreement to farm‑down 
our interest and the FID is still on 
track for early 2018.
New licences in Côte d’Ivoire and 
Peru were secured.

The exit of Madagascar and 
Greenland was completed. 

Progress was made on prospects 
in Suriname.

All operations in Jamaica, 
Uruguay, Zambia, Suriname and 
Mauritania completed safely and 
under budget.

94

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE% of award
(% of salary 
maximum)

3%
(12%)

Actual

2%
(8%)

50%
(200%)

 0%
(0%)

10%
(40%)

7%
(28%)

Performance metric

Performance

Organisation 
Targets relating to Staff 
Engagement; Diversity 
and Inclusion; and 
Ethics & Compliance

Relative TSR (Total 
Shareholder Return)

Discretionary based  
on: the full year’s 
performance in relation 
to unforeseen business 
and operational 
events, value creation, 
management and 
leadership, and  
external commentary 

A mini staff survey conducted in Q3 showed that actions taken as a result 
of the feedback from the biennial engagement survey in 2016 were yielding 
results, in particular, in communications and employee engagement as well 
as addressing feedback in other areas.
A diversity & inclusion workshop was held with the new Executive Team to 
endorse the forward plan of management and a new Executive Sub‑Group 
was established to promote the D&I aims. Some positive progress has been 
made on improving workforce diversity. 
100% compliance was achieved when all employees completed the Code of 
Ethical Conduct online course and our Code Certification process was achieved. 
There were two breaches of compliance regarding the Company’s ExPo Standard.

Performance against a bespoke group of listed exploration and production 
companies measured over three years to 31 December 2017 – 25% is payable 
at median, increasing to 100% payable at upper quartile. We scored zero for our 
performance in TSR because our share price continues to perform below the 
median against our industry peer group over a three‑year period.

The following items were considered in the scoring of the 
discretionary elements:
•  The CEO and executive leadership team transition which was a major change 
to Tullow’s leadership and was viewed to have been very well managed and 
executed without business disruption. A short‑form staff survey in September 
indicated positive feedback regarding the leadership changes and 
improvement on leadership communications.

•  The preparation for the ITLOS judgement, focusing on the key risks, 

engagement plans and communications, was viewed as very well managed, 
in particular, use of cross functional resourced teams to fully understand 
the breadth of the issues and the focus on managing relationships in the 
respective jurisdictions.

•  The continued, relentless focus and drive on performance and capital 

management and free cash flow generation (resulting in the achievement 
of $0.5 billion FCF vs. a budget of $0.2 billion) was viewed as very positive.

•  A significant effort was made in resolving legacy issues and managing 
the portfolio during 2017. Positive results were achieved in Congo and 
Netherlands exits and the resolution of a tax dispute in Equatorial Guinea.

•  The need for improvements to SAP and the requisition to pay process in Ghana 
reduced the discretionary score avocation as in this area performance fell short 
of the performance expected.

Total

100%
(400%)

39.7%
(158.8%)

1.   The TSR comparator group for the 2017 TIP award was as follows: Afren, Anadarko, Apache, Cairn Energy, Canadian Natural Resources, Cobalt 
Energy, Conoco Phillips, Hess, Kosmos Energy, Lundin Petroleum, Marathon Oil, Noble Energy, Oil Search, Ophir Energy, Premier Oil, Santos, 
SOCO International and Woodside Petroleum.

Further information on Tullow Group’s performance against the corporate scorecard is shown on pages 20 to 23 of the 
Annual Report and Accounts.

www.tullowoil.com

95

2REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

TIP awards granted in 2017 (audited)
The fourth set of TIP awards were granted to Executive Directors on 27 April 2017, based on the performance period ended 
31 December 2016, as follows:

Executive
Aidan Heavey
Angus McCoss
Paul McDade
Les Wood

Number of TIP 
shares awarded1
401,260
226,927
226,927
240,951

Face value of awards at 
grant date
£859,497
£486,076
£486,076
£516,117

Normal vesting dates 
(end of exercise window)

Pre‑grant 
performance period

26.04.2022 to 
26.04.2027

01.01.2016 to 31.12.2016  
(TSR 01.01.2014 to 31.12.2016) 

1.  Awards made in the form of nil‑cost options, the face value of the awards is equal to the TIP cash bonus awarded for the year ended 31 December 
2016 and the number of shares awarded is calculated using the price on the day preceding the grant date which on 26 April 2017 was 214.2p.

UK SIP shares awarded in 2017 (audited)
The UK SIP is a tax‑favoured all‑employee plan that enables UK employees to save out of pre‑tax salary. Quarterly contributions 
are used by the plan trustee to buy Tullow Oil plc shares (partnership shares). The Group funds an award of an equal number of 
shares (matching shares). The current maximum contribution is £150 per month. Details of shares purchased and awarded to 
Executive Directors under the UK SIP are as follows:

Director
Angus McCoss
Paul McDade
Ian Springett
Les Wood

Shares held 
01.01.17
7,756
13,697
5,937
1,061

Partnership 
shares acquired 
in year
998
997
997
299

Matching 
shares awarded 
in year
998
997
997
299

Total shares held 
31.12.17
9,752
15,691
7,931
1,659

SIP shares that 
became 
unrestricted  
in year
254
254
262
–

Total unrestricted
 shares held at
31.12.17 1
3,052
8,991
1,231
–

1.  Unrestricted shares (which are included in the total shares held at 31 December 2016) are those which no longer attract a tax liability if they are 

withdrawn from the plan.

CEO – total pay versus TSR
For 2017 the CEO total pay is based on an annualised summation of base pay, pension, benefits and TIP cash bonus and share 
award equivalent value for Paul McDade.

CEO – TOTAL PAY VERSUS TSR

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN 
TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN 

250

200

150

100

50

0

Total pay £000

5,000

500
300

4,000

3,000

2,000

1,000

250
400

200
300

150

200
100

100
50

0

0
0

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2009
2008

2010
2009

2010

2011

2011

2012

2012

2013

2013

2014

2014

2015

2015

2016

2016

2017
2017

 TSR 

 CEO total pay

 Tullow 
 Tullow 

 FTSE 100

 FTSE 100

 FTSE 250

 FTSE 250

96

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

94

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEComparison of overall performance and pay
As a member of both indices in recent times, the Remuneration Committee has chosen to compare the TSR of the Company’s 
ordinary shares against both the FTSE 100 and FTSE 250 indices. 

The values indicated in the graph overleaf show the share price growth plus re‑invested dividends over a nine‑year period from 
a £100 hypothetical holding of ordinary shares in Tullow Oil plc and in the two indices. The total remuneration figures for the Chief 
Executive during each of the last nine financial years are shown in the table below. For 2017, total remuneration figures are shown 
for Aidan Heavey based on the period he held the office of Chief Executive Officer and for the transition period up to 31 October 2017 
and for Paul McDade from 27 April 2017 when he commenced in his office of Chief Executive. The total remuneration figure includes 
the annual bonus based on that year’s performance (2008 to 2017), PSP awards based on three‑year performance periods ending 
in the relevant year (2009 to 2012) and the value of TIP awards based on the performance period ending in the relevant year 
(2013 to 2017). The annual bonus pay‑out, PSP vesting level and TIP award, as a percentage of the maximum opportunity, are 
also shown for each of these years.

Year ending in

2009

2017
Aidan Heavey
2012
Total remuneration £4,516,580 £3,558,698 £4,688,541 £2,623,116 £2,750,273 £2,378,316 £2,835,709 £2,893,232 £1,717,276
–
70%
Annual bonus
–
23%
PSP vesting

86%
100%

58%
100%

80%
100%

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

2014

2015

2016

2011

2010

2013

TIP

–

–

–

–

30%

23%

38%

39%

40%

Paul McDade

Total remuneration
Annual bonus

PSP vesting

TIP

2009

n/a
n/a

n/a

–

2010

n/a
n/a

n/a

–

2011

n/a
n/a

n/a

–

Year ending in

2013

n/a
n/a

–

n/a

2012

n/a
n/a

n/a

–

2014

n/a
n/a

–

n/a

2015

n/a
n/a

–

n/a

2016

2017

n/a £1,416,281
–
n/a

–

n/a

–

40%

Percentage change in Chief Executive’s remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in the Chief Executive’s total remuneration (excluding the value of any pension 
benefits receivable in the year) between the financial year ended 31 December 2016 and 31 December 2017, compared to that of 
the average for all employees of the Group. This table reflects the change in Chief Executive Officer in 2017. The negative percentage 
change reflects the fact that the current CEO receives a lower salary than the former CEO.

Chief Executive
Average employees

Salary
‑18%
6.5%

% change from 2016 to 2017

Benefits
‑84%
0%

Bonus
‑33%
7.8%

www.tullowoil.com

97

2REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Shareholder voting at the AGM
At last year’s AGM on 26 April 2017 the remuneration‑related resolution received the following votes from shareholders:

2016 Annual Statement & Annual Report on Remuneration

For
Against
Total votes cast (for and against)
Votes withheld

For
Against
Total votes cast (for and against)
Votes withheld

Total number of votes
558,111,494 
103,059,851 
661,171,345 
54,242 

2017 Remuneration Policy Report

Total number of votes
582,011,448
79,143,373
661,154,821
73,467

% of votes cast
84.41 
15.59 
100

% of votes cast
88.03
11.97
100

Summary of past TIP awards
Details of nil‑cost options granted to Executive Directors under the TIP:

Director
Aidan Heavey

Angus McCoss

Paul McDade

Ian Springett

Les Wood2

Award grant 
date
19.02.14
18.02.15
11.02.16
27.04.17

Share price on 
grant date
774p
400p
148p
214p

As at 01.01.17
102,992
152,772
565,423

19.02.14
18.02.15
11.02.16
27.04.17

19.02.14
18.02.15
11.02.16
27.04.17

19.02.14
18.02.15
11.02.16
27.04.17

18.02.15 
11.02.16
27.04.17

774p
400p
148p
214p

774p
400p
148p
214p

774p
400p
148p
214p

400p
148p
214p

821,187
58,246
86,398
319,767

464,441
58,246
86,398
319,767

464,441
61,845
91,737
339,529

493,111
26,756
136,422

163,178

Granted 
during year
–
–
–
401,260
401,260
–
–
–
226,927
226,927
–
–
–
226,927
226,927
–
–
–
240,951
240,951
–
–
101,249
101,249

Rights Issue
adjustment
17,840
26,462
97,944

10,088
14,966
55,390

10,088
14,966
55,390

10,712
15,890
58,814

4,634
23,631

As at 31.12.17
120,832
179,234
663,367
401,260
1,364,693
68,334
101,364
375,157
226,927
771,782
68,334
101,364
375,157
226,927
771,782
72,557
107,627
398,343
240,951
819,478
31,390
160,053
101,249
292,692

Earliest date 
shares can be
acquired1
19.02.17
18.02.19
11.02.21
27.04.22

Latest date 
shares can be 
acquired
19.02.24
17.02.25
10.02.26
26.04.27

19.02.17
18.02.19
11.02.21
27.04.22

19.02.17
18.02.19
11.02.21
27.04.22

19.02.17
18.02.19
11.02.21
27.04.22

18.02.18
11.02.19
27.04.20

19.02.24
17.02.25
10.02.26
26.04.27

19.02.24
17.02.25
10.02.26
26.04.27

19.02.24
17.02.25
10.02.26
27.04.27

18.02.25
11.02.26
27.07.27

1.   50 per cent of the 2014 award vests on 19.02.17 and 50 per cent vests on 19.02.18; 50 per cent of the 2015 award vests on 18.02.19 and 50 per cent vests 

on 18.02.20.

2.  Les Wood – TIP awards granted prior to appointment as an Executive Director have a three‑year vesting period. In addition to the TIP awards, 

Les Wood has outstanding Employee Share Award Plan (ESAP) awards totalling 82,601.

98

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCESummary of past 2005 Performance Share Plan (PSP) 
Details of shares granted to Executive Directors for nil consideration under the PSP: 

Director
Paul McDade

Ian Springett

Award grant 
date
15.05.08
18.03.09
17.03.10

Share price on 
grant date
924.5p
778p
1,281p

01.09.08
18.03.09
17.03.10

791p
778p
1,281p

As at 01.01.17
80,277
98,355
13,972
192,604
68,873
104,438
14,836
188,147

Exercised 
during year
94,182
–
–
94,182
80,803
–
–
80,803

Rights Issue 
adjustment
13,905
17,037
2,420
33,362
11,930
18,091
2,569
32,590

As at 31.12.17
0
115,392
16,392
131,784
0
122,529
17,405
139,934

Earliest date 
shares can be 
acquired
15.05.11
18.03.12
17.03.13

Latest date 
shares can be 
acquired
14.05.18
17.03.19
16.03.20

01.09.11
18.03.12
17.03.13

31.08.18
17.03.19
16.03.20

All of the PSP awards listed are based on relative three‑year TSR performance and the Committee considering that both the 
Group’s underlying financial performance and its performance against other key factors (e.g. Health & Safety) over the relevant 
period are satisfactory. 50 per cent of awards are/were measured against an international oil sector comparator group (see past 
Remuneration Reports for details of specific companies) and 50 per cent of awards are/were measured against the FTSE 100. All 
outstanding awards under PSP have been granted as, or converted into, nil exercise price options. To the extent that they vest, they 
are normally exercisable from three to 10 years from grant.

Summary of past Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP) awards
Details of nil exercise cost options granted to Executive Directors for nil consideration under the DSBP:

Director 
Paul McDade

Ian Springett

Award grant 
date
13.03.08
18.03.09
17.03.10
18.03.11
21.03.12
22.02.13

17.03.10
18.03.11
21.03.12
22.02.13

As at 01.01.17
14,686
28,374
15,941
11,308
25,819
25,816
121,944
16,927
12,007
27,415
27,411
83,760

Exercised
during year
17,229
–
–
–
–
–
17,229
–
–
–
–
–

Rights Issue 
adjustment
2,543
4,915
2,761
1,958
4,472
4,471
21,120
2,932
2,079
4,748
4,748
14,507

As at 31.12.17
0
33,289
18,702
13,266
30,291
30,287
125,835
19,859
14,086
32,163
32,159
98,267

Earliest date 
shares can be 
acquired
01.01.11
01.01.12
01.01.13
01.01.14
01.01.15
01.01.16

01.01.13
01.01.14
01.01.15
01.01.16

Latest date 
shares can be 
acquired
12.03.18
17.03.19
16.03.20
17.03.21
20.03.22
21.02.23

16.03.20
17.03.21
20.03.22
21.02.23

All outstanding awards under the DSBP were granted as, or have been converted into, nil exercise price options. To the extent that 
they vest, they are exercisable from three to 10 years from grant.

Share price range
During 2017, the highest mid‑market price of the Company’s shares was 284.1p and the lowest was 145.6p. The year‑end price 
was 206.6p.

www.tullowoil.com

99

2REMUNERATION REPORT CONTINUED

Directors’ interests in the share capital of the Company (audited)
The interests of the Directors (all of which were beneficial), who held office at 31 December 2017 or during FY2017, are set out in 
the table below: 

of salary 
%
under 2017
Remuneration
Policy
shareholding
guidelines 1

Ordinary shares held

31.12.16

31.12.17

TIP awards

PSP awards

DSBP awards

ESAP awards

SIP

Total

Unvested

Vested Unvested

Vested Unvested

Vested Unvested

Vested Restricted Unrestricted

31.12.17

324,703

520,738

14,462

–

2,930

4,795

7,000

12,000

274,702 

305,801 

Angus 
McCoss
Paul 
McDade2
Ian 
Springett3
Les Wood
Non-executive Directors
Tutu Agyare
Mike Daly
Anne 
Drinkwater
Aidan 
Heavey
Steve 
Lucas
Jeremy 
Wilson

6,178,813

45,000

3,175

1,940

7,000

600

720

67,959

7,000,000

164

737,615

34,167

148

737,615

34,167

6

–

–

–

–

783,199

36,279

292,692

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

n/a

1,304,277

60,416

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

131,784

220,737

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

125,835

98,267

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

82,601

–

–

–

–

–

–

6,700

3,052

1,106,237

6,700

8,991

1,565,830

5,668

1,659

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,105

1,159,717

–

–

–

–

376,952

2,930

4,795

7,000

–

8,364,693

–

–

720

67,959

1.  Calculated using share price of 206.6p at year end. Under the Company’s shareholding guidelines, each Executive Director is required to build up 
their shareholdings in the Company’s shares to at least 300 per cent of their salary. Further details of the minimum shareholding requirement is 
set out in the Remuneration Policy Report.

2  On 21 December 2017, Paul McDade exercised 94,182 PSP awards and 17,229 DSBP awards, the share price at exercise was 194.25p.
3  As at date of resignation from office of Chief Financial Officer on 20 June 2017.

On 5 January 2018 Angus McCoss, Paul McDade and Les Wood were each awarded 484 SIP shares, all of which are restricted. 
Accounting for certain restricted SIP shares becoming unrestricted SIP shares in the period between 1 January 2018 and the date 
of this report, Angus McCoss holds 7,184 restricted SIP shares and 3,052 unrestricted SIP shares (total 10,236), Paul McDade holds 
7,184 restricted SIP shares and 8,991 unrestricted SIP shares (total 16,175) and Les Wood holds 2,143 restricted SIP shares and 0 
unrestricted SIP shares (total 2,143).

There have been no other changes in the interests of any Director between 1 January 2018 and the date of this report.

Approval
This report was approved by the Board of Directors on 6 February 2018 and signed on its behalf by:

Tutu Agyare 
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

100

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION

Results and dividends
The loss on ordinary activities after taxation of the Group for the 
year ended 31 December 2017 was $188.5 million (2016: loss of 
$597.3 million). 

No dividends have been recommended by the Board in 2017 
(2016: £nil). 

Subsequent events
On 6 February 2018, Anne Drinkwater informed the Board 
she has decided not to stand for re‑election at the 2018 AGM. 
Her directorship will therefore cease with effect from the close 
of the 2018 AGM, which is currently anticipated to take place 
on 25 April 2018.

Share capital
As at 6 February 2018, the Company had an allotted and fully 
paid up share capital of 1,387,515,818 ordinary shares each 
with a nominal value of £0.10.

Substantial shareholdings 
As at 6 February 2018, the Company had been notified in 
accordance with the requirements of provision 5.1.2 of the 
Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules of the following significant holdings 
in the Company’s ordinary share capital:

Shareholder
Standard Life Aberdeen plc
Prudential plc group of companies
Commonwealth Bank of Australia
Genesis Asset Managers, LLP
Majedie Asset Management Limited
IFG International Trust Company Ltd1

Number of 
shares
128,721,895
69,271,752
36,836,077
54,857,056
29,209,276
38,960,366

% of issued 
capital (as 
at date of 
notification)
9.30
5.01
4.03
5.99
3.20
5.98

•  voting rights – voting at any general meeting may be 
conducted by a show of hands unless a poll is duly 
demanded. On a show of hands every shareholder who is 
present in person at a general meeting (and every proxy or 
corporate representative appointed by a shareholder and 
present at a general meeting) has one vote regardless of the 
number of shares held by the shareholder (or represented by 
the proxy or corporate representative). If a proxy has been 
appointed by more than one shareholder and has been 
instructed by one or more of those shareholders to vote ‘for’ 
the resolution and by one or more of those shareholders to 
vote ‘against’ a particular resolution, the proxy shall have one 
vote for and one vote against that resolution. On a poll, every 
shareholder who is present in person has one vote for every 
share held by that shareholder and a proxy has one vote for 
every share in respect of which he has been appointed as 
proxy (the deadline for exercising voting rights by proxy is set 
out in the form of proxy). On a poll, a corporate representative 
may exercise all the powers of the company that has authorised 
him. A poll may be demanded by any of the following: (a) the 
Chairman of the meeting; (b) at least five shareholders entitled 
to vote and present in person or by proxy or represented by 
a duly authorised corporate representative at the meeting; 
(c) any shareholder or shareholders present in person or 
by proxy or represented by a duly authorised corporate 
representative and holding shares or being a representative 
in respect of a holder of shares representing in the aggregate 
not less than one‑tenth of the total voting rights of all 
shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting; 
or (d) any shareholder or shareholders present in person 
or by proxy or represented by a duly authorised corporate 
representative and holding shares or being a representative 
in respect of a holder of shares conferring a right to attend 
and vote at the meeting on which there have been paid up 
sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one‑tenth of the 
total sums paid up on all the shares conferring that right;

1.  Based on notification received 14 November 2006. IFG is now known 

•  return of capital – in the event of the liquidation of the 

as First Names Trust Company.

Shareholders’ rights
The rights and obligations of shareholders are set out in the 
Company’s Articles of Association (which can be amended by 
special resolution). The rights and obligations attaching to the 
Company’s shares are as follows:

•  dividend rights – holders of the Company’s shares may, by 
ordinary resolution, declare dividends but may not declare 
dividends in excess of the amount recommended by the 
Directors. The Directors may also pay interim dividends. 
No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available 
for distribution. Subject to shareholder approval, payment or 
satisfaction of a dividend may be made wholly or partly by 
distribution of specific assets;

Company, after payment of all liabilities and deductions 
taking priority, the balance of assets available for distribution 
will be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares 
according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by 
them. A liquidator may, with the authority of a special 
resolution, divide among the shareholders the whole or any 
part of the Company’s assets, or vest the Company’s assets 
in whole or in part in trustees upon such trusts for the 
benefit of shareholders, but no shareholder is compelled to 
accept any property in respect of which there is a liability;

•  control rights under employee share schemes – the 

Company operates a number of employee share schemes. 
Under some of these arrangements, shares are held by 
trustees on behalf of employees. The employees are not 
entitled to exercise directly any voting or other control rights. 
The trustees will generally vote in accordance with 
employees’ instructions and abstain where no instructions 
are received. Unallocated shares are generally voted at the 
discretion of the trustees; and

www.tullowoil.com

101

2CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION CONTINUED

Shareholders’ rights continued
•  restrictions on holding securities – there are no restrictions 

under the Company’s Articles of Association or under UK law 
that either restrict the rights of UK resident shareholders to 
hold shares or limit the rights of non‑resident or foreign 
shareholders to hold or vote the Company’s ordinary shares.

There are no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the 
payment of dividends to US persons on the Company’s 
ordinary shares.

Material agreements containing ‘change of control’ provisions
The following significant agreements will, in the event of a 
‘change of control’ of the Company, be affected as follows:

•  To the extent that a ‘change of control’ occurs as a result of 

any person, or group of persons acting in concert (as defined 
in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers), gaining control 
of the Company:

•  under the $2.4 billion (or up to $2.9 billion in the event 
that the Company exercises its option to increase the 
commitments by up to an additional $500 million and 
the lenders provide such additional commitments) senior 
secured revolving credit facility agreement between, 
among others, the Company and certain subsidiaries of 
the Company, BNP Paribas, Crédit Agricole Corporate 
and Investment Bank, Lloyds Bank plc, ING Bank N.V., 
DNB Bank ASA and The Standard Bank of South Africa 
Limited and the lenders specified therein, 

•  the Company is obliged to notify the agent (who 

notifies the lenders) upon the occurrence of a change 
of control; 

•  if any lender so requires, it may cancel its commitments 
immediately and demand repayment of all outstanding 
amounts owed by the Company and certain subsidiaries 
of the Company to it under the agreement and any 
connected finance document. So long as such lender 
states its requirement to be repaid within 20 business 
days of being notified by the agent (such period being the 
“notice period”), the repayment amount will become due 
and payable by no later than 10 business days after the 
end of such notice period and, in respect of each letter of 
credit issued under the agreement, full cash cover will 
be required by no later than 10 business days after the 
end of such notice period;

•  under the $100 million senior secured revolving credit 

facility agreement between, among others, the Company 
and certain subsidiaries of the Company and International 
Finance Corporation and the lenders specified therein, 

•  the Company is obliged to notify the agent (who 

notifies the lenders) upon the occurrence of a change 
of control;

•  if any lender so requires, it may cancel its commitments 
immediately and demand repayment of all outstanding 
amounts owed by the Company and certain subsidiaries 
of the Company to it under the agreement and any 
connected finance document. So long as such lender 
states its requirement to be repaid within 20 business 
days of being notified by the agent (such period being the 
“notice period”), the repayment amount will become due 
and payable by no later than 10 business days after the 
end of such notice period; and

•  under the $600 million secured revolving credit facility 
agreement between, among others, the Company and 
certain subsidiaries of the Company, BNP Paribas, Crédit 
Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank and Standard 
Chartered Bank and the lenders specified therein, 

•  the Company is obliged to notify the agent (who 

notifies the lenders) upon the occurrence of a change 
of control;

•  if any lender so requires, it may cancel its commitments 
immediately and demand repayment of all outstanding 
amounts owed by the Company and certain subsidiaries 
of the Company to it under the agreement and any 
connected finance document. So long as such lender 
states its requirement to be repaid within 20 business 
days of being notified by the agent (such period being the 
“notice period”), the repayment amount will become due 
and payable within 10 business days after the end of 
such notice period.

•  to the extent that a ‘change of control’ occurs, in general 

terms, as a result of (i) a disposal of all or substantially all 
the properties or assets of the Company and all its restricted 
subsidiaries (other than through a merger or consolidation) 
in one or a series of related transactions; (ii) a plan being 
adopted relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the 
Company; or (iii) any person becomes the beneficial owner, 
directly or indirectly, of shares of the Company which grant 
that person more than 50 per cent of the voting rights of 
the Company:

102

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE•  under an indenture relating to $650 million of 6 per cent 
Senior Notes due in 2020 between, among others, the 
Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company and 
Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as the Trustee, the 
Company must make an offer to noteholders to repurchase 
all the notes at 101 per cent of the aggregate principal 
amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest. 
The repurchase offer must be made by the Company to 
all noteholders within 30 days following the ‘change of 
control’ and the repurchase must take place no earlier 
than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date 
the repurchase offer is made. Each noteholder may take 
up the offer in respect of all or part of its notes; and

•  under an indenture relating to $650 million of 6.25 per cent 

Senior Notes due in 2022 between, among others, the 
Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company and 
Deutsche Trustee Company Limited as the Trustee, the 
Company must make an offer to noteholders to repurchase 
all the notes at 101 per cent of the aggregate principal 
amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest in 
the event that a change of control of the Company occurs. 
The repurchase offer must be made by the Company to 
all noteholders within 30 days following the change of 
control and the repurchase must take place no earlier 
than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date 
the repurchase offer is made. Each noteholder may take 
up the offer in respect of all or part of its notes; and 

•  to the extent that a ‘change of control’ occurs, in general terms, 

as a result of: (i) any person or persons, acting together, 
acquiring or becoming entitled to more than 50 per cent of 
the voting rights of the Company; or (ii) an offer being made 
to all of the Company’s shareholders to acquire all or a 
majority of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
(or such offeror proposing a scheme of arrangement with 
regard to such acquisition, and thereby becoming entitled 
to exercise more than 50 per cent of the voting rights of 
the Company):

•  under a trust deed constituting $300 million of 6.625 per cent 
guaranteed convertible bonds due in 2021 (the Convertible 
Bonds) between, among others, the Company, certain 
subsidiaries of the Company and Deutsche Trustee 
Company Limited as the Trustee, the bondholders shall 
have the right to require the Company to: (i) convert, in 
accordance with a formula specified in the trust deed, the 
Convertible Bonds into preference shares in the Company, 
which in turn will be exchanged by the Company for 
ordinary shares; or (ii) redeem the Convertible Bonds at 
their principal amount, together with accrued and unpaid 

interest at the date of the change of control event. The 
Company is required to give the Trustee notice of the 
occurrence of an event constituting a change of control 
within five calendar days of the occurrence of such event, 
and the bondholders shall thereafter have 60 calendar days 
in which to exercise the election referred to above. If the 
bondholders elect to redeem the Convertible Bonds, the 
Company is required to make payment of this amount 
14 business days after receiving notification of such election. 

Directors
The biographical details of the Directors of the Company at the 
date of this report are given on pages 40 and 41. 

Details of Directors’ service agreements and letters of 
appointment can be found on pages 88 and 89. Details of the 
Directors’ interests in the ordinary shares of the Company and 
in the Group’s long‑term incentive and other share option 
schemes are set out on page 96 and pages 98 to 100 in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Directors’ indemnities and insurance cover 
As at the date of this report, indemnities are in force under 
which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Directors, to 
the extent permitted by the Companies Act 2006, against claims 
from third parties in respect of certain liabilities arising out of, 
or in connection with, the execution of their powers, duties 
and responsibilities as Directors of the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries. The Directors are also indemnified against the cost 
of defending a criminal prosecution or a claim by the Company, 
its subsidiaries or a regulator provided that where the defence 
is unsuccessful the Director must repay those defence costs. 
The Company also maintains directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance cover, the level of which is reviewed annually.

Conflicts of interest
A Director has a duty to avoid a situation in which he or she has, 
or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly 
may conflict, with the interests of the Group. The Board requires 
Directors to declare all appointments and other situations that 
could result in a possible conflict of interest and has adopted 
appropriate procedures to manage and, if appropriate, approve 
any such conflicts. The Board is satisfied that there is no 
compromise to the independence of those Directors who have 
appointments on the boards of, or relationships with, 
companies outside the Group.

www.tullowoil.com

103

2OTHER STATUTORY INFORMATION CONTINUED

Powers of Directors
The general powers of the Directors are set out in Article 104 of 
the Articles of Association of the Company. It provides that the 
business of the Company shall be managed by the Board which 
may exercise all the powers of the Company whether relating to 
the management of the business of the Company or not. This 
power is subject to any limitations imposed on the Company by 
applicable legislation. It is also limited by the provisions of the 
Articles of Association of the Company and any directions given 
by special resolution of the shareholders of the Company which 
are applicable on the date that any power is exercised.

Please note the following specific provisions relevant to the 
exercise of power by the Directors:

•  Pre‑emptive rights and new issues of shares – the holders of 
ordinary shares have no pre‑emptive rights under the Articles 
of Association of the Company. However, the ability of the 
Directors to cause the Company to issue shares, securities 
convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than 
pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted under 
the Companies Act 2006 which provides that the directors of 
a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any 
equity securities without express authorisation, which may be 
contained in a company’s articles of association or given by 
its shareholders in general meeting, but which in either event 
cannot last for more than five years. Under the Companies 
Act 2006, the Company may also not allot shares for cash 
(otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) 
without first making an offer on a pre‑emptive basis to 
existing shareholders, unless this requirement is waived 
by a special resolution of the shareholders. 

•  Repurchase of shares – subject to authorisation by 

shareholder resolution, the Company may purchase its 
own shares in accordance with the Companies Act 2006. 
Any shares that have been bought back may be held as 
treasury shares or must be cancelled immediately upon 
completion of the purchase. The Company received authority 
at the last Annual General Meeting to purchase up to a 
maximum of 91,517,442 ordinary shares. The authority lasts 
until the earlier of the conclusion of the Annual General 
Meeting of the Company in 2018 or 26 July 2018.

•  Borrowing powers – the net external borrowings of the Group 
outstanding at any time shall not exceed an amount equal to 
four times the aggregate of the Group’s adjusted capital and 
reserves calculated in the manner prescribed in Article 105 
of the Company’s Articles of Association, unless sanctioned 
by an ordinary resolution of the Company’s shareholders.

Appointment and replacement of Directors
The Company shall appoint (disregarding Alternate Directors) no 
fewer than two and no more than 15 Directors. The appointment 
and replacement of Directors may be made as follows:

•  the shareholders may by ordinary resolution elect any person 

who is willing to act to be a Director;

•  the Board may elect any person who is willing to act to be a 

Director. Any Director so appointed shall hold office only until 
the next Annual General Meeting and shall then be eligible 
for election;

•  each Director is required in terms of the Articles of 

Association to retire from office at the third Annual General 
Meeting after the Annual General Meeting at which he or she 
was last elected or re‑elected, although he or she may be 
re‑elected by ordinary resolution if eligible and willing. 
However, to comply with the principles of best corporate 
governance, the Board intends that each Director will submit 
him or herself for re‑election on an annual basis;

•  the Company may by special resolution remove any Director 
before the expiration of his or her period of office or may, by 
ordinary resolution, remove a Director where special notice 
has been given and the necessary statutory procedures are 
complied with; and

•  there are a number of other grounds on which a Director’s 
office may cease, namely voluntary resignation, where all 
the other Directors (being at least three in number) request 
his or her resignation, where he or she suffers physical or 
mental incapacity, where he or she is absent from meetings 
of the Board without permission of the Board for six 
consecutive months, becomes bankrupt or compounds 
with his or her creditors or where he or she is prohibited 
by law from being a Director.

Encouraging diversity in our workforce
Tullow is committed to eliminating discrimination and 
encouraging diversity amongst its workforce. Decisions related 
to recruitment selection, development or promotion are based 
upon merit and ability to adequately meet the requirements of 
the job, and are not influenced by factors such as gender, 
marital status, race, ethnic origin, colour, nationality, religion, 
sexual orientation, age or disability.

We want our workforce to be truly representative of all sections 
of society and for all our employees to feel respected and able 
to reach their potential. Our commitment to these aims and 
detailed approach are set out in Tullow’s Code of Ethical 
Conduct and Equal Opportunities Policy. 

We aim to provide an optimal working environment to suit the 
needs of all employees, including those of employees with 
disabilities. For employees who become disabled during their 
time with the Group, Tullow will provide support to help them 
remain safely in continuous employment.

104

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

CORPORATE GOVERNANCEEmployee involvement and engagement
We use a range of methods to inform and consult with employees 
about significant business issues and our performance. These 
include webcasts, the Group’s intranet and town hall meetings.

We have an employee share plan for all permanent employees, 
which gives employees a direct interest in the business’ success.

Political donations
In line with Group policy, no donations were made for 
political purposes.

Corporate responsibility
The Group works to achieve high standards of environmental, 
health and safety management. Our performance in these areas 
can be found on pages 36 and 37 of this report. Further information 
is available on the Group website: www.tullowoil.com, including 
archived copies of the separate Corporate Responsibility Report 
which was published in previous years.

Auditor and disclosure of relevant audit information
Having made the requisite enquiries, so far as the Directors 
are aware, there is no relevant audit information (as defined 
by section 418(3) of the Companies Act 2006) of which the 
Company’s auditor is unaware and each Director has taken 
all steps that ought to have been taken to make him or herself 
aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that 
the Company’s auditor is aware of that information.

A resolution to re‑appoint Deloitte LLP as the Company’s 
auditor will be proposed at the AGM. More information can 
be found in the Audit Committee Report on page 70.

Annual General Meeting
The Notice of Annual General Meeting will be mailed to 
shareholders separately and will set out the resolutions to be 
proposed at the forthcoming AGM. The meeting will be held on 
25 April 2018 at Tullow Oil plc’s Head Office, 9 Chiswick Park, 
566 Chiswick High Road, London W4 5XT, from 12 noon.

This Corporate Governance Report (which includes the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report) and the information referred 
to herein has been approved by the Board and signed on its 
behalf by:

Kevin Massie 
Corporate Counsel and Company Secretary

6 February 2018

Registered office: 
9 Chiswick Park 
566 Chiswick High Road 
London W4 5XT

Company registered in England and Wales No. 3919249

www.tullowoil.com

105

2HIGH-GRADED & RESET EXPLORATION PORTFOLIO
Exploration drilling operations, offshore Suriname.

106

Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts

3 FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

Independent auditor’s report for the 
Group and Company Financial Statements 

Group Financial Statements 

Company Financial Statements 

Five-year financial summary 

Supplementary information

Shareholder information 

Licence interests 

Commercial reserves and resources 

Transparency disclosure 

Sustainability data 

Tullow Oil plc subsidiaries 

Glossary 

108

109

117

153

162

163

164

168

169

176

179

181

www.tullowoil.com

107

 
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES 

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report 
and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable 
law and regulations. 

Company law requires the directors to prepare the Group 
Financial Statements for each financial year. Under that law 
the directors are required to prepare the group Financial 
Statements in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union and Article 4 of the IAS Regulation and have elected  
to prepare the Parent Company Financial Statements in 
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards 
and applicable law), including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework”. Under company law the directors must not 
approve the accounts unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs of the company and of 
the profit or loss of the company for that period.  

In preparing the Parent Company Financial Statements, the 
directors are required to: 

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently; 

•  make judgments and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent; 

•  state whether applicable UK Accounting Standards have 

been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed 
and explained in the Financial Statements; and 

•  prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern 
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
company will continue in business. 

In preparing the Group Financial Statements, International 
Accounting Standard 1 requires that directors: 

•  properly select and apply accounting policies; 

•  present information, including accounting policies, in a 

manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and 
understandable information;  

•  provide additional disclosures when compliance with the 
specific requirements in IFRSs are insufficient to enable 
users to understand the impact of particular transactions, 
other events and conditions on the entity's financial position 
and financial performance; and 

•  make an assessment of the Group's ability to continue as a 

going concern. 

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain  
the company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the company and 
enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements comply 
with the Companies Act 2006. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the company and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud 
and other irregularities. 

The directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of Financial 
Statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

Responsibility statement  
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge: 

•  the Financial Statements, prepared in accordance with the 
relevant financial reporting framework, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or 
loss of the company and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; 

•  the strategic report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the company and the undertakings included in 
the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and uncertainties that they 
face; and 

•  the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a 

whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and provide 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
company’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy. 

By order of the Board 

Paul McDade 
Chief Executive Officer 

Les Wood 
Chief Financial Officer 

6 February 2018 

6 February 2018 

108
114 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT FOR THE GROUP AND COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Opinion on Financial Statements of Tullow Oil plc
In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 

31 December 2017 and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 

(IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union;

•  the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally 

Accepted Accounting Practice including Financial Reporting Standard 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”; and

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards 

the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements of Tullow Oil plc (the ‘Parent Company’) and its subsidiaries (together the ‘Group’) 
which comprise:

•  the Group income statement;

•  the Group statement of comprehensive income and expense;

•  the Group and Parent Company balance sheets;

•  the Group and Parent Company statements of changes in equity;

•  the Group cash flow statement;

•  the Group and Parent Company statements of accounting policies; 

•  the related notes 1 to 31 to the Group financial statements; and

•  the related notes 1 to 7 to the Parent Company financial statements.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law 
and IFRSs as adopted by the European Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the 
Parent Company financial statements is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced 
Disclosure Framework” (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice).

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. 

We are independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our 
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest entities, and 
we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We confirm that the non-audit services 
prohibited by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group or the Parent Company.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

109

3www.tullowoil.comINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT FOR THE GROUP AND COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

Summary of our audit approach

Key audit matters

The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:

•  the carrying value of Exploration and Evaluation (‘E&E’) assets;

•  the carrying value of Property, Plant and Equipment (‘PP&E’); and

•  provision for onerous service contracts.

Materiality

The materiality that we used for the Group in the current year was $50 million (2016: $44 million) which 
represents approximately 2 per cent of net assets and approximately 4 per cent of Adjusted EBITDAX.

Scoping

Significant changes 
in our approach

The Parent Company materiality that we used in the current year was $40 million (2016: $20 million) 
which represents approximately 1 per cent of the Company’s net assets.

The Group comprises three reporting units and the corporate business unit, all of which were 
included in our assessment of the risks of material misstatement. Full scope audits were performed 
on those operations audited by the Group team and by the component teams in Ghana and Gabon. 
Specified audit procedures were performed in all of the Group’s other locations. The materialities 
applied to components ranged from $25 million to $40 million (2016: $20 million to $30 million).

There have been no significant changes to our approach to the audit, aside from our conclusion 
that the going concern assumption was not a key audit matter for this year’s audit. Following the 
completion of the Group’s refinancing process in respect of its Reserves Based Lending facility in 
November 2017 we concluded that the going concern assumption was not a key audit matter for 
the year ended 31 December 2017.

We confirm that we have nothing 
material to report, add or draw attention 
to in respect of these matters.

We confirm that we have nothing 
material to report, add or draw attention 
to in respect of these matters.

Conclusions relating to going concern, principal risks and viability statement

Going concern
We have reviewed the directors’ statement on page 34 about whether they 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing them and their identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s 
and Company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months 
from the date of approval of the financial statements.

We are required to state whether we have anything material to add or draw attention 
to in relation to that statement required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) and report if the 
statement is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

Principal risks and viability statement
Based solely on reading the directors’ statements and considering whether they 
were consistent with the knowledge we obtained in the course of the audit, including 
the knowledge obtained in the evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s 
and the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, we are required to state 
whether we have anything material to add or draw attention to in relation to:

•  the disclosures on pages 42 – 49 that describe the principal risks and explain 

how they are being managed or mitigated;

•  the directors’ confirmation on page 34 that they have carried out a robust 

assessment of the principal risks facing the Group, including those that would 
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity; or

•  the directors’ explanation on pages 48 – 49 as to how they have assessed the 
prospects of the Group, over what period they have done so and why they 
consider that period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether they 
have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their 
assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any 
necessary qualifications or assumptions.

We are also required to report whether the directors’ statement relating to the 
prospects of the Group required by Listing Rule 9.8.6R(3) is materially inconsistent 
with our knowledge obtained in the audit.

110

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsKey audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to 
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of 
resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team.

In the prior year, the going concern assumption was also included as a key audit matter. Following the completion of the Group’s 
refinancing process in respect of its Reserves Based Lending facility in November 2017 we concluded that the going concern 
assumption was not a key audit matter for the year ended 31 December 2017.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion 
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

Carrying value of exploration and evaluation (‘E&E’) assets

Key audit matter 
description 

The carrying value of E&E assets as at 31 December 2017 is $1,933.4 million and the Group has 
written off E&E expenditure totalling $143.4 million in the year then ended. 

The assessment of the carrying value of E&E assets requires management to exercise judgement 
as described in the ‘critical accounting judgements’ section of the Annual Report and Accounts 
on page 126. Management’s assessment requires consideration of a number of factors, 
including, but not limited to, the Group’s intention to proceed with a future work programme for a 
prospect or licence, the likelihood of licence renewal and the success of drilling and geological 
analysis to date.

We have pinpointed the key audit matter in this area to those E&E assets in the Group’s portfolio 
which are at higher risk of future impairment in both Kenya and Ghana. 

The costs capitalised in respect of Kenya constitute $1,058.2 million of the Group’s E&E assets. 
Please refer to note 10 on page 135 of the Annual Report and Accounts and the Audit Committee 
Report on page 67 for further information.

How the scope of our  
audit responded to  
the key audit matter

We evaluated management’s assessment of E&E assets held on the balance sheet at 
31 December 2017 with reference to the criteria of IFRS 6 Exploration for and Evaluation 
of Mineral Resources and the Group’s accounting policy (see page 123).

Our work to assess the assets at higher risk of future impairment included, but was not limited 
to, the following audit procedures:

•  participating in meetings with operational and finance staff in Kenya, Ghana and London to 

discuss Exploration and Appraisal activities;

•  challenging management to provide confirmations of budget allocations, confirmations of the 

licence phase and ongoing appraisal activity; and

•  challenging management to provide evidence in respect of the continuance or otherwise of 

appraisal activity, licence validity, the status of applications for licence extensions and 
management’s expectations of approval, their consideration of the likelihood of recovery of the 
balance sheet value and conclusion on commerciality where relevant.

Key observations

We are satisfied that the assets have been treated in accordance with the criteria of IFRS 6 and 
Tullow’s E&E accounting policy.

In some circumstances the costs of wells from exploration continue to be held on the balance 
sheet for a significant period of time while development plans are finalised and government 
consent is obtained, for example in Kenya.

Based on the audit evidence gathered, we are satisfied that the judgements made by management 
are reasonable.

111

3www.tullowoil.comINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT FOR THE GROUP AND COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

Carrying value of Property, Plant and Equipment (‘PP&E’) 

Key audit matter 
description

In 2017 Tullow recognised an impairment charge of $539.1 million against the value of its 
PP&E assets, of which $535.5 million relates to the TEN asset. Please refer to note 11 on 
page 136 and the Audit Committee Report on page 67 for further details.

As described in the ‘key sources of estimation uncertainty’ section of the Annual Report 
and Accounts on page 126, the assessment of the carrying value of PP&E assets requires 
management to compare it against the recoverable amount of the asset. The calculation of the 
recoverable amount requires judgement in estimating future oil and gas prices, the applicable 
asset discount rate and the cost and production profiles of reserves estimates.

We have identified the TEN asset in Ghana as the Group’s only field whose impairment 
assessment represents a key audit matter as a result of its material size and sensitivity to 
changes in underlying assumptions. Given the asset’s importance to the Group in terms of future 
production and the judgemental nature of the determination of its recoverable amount, we also 
considered there to be a fraud risk that the assumptions applied to the valuation are 
inappropriate.

How the scope of our  
audit responded to the  
key audit matter

We examined management’s assessment of impairment indicators, which concluded that continued 
volatility in the oil price during the year represented an indicator of impairment for the Group’s oil 
and gas assets.

The assumptions that underpin management’s calculation of the recoverable amounts of the 
TEN asset are inherently judgemental. Our audit work therefore assessed the reasonableness 
of management’s key assumptions when calculating its recoverable amount.

Specifically our work included, but was not limited to, the following procedures:

•  benchmarking and analysis of oil price assumptions against forward curves and other 

market data;

•  agreement of hydrocarbon production profiles and proven and probable reserves to third-party 

reserve reports;

•  verification of estimated future costs by agreement to approved budgets and assessment of 

their appropriateness with reference to field production profiles, with involvement from Deloitte 
petroleum engineering experts; 

•  recalculation and benchmarking of discount rates applied, with involvement from Deloitte 

industry valuation specialists; and

•  consideration of evidence of management bias in the assumptions selected and the application 

of professional scepticism to address the risk of fraud.

Key observations

•  The assumptions made by management when determining the TEN asset’s recoverable 

amount fall within a reasonable range, although we note that the discount rate applied is 
towards the lower end of this range.

•  Overall, we are satisfied that the recoverability of the assets has been assessed in accordance 

with the requirements of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets.

•  Management has disclosed the impact of sensitivities of both the discount rate and commodity 

prices in the PP&E note on page 137.

112

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsProvision for onerous service contracts 

Key audit matter 
description

In 2016 the Group reduced its future work programmes in response to lower commodity prices 
and certain legal restrictions, and in consequence a number of service contracts became onerous. 

Judgement is required to estimate the appropriate level of provision required for the onerous 
element of the contracts and the ultimate outcome of the contract claims in line with IAS 37 
Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. The assumptions made include the 
estimated usage under the contract, the likelihood of cash outflows and the valuation of any 
liability arising, including consideration of any contract claims and disputes. 

Contract provisions are included in the Group’s disclosure of key sources of estimation 
uncertainty on page 127. Please refer the Audit Committee Report on page 67 of the Annual 
Report and Accounts. These provisions are included within $135 million of ‘other provisions’ in 
note 22 on page 145, and disclosed within ‘other contingent liabilities’ in note 27 on page 150.

How the scope of our 
audit responded to the 
key audit matter

We performed the following procedures to gain assurance that all claims have been identified and 
to challenge whether, in line with IAS 37, management has appropriately recognised a provision 
where the likelihood of a payment by the Group is probable, or a contingent liability where it is 
possible that the Group will make a payment:

•  obtained an update on the latest claims from in-house legal counsel and reviewed the 

documentation and correspondence with counterparties and external legal counsel as applicable 
for each potentially material claim;

•  challenged management to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of IAS 37 and assessed 

this on a case by case basis; and

•  performed corroborative enquiries of senior management regarding any additional claims.

Key observations

We are satisfied that the estimates made by management are reasonable based on the audit 
evidence gathered. 

Our application of materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic 
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope 
of our audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Materiality

Group: $50 million (2016: $44 million)

Parent Company: $40 million (2016: $20 million)

Basis for determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

Group: Approximately 2 per cent of Group net assets, consistent with the prior year approach. 

Parent Company: Approximately 1 per cent of the Parent Company’s net assets.

Group: We have determined materiality based on the net asset position of the Group, reflecting 
the long-term value of the Group in its portfolio of exploration and development assets and their 
associated reserves and resources. We have determined that using a balance sheet metric, rather 
than a profit-based metric, will provide a more stable base for materiality. However, for reference 
we note that materiality equates to approximately 4 per cent of the alternative performance 
measure Adjusted EBITDAX. Management has presented a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDAX 
to loss from continuing activities on page 35 of the Annual Report and Accounts.

Parent Company: We have determined materiality based on the net asset position of the 
Company as its principal activity is to hold investments in subsidiaries and external debt.

113

3www.tullowoil.comINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT FOR THE GROUP AND COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
CONTINUED

Net assets 
$2,716 million

  Net assets

  Group materiality

threshold $2.5 million97+3

Group materiality $50 million

Component materiality range 
$25 million to $40 million

Audit Committee reporting 

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of $2.5 million 
(2016: $2.2 million) in respect of both the Group and Parent Company, as well as differences below that threshold that, in 
our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the Audit Committee on disclosure matters that 
we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

An overview of the scope of our audit
The Group comprises three reporting units and the corporate business unit, all of which were included in our assessment 
of the risks of material misstatement. Full scope audits were performed on those operations audited by the Group team and 
by the component teams in Ghana and Gabon. Specified audit procedures were performed at the Group’s other locations. 
The materialities applied to components ranged from $25 million to $40 million (2016: $20 million to $30 million).

The Group team took direct responsibility for the audit work in certain locations including the UK, Kenya and Uganda as well as 
the consolidation process. The Group team planned and oversaw the work performed by component auditors; the level of direct 
involvement varied by location and included, at a minimum, a review of the reports provided on the results of the work undertaken 
by the component audit teams.

In addition, the senior statutory auditor and senior members of his Group audit team visited Ghana and Gabon to direct and review 
the audit work performed by the component auditors.

Other information

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the information 
included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report thereon.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent 
otherwise explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

We have nothing to 
report in respect 
of these matters.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.

If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to 
determine whether there is a material misstatement in the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is 
a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

In this context, matters that we are specifically required to report to you as uncorrected material 
misstatements of the other information include where we conclude that:

•  Fair, balanced and understandable – the statement given by the directors that they consider the annual 

report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, business 
model and strategy, is materially inconsistent with our knowledge obtained in the audit; or

•  Audit committee reporting – the section describing the work of the audit committee does not 

appropriately address matters communicated by us to the audit committee; or

•  Directors’ statement of compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code – the parts of the 

directors’ statement required under the Listing Rules relating to the company’s compliance with the 
UK Corporate Governance Code containing provisions specified for review by the auditor in accordance 
with Listing Rule 9.8.10R(2) do not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code.

114

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability 
to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the Financial Reporting Council’s 
website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to 
state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for 
the opinions we have formed.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

•  the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements 

are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

•  the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and of the Parent Company and their environment obtained in the 
course of the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.

115

3www.tullowoil.comINDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT FOR THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Matters on which we are required to report by exception

Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

We have nothing to report in respect 
of these matters.

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our 

audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or 

returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited 
by us; or

•  the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion 
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been made or the part of the 
directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect 
of these matters.

Other matters
Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the audit committee, we were appointed by the directors on 1 August 2002 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2002 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted 
engagement including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 16 years, covering the years ended 31 December 2002 
to 31 December 2017.

Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the audit committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit committee we are required to provide in accordance 
with ISAs (UK).

Dean Cook MA FCA (Senior statutory auditor) 
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
London, United Kingdom

6 February 2018

116

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsGROUP INCOME STATEMENT 
GROUP INCOME STATEMENT
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017

Continuing activities 
Sales revenue  
Other operating income – lost production insurance proceeds 
Cost of sales  

Gross profit  
Administrative expenses  
Restructuring costs 
Loss on disposal 
Goodwill impairment 
Exploration costs written off 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment, net 
Provision for onerous service contracts, net 

Operating profit/(loss) 
(Loss)/gain on hedging instruments 
Finance revenue 
Finance costs  

Loss from continuing activities before tax  
Income tax credit  

Loss for the year from continuing activities  
Attributable to: 
Owners of the Company 
Non-controlling interest 

Loss per ordinary share from continuing activities 
Basic 
Diluted  

Notes 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

2 
6 
4 

4 
4 
9 

10 
11 
22 

20 
5 
5 

7 

25 

8 

1,722.5   
162.1   
(1,069.3)  

 1,269.9  
 90.1  
(813.1) 

815.3 
(95.3)  
(14.5)  
(1.6)  
–   
(143.4)  
(539.1)  
1.0   

22.4 
(11.8)  
42.0   
(351.7)  

 546.9  
(116.4) 
(12.3) 
(3.4) 
(164.0) 
(723.0) 
(167.6) 
(114.9) 

(754.7) 
 18.2  
 26.4  
(198.2) 

(299.1) 
110.6   

(908.3) 
 311.0  

(188.5) 

(597.3) 

(189.5)  
1.0   

(599.9) 
 2.6  

(188.5) 

(597.3) 

¢ 
(14.7)  
(14.7)  

¢ 
(55.8) 
(55.8) 

Comparative basic and diluted loss per ordinary share from continuing activities have been re-presented as a result of the Rights Issue (note 8). 

GROUP STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME AND EXPENSE 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Loss for the year 
Items that may be reclassified to the income statement in subsequent periods 
Cash flow hedges 

Gain/(loss) arising in the year 
Reclassification adjustments for items included in loss on realisation 

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
Other comprehensive loss 
Tax relating to components of other comprehensive loss 
Net other comprehensive loss for the year 

Total comprehensive expense for the year 

Attributable to: 
Owners of the Company 
Non-controlling interest 

116 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

Notes 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

(188.5) 

(597.3) 

20 
20 

20 

6.7 
(161.8) 
9.0 
(146.1) 
24.3 
(121.8) 

(135.3) 
(415.2) 
17.1 
(533.4) 
108.8 
(424.6) 

(310.3) 

(1,021.9) 

(311.3) 
1.0 

(1,024.5) 
2.6 

(310.3) 

(1,021.9) 

117

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP BALANCE SHEET 
GROUP BALANCE SHEET
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2017 
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2017

ASSETS  
Non-current assets  
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
Property, plant and equipment  
Investments  
Other non-current assets 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets  
Inventories  
Trade receivables  
Other current assets 
Current tax assets 
Derivative financial instruments 
Cash and cash equivalents  
Assets classified as held for sale 

Total assets  
LIABILITIES  
Current liabilities  
Trade and other payables  
Provisions 
Borrowings 
Current tax liabilities  
Derivative financial instruments 

Non-current liabilities  
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings  
Provisions  
Deferred tax liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total liabilities  
Net assets 

EQUITY 
Called-up share capital  
Share premium 
Equity component of convertible bonds 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Hedge reserve 
Other reserves  
Retained earnings  
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company 
Non-controlling interest 
Total equity 

Approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 6 February 2018. 

Paul McDade 
Chief Executive Officer 

Les Wood 
Chief Financial Officer 

Notes 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

10 
11 
12 
13 
20 
23 

14 
15 
13 
7 
20 
16 
17 

18 
22 
19 

20 

18 
19 
22 
23 
20 

24 
24 

20 

25 

1,933.4 
5,254.7 
1.0 
789.8 
0.8 
724.5 
8,704.2 

168.0 
171.4 
768.3 
57.7 
1.8 
284.0 
873.1 
2,324.3 
11,028.5 

(1,025.6) 
(230.8) 
– 
(45.0) 
(53.1) 
(1,354.5) 

(1,422.6) 
(3,606.4) 
(801.6) 
(1,101.2) 
(25.8) 
(6,957.6) 
(8,312.1) 
2,716.4 

208.2 
1,326.8 
48.4 
(223.2) 
(2.6) 
740.9 
607.5 
2,706.0 
10.4 
2,716.4 

 2,025.8  
 5,362.9  
 1.0  
 175.7  
 15.8  
 758.9  
 8,340.1  

 155.3  
 118.4  
 838.9  
 138.3  
 91.7  
 281.9  
 837.1  
 2,461.6  
 10,801.7  

(916.1) 
(51.9) 
(591.5) 
(83.1) 
(5.9) 
(1,648.5) 

(112.3) 
(4,388.4) 
(1,106.7) 
(1,292.4) 
(10.9) 
(6,910.7) 
(8,559.2) 
 2,242.5  

 147.5  
 619.3  
 48.4  
(232.2) 
 128.2  
 740.9  
 778.0  
 2,230.1  
 12.4  
 2,242.5  

118

www.tullowoil.com 117 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
GROUP STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017

Equity 
component 
of 
convertible 
bonds 
$m 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
reserve1 
$m 

Hedge 
reserve2 
$m 

Other 
reserves3 
$m 

Retained 
earnings 
$m 

Non-
controlling 
interest4 
$m 

Total 
$m 

Total 
equity 
$m 

 –   
 –   
 –   

(249.3) 
 –   
 –   

 569.9  
 –   
(441.7) 

 740.9  
 –   
– 

 1,336.4    3,154.9  
(599.9) 
(441.7) 

(599.9) 
– 

 19.8    3,174.7  
(597.3) 
 2.6  
(441.7) 
– 

Share 
capital 
$m 

Share 
premium 
$m 

 147.2  
– 
– 

 609.8  
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 0.3  
 –   

 9.5  
 –   

 –   

 –   

– 

 17.1  

 48.4  

 –   
 –   

 –   

 –   

 –   
 –   

 –   

–   
 147.5   
– 
– 

–   
 619.3   
– 
– 

–   
 48.4   
– 
– 

–   
 (232.2) 
– 
– 

 –   

 –   

 –   
– 

– 

–   

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
(9.4) 

 17.1  

 48.4  

 9.8  
(9.4) 

 50.9  

 50.9  

–   

–   

–   

128.2 
– 
(130.8) 

740.9 
– 
– 

778.0  2,230.1 
(189.5) 
(189.5) 
(130.8) 
– 

– 

– 

60.0 

693.8 

0.7 
– 

13.7 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

9.0 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

9.0 

753.8 

– 
(15.2) 

14.4 
(15.2) 

34.2 

34.2 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

 17.1  

 48.4  

 9.8  
(9.4) 

 50.9  

(10.0) 
(10.0) 
12.4  2,242.5 
(188.5) 
(130.8) 
- 

1.0 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

9.0 

753.8 

14.4 
(15.2) 

34.2 

– 

– 

(3.0) 

(3.0) 

Notes 

20 

24 

26 

At 1 January 2016 
Loss for the year 
Hedges, net of tax 
Currency translation 
adjustments 
Issue of convertible 
bonds 
Issue of employee 
share options 
Vesting of PSP shares 
Share-based payment 
charges  
Distribution to non-
controlling interests       25 
At 1 January 2017 
Loss for the year 
Hedges, net of tax 
Currency translation 
adjustments 
Issue of shares –
Rights Issue 
Issue of employee 
share options 
Vesting of PSP shares 
Share-based payment 
charges  
Distribution to non-
controlling interests 

25 

26 

24 

20 

24 

At 31 December 2017 

208.2  1,326.8 

48.4 

(223.2) 

(2.6) 

740.9 

607.5  2,706.0 

10.4  2,716.4 

1.  The foreign currency translation reserve represents exchange gains and losses arising on translation of foreign currency subsidiaries, monetary items receivable 

from or payable to a foreign operation for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur, which form part of the net investment in  
a foreign operation, and exchange gains or losses arising on long-term foreign currency borrowings which are a hedge against the Group’s overseas 
investments. 

2.  The hedge reserve represents gains and losses on derivatives classified as effective cash flow hedges.  

3.  Other reserves include the merger reserve and the treasury shares reserve which represents the cost of shares in Tullow Oil plc purchased in the market and 

held by the Tullow Oil Employee Trust to satisfy awards held under the Group’s share incentive plans (note 26). 

4.  Non-controlling interest is described further in note 25. 

118 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

119

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENT 
GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENT
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017

Cash flows from operating activities 
Loss before taxation  
Adjustments for:  
Depreciation, depletion and amortisation  
Loss on disposal 
Goodwill impairment 
Exploration costs written off  
Impairment of property, plant and equipment, net 
Provision for onerous service contracts, net 
Payment under onerous service contracts 
Decommissioning expenditure 
Share-based payment charge 
Loss/(gain) on hedging instruments 
Finance revenue  
Finance costs  
Operating cash flow before working capital movements 
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables  
Increase in inventories  
Decrease in trade payables  

Cash generated from operating activities 
Income taxes received/(paid)  

Net cash from operating activities  

Cash flows from investing activities  
Proceeds from disposals 
Purchase of intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment  
Interest received  

Net cash used in investing activities  

Cash flows from financing activities  
Net proceeds from issue of share capital  
Debt arrangement fees  
Repayment of borrowings 
Drawdown of borrowings 
Issue of convertible bond 
Repayment of obligations under finance leases 
Finance costs paid 
Distribution to non-controlling interests 

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities  

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  
Foreign exchange gain/(loss) 

Notes 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

(299.1) 

(908.3) 

11 
9 

10 
11 
22 
22 
22 
26 
20 
5 
5 

9 
31 
31 

31 
31 
31 

25 

16 

592.2 
1.6 
– 
143.4 
541.1 
(1.0) 
– 
(25.7) 
33.9 
11.8 
(42.0) 
351.7 
1,307.9 
122.0 
(20.8) 
(251.4) 

1,157.7 
65.2 

 466.9  
 3.4  
 164.0  
 723.0  
 167.6  
 114.9  
(132.0) 
(23.0) 
 43.9  
(18.2) 
(26.4) 
 198.2  
 774.0  
(99.4) 
(47.8) 
(29.8) 

 597.0  
(84.5) 

1,222.9 

 512.5  

8.0 
(189.7) 
(117.8) 
3.1 

 62.8  
(275.2) 
(756.0) 
 1.2  

(296.4) 

(967.2) 

768.1 
(56.4) 
(1,613.6) 
305.0 
– 
(62.6) 
(265.4) 
(3.0) 

 9.9  
(31.7) 
(769.1) 
 1,187.5  
 300.0  
(3.3) 
(284.0) 
(10.0) 

(927.9) 

 399.3  

(1.4) 
281.9 
3.5 

(55.4) 
 355.7  
(18.3) 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

16 

284.0 

 281.9  

120

www.tullowoil.com 119 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017

(a) General information  
Tullow Oil plc is a company incorporated and domiciled  
in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 2006.  
The address of the registered office is Tullow Oil plc, 
Building 9, Chiswick Park, 566 Chiswick High Road, 
London W4 5XT. The primary activity of the Group is the 
discovery and production of oil and gas. 

(b) Adoption of new and revised standards 
Standards not affecting the reported results or the  
financial position  
New and revised Standards and Interpretations adopted in the 
current year did not have any significant impact on the 
amounts reported in these Financial Statements. 

At the date of authorisation of these Financial Statements,  
the following Standards and Interpretations which have  
not been applied in these Financial Statements, but will have 
an impact on future Financial Statements, were in issue but 
not yet effective (and in some cases had not yet been adopted 
by the EU: 

IFRS 9 

Financial Instruments 

The Group will adopt IFRS 9 Financial Instruments for  
the year commencing 1 January 2018. IFRS 9 addresses the 
classification, measurement and recognition of financial 
assets and financial liabilities, introduces a new impairment 
model for financial assets, as well as new rules for hedge 
accounting.  It replaces the old standard of IAS 39 in its 
entirety. 

The classification and measurement of financial assets is  
now based on the entity’s business model for managing the 
financial asset, and the contractual cash flow characteristics 
of the financial asset.   

The classification and measurement of financial liabilities is 
materially consistent with that required by IAS 39 with the 
exception of the treatment of modification or exchange of 
financial liabilities which do not result in de-recognition. The 
Group has identified that retrospective application of IFRS 9 
will increase the carrying value of the Reserves Based 
Lending credit facility by $144 million, as a retrospective 
modification loss as a result of the November 2017 
refinancing of the facility. This will reduce opening retained 
earnings in 2018, as well as lowering the finance costs 
recognised over the life of the facility compared to the 
treatment under IAS 39.  No other material impact as a result 
of IFRS 9’s classification and measurement requirements has 
been identified. 

The new impairment model requires the recognition of 
‘expected credit losses’, in contrast to the requirement to 
recognise ‘incurred credit losses’ under IAS 39. 

The Group has undertaken an assessment of the classification 
and measurement requirements, as well as the new 
impairment model, and does not expect a significant impact 
on the financial statements. 

The new hedge accounting rules will align the hedge 
accounting treatments more closely with the Group risk 
management strategy, and address previous inconsistencies 
and weakness in the hedge accounting model in IAS 39.  The 
Group plans to adopt the hedge accounting requirements of 
IFRS 9. 

The Group has identified a change in the treatment of the ‘cost 
of hedging’ of options upon adoption, specifically with respect 
to the fair value movement of time value. 

The fair value movement of time value, to the extent which it 
relates to the hedged item, will be presented in a separate 
component in the statement of comprehensive income and 
expenses. This will have the effect of reducing the amount 
presented in the income statement under gain/loss on 
hedging instruments, with the cost of hedging being reflected 
within sales revenue on maturity of the hedge. 

This requirement will be applied retrospectively on adoption of 
IFRS 9. 

The new standard will also expand the Group’s disclosure 
requirements on financial instruments, and in particular the 
impact of hedge accounting in its financial statements.  
Extended disclosures in the initial period of adoption will also 
be required. 

IFRS 15  

Revenue from Contracts with Customers 

The adoption of IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers, which the Group will adopt for the year 
commencing 1 January 2018, will impact the disclosures of 
revenue arrangements. Tullow has completed its detailed 
assessment of the implications of adopting the standard, and 
has concluded that it will not have a material quantitative 
impact on the financial results of the Group. As such, no 
material financial impact is expected on transition. However, 
Tullow will include increased qualitative disclosures regarding 
the terms of the Group’s sales arrangements, including the 
basis for determining pricing, significant payment terms, and 
elements of variable consideration (if any). 

IFRS 16 

Leases 

The adoption of IFRS 16 Leases, which the Group will adopt 
for the year commencing 1 January 2019, will impact both the 
measurement and disclosures of leases over a low value 
threshold and with terms longer than one year. The lease 
expense recognition pattern for lessees will generally be 
accelerated. Additional lease liabilities and right of use assets 
are expected to be recorded. Where leases are contracted by 
Tullow as operator of a Joint Venture these lease liabilities are 
expected to be recorded on a gross basis, along with 
additional Joint Venture receivables to represent Joint 
Venture partner contributions expected to meet the lease 
obligations. The cash flow statement will be affected as 
payments for the principal portion of the lease liability will be 
presented within financing activities. Tullow is in the process 
of identifying all lease agreements that exist across the 
Group. Tullow has yet to complete its full assessment of the 
expected financial impact of transition to IFRS 16.  

(c) Changes in accounting policy  
The Group’s accounting policies are consistent with the 
prior year. 

120 Tullow Oil plc 2016 Annual Report and Accounts 

121

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017

(d) Basis of accounting  
The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board 
(IASB). The Financial Statements have also been prepared in 
accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union and 
therefore the Group Financial Statements comply with Article 
4 of the EU IAS Regulation.  

The Financial Statements have been prepared on the 
historical cost basis, except for derivative financial 
instruments that have been measured at fair value and assets 
classified as held for sale which are carried at fair value less 
cost to sell. The Financial Statements are presented in US 
dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest $0.1 million, 
except where otherwise stated. The Financial Statements 
have been prepared on a going concern basis. 

The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group  
are set out below.  

(e) Basis of consolidation 
The consolidated Financial Statements incorporate the 
Financial Statements of the Company and entities controlled 
by the Company (its subsidiaries) made up to 31 December 
each year. Control is achieved where the Company has the 
power over an investee entity, is exposed, or has rights, to 
variable returns from its involvement with the investee  
and has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.  
Non-controlling interests in the net assets of consolidated 
subsidiaries are identified separately from the Group’s equity 
therein. Non-controlling interests consist of the amount  
of those interests at the date of the original business 
combination (see below) and the non-controlling share of 
changes in equity since the date of the combination. Losses 
within a subsidiary are attributed to the non-controlling 
interest even if that results in a deficit balance. The Group 
does not have any material non-controlling interests. 

The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the 
year are included in the Group income statement from the 
transaction date of acquisition, being the date on which the 
Group gains control, and will continue to be included until the 
date that control ceases. 

Where necessary, adjustments are made to the Financial 
Statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies 
used into line with those used by the Group. 

All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses 
are eliminated on consolidation. 

Joint arrangements 
The Group is engaged in oil and gas exploration, development 
and production through unincorporated joint arrangements; 
these are classified as joint operations in accordance with 
IFRS 11. The Group accounts for its share of the results and 
net assets of these joint operations. In addition, where Tullow 
acts as Operator to the joint operation, the gross liabilities and 
receivables (including amounts due to or from non-operating 
partners) of the joint operation are included in the Group’s 
balance sheet. 

(f) Assets classified held for sale  
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) classified as held for 
sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair 
value less costs to sell. Non-current assets and disposal 
groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount 
will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than 
through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only 
when the sale is highly probable and the asset (or disposal 
group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition, 
management views this trigger as signature of a Sales and 
Purchase Agreement or Board approval. Management must 
be committed to the sale which should be expected to qualify 
for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the 
date of classification. Assets classified as held for sale and 
the corresponding liabilities are classified with current assets 
and liabilities on a separate line in the balance sheet. 

(g) Revenue 
Sales revenue represents the sales value, net of VAT, of  
the Group’s share of liftings in the year together with the 
gain/loss on realisation of cash flow hedges and tariff income. 
Revenue is recognised when goods are delivered and title 
has passed. 

Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference  
to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate 
applicable, which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated 
future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial 
asset to that asset’s net carrying amount. 

(h) Over/underlift 
Lifting or offtake arrangements for oil and gas produced  
in certain of the Group’s jointly owned operations are such that 
each participant may not receive and sell its precise share of the 
overall production in each period. The resulting imbalance 
between cumulative entitlement and cumulative production less 
stock is underlift or overlift. Underlift and overlift are valued at 
market value and included within receivables and payables 
respectively. Movements during an accounting period are 
adjusted through cost of sales such that gross profit is 
recognised on an entitlements basis. 

In respect of redeterminations, any adjustments to the  
Group’s net entitlement of future production are accounted  
for prospectively in the period in which the make-up oil is 
produced. Where the make-up period extends beyond the 
expected life of a field an accrual is recognised for the  
expected shortfall. 

(i) Inventory  
Inventories, other than oil products, are stated at the lower  
of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined by the 
first-in first-out method and comprises direct purchase costs, 
costs of production and transportation and manufacturing 
expenses. Net realisable value is determined by reference  
to prices existing at the balance sheet date. 

Oil product is stated at net realisable value and changes in net 
realisable value are recognised in the income statement. 

122

www.tullowoil.com 121 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

(j) Foreign currencies 
The US dollar is the presentation currency of the Group.  
For the purpose of presenting consolidated Financial 
Statements, the assets and liabilities of the Group’s non-US 
dollar-denominated functional entities are translated at 
exchange rates prevailing on the balance sheet date. Income 
and expense items are translated at the average exchange 
rates for the period. Currency translation adjustments arising 
on the restatement of opening net assets of non-US dollar 
subsidiaries, together with differences between the 
subsidiaries’ results translated at average rates versus 
closing rates, are recognised in the statement of 
comprehensive income and expense and transferred to the 
foreign currency translation reserve. All resulting exchange 
differences are classified as equity until disposal of the 
subsidiary. On disposal, the cumulative amounts of the 
exchange differences are recognised as income or expense. 

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rates 
of exchange ruling at the transaction dates. Monetary assets 
and liabilities are translated into functional currency at the 
exchange rate ruling at the balance sheet date, with a 
corresponding charge or credit to the income statement. 
However, exchange gains and losses arising on monetary 
items receivable from or payable to a foreign operation  
for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to  
occur, which form part of the net investment in a  
foreign operation, are recognised in the foreign currency 
translation reserve and recognised in profit or loss on 
disposal of the net investment. In addition, exchange  
gains and losses arising on long-term foreign currency 
borrowings which are a hedge against the Group’s overseas 
investments are dealt with in reserves. 

(k) Exploration, evaluation and production assets 
The Group adopts the successful efforts method of accounting 
for exploration and evaluation costs. Pre-licence costs are 
expensed in the period in which they are incurred. All licence 
acquisition, exploration and evaluation costs and directly 
attributable administration costs are initially capitalised in 
cost centres by well, field or exploration area, as appropriate. 
Interest payable is capitalised insofar as it relates to specific 
development activities.  

These costs are then written off as exploration costs in the 
income statement unless commercial reserves have been 
established or the determination process has not been 
completed and there are no indications of impairment.  

All field development costs are capitalised as property, 
plant and equipment. Property, plant and equipment related 
to production activities is amortised in accordance with the 
Group’s depletion and amortisation accounting policy. 

Cash consideration received on farm-down of exploration 
and evaluation assets is credited against the carrying value 
of the asset. 

(l) Commercial reserves 
Commercial reserves are proven and probable oil and gas 
reserves, which are defined as the estimated quantities  
of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids which 
geological, geophysical and engineering data demonstrate 
with a specified degree of certainty to be recoverable  
in future years from known reservoirs and which are 
considered commercially producible. There should be  
a 50 per cent statistical probability that the actual quantity 
of recoverable reserves will be more than the amount 
estimated as proven and probable reserves and a  
50 per cent statistical probability that it will be less. 

(m) Depletion and amortisation 
All expenditure carried within each field is amortised from  
the commencement of production on a unit of production 
basis, which is the ratio of oil and gas production in the period 
to the estimated quantities of commercial reserves at the end 
of the period plus the production in the period, generally on a 
field-by-field basis or by a group of fields which are reliant on 
common infrastructure. Costs used in the unit of production 
calculation comprise the net book value of capitalised costs 
plus the estimated future field development costs required to 
recover the commercial reserves remaining. Changes in the 
estimates of commercial reserves or future field development  
costs are dealt with prospectively. 

Where there has been a change in economic conditions  
that indicates a possible impairment in a discovery field,  
the recoverability of the net book value relating to that field 
is assessed by comparison with the estimated discounted 
future cash flows based on management’s expectations of 
future oil and gas prices and future costs. 

In order to discount the future cash flows the Group 
calculates CGU-specific discount rates. The discount rates 
are based on an assessment of a relevant peer group’s post-
tax Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC). The post-tax 
WACC is subsequently grossed up to a pre-tax rate. The 
Group then deducts any exploration risk premium which is 
implicit within a peer group’s WACC and subsequently applies 
additional country risk premium for CGUs in Gabon and 
Congo, an element of which is determined by whether the 
assets are onshore or offshore.  

Where there is evidence of economic interdependency 
between fields, such as common infrastructure, the fields 
are grouped as a single CGU for impairment purposes. 

Where conditions giving rise to impairment subsequently 
reverse, the effect of the impairment charge is also reversed 
as a credit to the income statement, net of any amortisation 
that would have been charged since the impairment. 

122 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

123

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017

(n) Decommissioning 
Provision for decommissioning is recognised in full when 
the related facilities are installed. A corresponding amount 
equivalent to the provision is also recognised as part of the 
cost of the related property, plant and equipment. The amount 
recognised is the estimated cost of decommissioning, 
discounted to its net present value at a risk-free discount rate, 
and is reassessed each year in accordance with local 
conditions and requirements. Changes in the estimated timing 
of decommissioning or decommissioning cost estimates are 
dealt with prospectively by recording an adjustment to the 
provision, and a corresponding adjustment to property, plant 
and equipment. The unwinding of the discount on the 
decommissioning provision is included as a finance cost. 

(o) Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment is stated in the balance sheet 
at cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised 
impairment loss. Depreciation on property, plant and 
equipment other than production assets is provided at rates 
calculated to write off the cost less the estimated residual 
value of each asset on a straight line basis over its expected 
useful economic life of between three and five years. 

(p) Finance costs and debt 
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, 
construction or production of qualifying assets, which are 
assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to 
get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost 
of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially 
ready for their intended use or sale. 

Finance costs of debt are allocated to periods over the term 
of the related debt at a constant rate on the carrying amount. 
Arrangement fees and issue costs are deducted from the 
debt proceeds on initial recognition of the liability and are 
amortised and charged to the income statement as finance 
costs over the term of the debt. 

(q) Share issue expenses and share premium account 
Costs of share issues are written off against the premium 
arising on the issues of share capital. 

(r) Taxation 
Current and deferred tax, including UK corporation tax  
and overseas corporation tax, are provided at amounts 
expected to be paid using the tax rates and laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance  
sheet date. Deferred corporation tax is recognised on  
all temporary differences that have originated but not 
reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions  
or events that result in an obligation to pay more, or right to 
pay less, tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet 
date. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent 
that it is considered more likely than not that there will be 
suitable taxable profits from which the underlying temporary 
differences can be deducted. Deferred tax is measured on a 
non-discounted basis. 

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on 
acquisitions that are categorised as Business Combinations. 
Deferred tax is recognised at acquisition as part of the 
assessment of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. 
Any deferred tax is charged or credited in the income 
statement as the underlying temporary difference is reversed. 

Petroleum Revenue Tax (PRT) is treated as an income tax and 
deferred PRT is accounted for under the temporary difference 
method. Current UK PRT is charged as a tax expense on 
chargeable field profits included in the income statement and 
is deductible for UK corporation tax. 

(s) Pensions 
Contributions to the Group’s defined contribution pension 
schemes are charged to operating profit on an accruals basis.  

(t) Derivative financial instruments  
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to manage 
its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, 
interest rates and movements in oil and gas prices.  

Derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value. 

The purpose for which a derivative is used is established 
at inception. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative 
must be highly effective in achieving its objective and 
this effectiveness must be documented at inception and 
throughout the period of the hedge relationship. The hedge 
must be assessed on an ongoing basis and determined to 
have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting 
periods for which the hedge was designated. 

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified 
as either fair value hedges, when they hedge the exposure 
to changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability, 
or cash flow hedges, where they hedge exposure to variability 
in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk 
associated with a recognised asset or liability or 
forecast transaction. 

For cash flow hedges, the portion of the gains and losses on 
the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective 
hedge is taken to other comprehensive income and the 
ineffective portion, as well as any change in time value, is 
recognised in the income statement. The gains and losses 
taken to other comprehensive income are subsequently 
transferred to the income statement during the period in 
which the hedged transaction affects the income statement.  

A similar treatment applies to foreign currency loans which 
are hedges of the Group’s net investment in the net assets 
of a foreign operation. 

Gains or losses on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge 
accounting treatment (either from inception or during the life 
of the instrument) are taken directly to the income statement 
in the period. 

124

www.tullowoil.com 123 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

(u) Convertible bonds 
Where bonds issued with certain conversion rights are 
identified as compound instruments, the liability and equity 
components are separately recognised. 

The fair value of the liability component on initial recognition 
is calculated by discounting the contractual stream of future 
cash flows using the prevailing market interest rate for 
similar non-convertible debt. 

dividends; risk-free rate of interest; and patterns of exercise 
of the plan participants. 

For cash settled awards, a liability is recognised for the goods 
or service acquired, measured initially at the fair value of the 
liability. At each balance sheet date until the liability is settled, 
and at the date of settlement, the fair value of the liability is 
remeasured, with any changes in fair value recognised in the 
income statement. 

The difference between the fair value of the liability 
component and the fair value of the whole instrument is 
recorded as equity. 

Transaction costs are apportioned between the liability and 
the equity components of the instrument based on the 
amounts initially recognised. 

The liability component is subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, 
in line with our other financial liabilities. 

The equity component is not remeasured. 

On conversion of the instrument, equity is issued and the 
liability component is derecognised. The original equity 
component recognised at inception remains in equity. 
No gain or loss is recognised on conversion. 

(v) Leases 
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the  
terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and 
rewards of ownership to the lessee. A finance lease is 
recognised when the Group enters the uncancellable lease 
period and obtains the right to use the asset as intended. 
All other leases are classified as operating leases and are 
charged to the income statement on a straight line basis 
over the term of the lease. 

From the commencement of the lease assets held under 
finance leases are recognised as assets of the Group at their 
fair value or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum 
lease payments, each determined at the inception of the 
lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in 
the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation. Lease 
payments are apportioned between finance charges and 
reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant 
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. 
Finance charges are charged directly against income, unless 
they are directly attributable to qualifying assets, in which case 
they are capitalised in accordance with the Group’s policy on 
borrowing costs. 

(w) Share-based payments 
The Group has applied the requirements of IFRS 2 Share-
based Payments. The Group has share-based awards that are 
equity settled and cash settled as defined by IFRS 2. The fair 
value of the equity settled awards has been determined at the 
date of grant of the award allowing for the effect of any 
market-based performance conditions. This fair value, 
adjusted by the Group’s estimate of the number of awards 
that will eventually vest as a result of non-market conditions, 
is expensed uniformly over the vesting period. 

The fair values were calculated using a binomial option 
pricing model with suitable modifications to allow for 
employee turnover after vesting and early exercise. Where 
necessary, this model is supplemented with a Monte Carlo 
model. The inputs to the models include: the share price at 
date of grant; exercise price; expected volatility; expected 

(x) Financial assets 
All financial assets are recognised and derecognised on a 
trade date where the purchase or sale of a financial asset  
is under a contract whose terms require delivery of the 
investment within the timeframe established by the market 
concerned, and are initially measured at fair value, plus 
transaction costs. 

Financial assets are classified into the following specified 
categories: financial assets ‘at fair value through profit  
or loss’ (FVTPL); ‘held-to-maturity’ investments; ‘available- 
for-sale’ (AFS) financial assets; and ‘loans and receivables’. 
The classification depends on the nature and purpose  
of the financial assets and is determined at the time of 
initial recognition. 

(y) Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank, demand 
deposits and other short-term highly liquid investments that 
are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are 
subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. 

(z) Loans and receivables 
Trade receivables, loans and other receivables that have fixed 
or determinable payments that are not quoted in  
an active market are classified as loans and receivables. 
Loans and receivables are measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method, less any impairment. Interest 
income is recognised by applying the effective interest rate, 
except for short-term receivables when the recognition of 
interest would be immaterial. 

(aa) Effective interest method 
The effective interest method is a method of calculating  
the amortised cost of a financial asset and of allocating 
interest income over the relevant period. The effective interest 
rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash 
receipts (including all fees on points paid or received that 
form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction 
costs and other premiums or discounts) through the expected 
life of the financial asset, or, where appropriate, a shorter period. 

Income is recognised on an effective interest basis for debt 
instruments other than those financial assets classified as  
at FVTPL. The Group chooses not to disclose the effective 
interest rate for debt instruments that are classified as at  
fair value through profit or loss. 

(ab) Financial liabilities and equity instruments 
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified 
according to the substance of the contractual arrangements 
entered into. 

124 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

125

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017

(ac) Equity instruments 
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual 
interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its 
liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Group are 
recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct  
issue costs. 

(ad) Other financial liabilities 
Other financial liabilities, including borrowings, are initially 
measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Other 
financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised 
cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense 
recognised on an effective yield basis. 

(ae) Insurance proceeds 
Insurance proceeds related to lost production under the 
Business Interruption insurance policy are recorded as other 
operating income in the income statement. Proceeds related 
to compensation for incremental operating costs under the 
Business Interruption and Hull and Machinery insurance 
policies are recorded within the operating costs line of cost  
of sales. Proceeds related to compensation for capital costs 
under the Hull and Machinery insurance policy where no asset 
is disposed are recorded within additions to property, plant 
and equipment. 

(af) Critical accounting judgements  
The Group assesses critical accounting judgements annually. 
The following are the critical judgements, apart from those 
involving estimations which are dealt with in policy (ag), 
that the Directors have made in the process of applying the 
Group’s accounting policies and that have the most significant 
effect on the amounts recognised in the Financial Statements. 

•  Recognition of finance lease liabilities (note 21): 

The Group has a contract with a supplier for the lease of the 
TEN field (Ghana) FPSO. Management was required to 
exercise judgement to determine when the FPSO should be 
recognised as a finance lease in accordance with IAS 17, what 
discount rate to apply to future minimum lease payments and 
the expected length of the contract. The finance lease was 
recognised as of 1 August 2017 on the issue of the Certificate 
of Offshore Completion for the FPSO.  Management were not 
able to identify a rate implicit in the lease contract as such 
has used its incremental cost of borrowing to discount future 
minimum lease payments. Finally given the number of 
potential options for the length of the contract management 
has selected the most economically efficient outcome. 

•  Recognition of assets held for sale (note 17): 

The Group signed a sales and purchase agreement for farm-
down of a portion of its interest in Uganda on 9 January 2017. 
Management has exercised judgement in determining the 
present value of the consideration expected from the sale, and 
that this disposal met the requirements of IFRS 5 and that the 
associated assets and liabilities should be retained as held for 
sale. The critical judgement in determining that the assets 
were held for sale was the probability of completion within 
twelve months. Management continue to conclude that the 
sale is highly probable within twelve months.  

•  Carrying value of intangible exploration and evaluation  

assets (note 10): 

The amounts for intangible exploration and evaluation  
assets represent active exploration projects. These amounts 
will be written off to the income statement as exploration 
costs unless commercial reserves are established or the 
determination process is not completed and there are no 
indications of impairment in accordance with the Group’s 
accounting policy. The process of determining whether there 
is an indicator for impairment or calculating the impairment 
requires critical judgement.  

The key areas in which management has applied judgement 
and estimation are as follows: the Group’s intention to 
proceed with a future work programme for a prospect or 
licence; the likelihood of licence renewal or extension; the 
assessment of whether sufficient data exists to indicate that, 
although a development in the specific area is likely to 
proceed, the carrying amount of the exploration and 
evaluation asset is unlikely to be recovered in full from 
successful development or by sale, and the success of a well 
result or geological or geophysical survey. 

(ag) Key sources of estimation uncertainty 
The key assumptions concerning the future, and other  
key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance  
sheet date, that have a significant risk of causing a material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
within the next financial year, are discussed below. 

•  Carrying value of property, plant and equipment  

(note 11): 

Management performs impairment reviews on the Group’s 
property, plant and equipment assets at least annually  
with reference to indicators in IAS 36 Impairment of  
Assets. Where indicators of impairments or impairment 
reversals are present and an impairment or impairment 
reversal test is required, the calculation of the recoverable 
amount requires estimation of future cash flows within 
complex impairment models. 

Key assumptions and estimates in the impairment models 
relate to: commodity prices that are based on forward curves 
for two years, mid-term price assumptions for three years 
after this and the long-term inflated corporate economic 
assumption thereafter, pre-tax discount rates that are 
adjusted to reflect risks specific to individual assets, 
commercial reserves and the related cost profiles. 

Commercial reserves estimates used in the calculation of 
DD&A and impairment of property, plant and equipment  
(note 11): 

Proven and probable reserves are estimates of the amount  
of oil and gas that can be economically extracted from the 
Group’s oil and gas assets. The Group estimates its reserves 
using standard recognised evaluation techniques. The 
estimate is reviewed at least twice annually by management 
and is regularly reviewed by independent consultants.  

126

www.tullowoil.com 125 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

(ag) Key sources of estimation uncertainty continued 
Proven and probable reserves are determined using 
estimates of oil and gas in place, recovery factors and future 
commodity prices, the latter having an impact on the total 
amount of recoverable reserves and the proportion of the 
gross reserves which are attributable to host governments 
under the terms of the Production Sharing Contracts. Future 
development costs are estimated taking into account the level 
of development required to produce the reserves by reference 
to operators, where applicable, and internal engineers. 

•  Presumption of going concern: 

Refer to page 34. 

•  Decommissioning costs (note 22): 

There is uncertainty around the cost of decommissioning as 
cost estimates can vary in response to many factors, including 
changes to the relevant legal requirements, the emergence of 
new technology or experience at other assets. The expected 
timing, work scope, amount of expenditure and risk weighting 
may also change. Therefore significant estimates and 
assumptions are made in determining the provision  
for decommissioning. 

The estimated decommissioning costs are reviewed annually 
by an internal expert and the results of this review are then 
assessed alongside estimates from Operators. Provision for 
environmental clean-up and remediation costs is based on 
current legal and contractual requirements, technology and 
price levels. 

•  Provisions for onerous service contracts (note 22): 

Due to the historical reduction in original planned future  
work programmes the Group identified a number of onerous 
service contracts in prior years. Management has estimated 
the value of any future economic outflows associated with 
these contracts. 

126 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

127

3www.tullowoil.comNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 1. Segmental reporting 
The information reported to the Group’s Chief Executive Officer for the purposes of resource allocation and assessment of 
segment performance is focused on three Business Delivery Teams, West Africa including non-operated producing European 
assets, East Africa and New Ventures. Therefore the Group’s reportable segments under IFRS 8 are West Africa; East Africa; 
and New Ventures. The following tables present revenue, loss and certain asset and liability information regarding the Group’s 
reportable business segments for the years ended 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016. 

2017 
Sales revenue by origin 
Other operating income – lost production 
insurance proceeds 

Segment result 
Loss on disposal 
Unallocated corporate expenses 

Operating profit 
Loss on hedging instruments 
Finance revenue 
Finance costs 

Loss before tax 
Income tax credit 

Loss after tax 

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

Notes 

West Africa 
$m 

East Africa 
$m 

New Ventures 
$m 

Unallocated 
$m 

Total 
$m 

1,722.5 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,722.5 

162.1 

162.1 

86.9 

(2.2) 

(133.9) 

183.0 

133.8 
(1.6) 
(109.8) 

22.4 
(11.8) 
42.0 
(351.7) 

(299.1) 
110.6 

(188.5) 

7,857.2 

2,585.2 

306.0 

280.1 

11,028.5 

(4,295.6) 

(169.2) 

(97.1) 

(3,750.2) 

(8,312.1) 

Other segment information 
Capital expenditure: 

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets 

Depreciation, depletion and amortisation 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
Exploration costs written off 

11 
10 
11 
11 
10 

43.1 
5.5 
(577.1) 
(539.1) 
(6.9) 

1.1 
257.5 
(0.5) 
– 
(2.3) 

0.3 
56.0 
– 
– 
(134.2) 

5.6 
– 
(14.6) 
– 
– 

50.1 
319.0 
(592.2) 
(539.1) 
(143.4) 

Capital expenditure on property, plant, and equipment excludes the addition of the TEN FPSO right of use asset of  
$837.6 million.  

All sales are to external customers. Included in revenue arising from West Africa are revenues of approximately $357.9 million, 
$316.3 million and $287.7 million relating to the Group’s customers who each contribute more than 10% of total sales revenue 
(2016: $213.0 million and $92.7 million relating to the Group’s largest customers). As the sales of oil and gas are made on 
global markets and are highly liquid, the Group does not place reliance on the largest customers mentioned above. 

Unallocated expenditure and net liabilities include amounts of a corporate nature and not specifically attributable to a 
reportable segment. The liabilities comprise the Group’s external debt and other non-attributable corporate liabilities.  
The unallocated capital expenditure for the period comprises the acquisition of non-attributable corporate assets. 

128

www.tullowoil.com 127 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 1. Segmental reporting continued 

2016 
Sales revenue by origin 
Other operating income – lost production 
insurance proceeds 

Segment result 
Loss on disposal 
Unallocated corporate expenses 

Operating loss 
Gain on hedging instruments 
Finance revenue 
Finance costs 

Loss before tax 
Income tax credit 

Loss after tax 

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

Other segment information 
Capital expenditure: 

Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible exploration and evaluation assets 

Depreciation, depletion and amortisation 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
Exploration costs written off 
Goodwill impairment 

Sales revenue and non-current assets by origin 
Congo 
Côte d’Ivoire 
Equatorial Guinea 
Gabon 
Ghana 
Mauritania 
Netherlands 
UK 
Other 
Total West Africa 
Kenya 
Uganda 
Total East Africa 
Norway 
Other 
Total New Ventures 
Unallocated 
Total revenue / non-current assets 

Notes 

West Africa 
$m 

East Africa 
$m 

New Ventures 
$m 

Unallocated 
$m 

Total 
$m 

 1,269.9  

–   

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

 1,269.9 

90.1 

90.1 

 269.9  

(341.0) 

(512.3) 

(39.2) 

(622.6) 
(3.4) 
(128.7) 

(754.7) 
 18.2  
 26.4  
(198.2) 

(908.3) 
 311.0  

(597.3) 

 7,701.7  

 2,383.5  

 467.2  

 249.3  

 10,801.7  

(3,200.9) 

(157.6) 

(142.0) 

(5,058.7) 

(8,559.2) 

11 
10 
11 
11 
10 

817.0 
9.9  
(450.4)  
(167.2) 
(7.7) 
–   

 0.3  
 137.4  
(0.9) 
 –   
(341.0) 
–   

 0.4  
 144.1  
(1.0) 
(0.4) 
(374.3) 
(164.0) 

 0.8  
 –   
(14.6) 
 –   
 –   
 –   

 818.5  
 291.4  
(466.9) 
(167.6) 
(723.0) 
(164.0) 

Sales revenue 
2017 
$m 

Sales revenue 
2016 
$m 

Non-current 
assets 
2017 
$m 

Non-current 
assets 
2016 
$m 

8.8 
42.3 
92.2 
251.8 
1,196.1 
13.8 
29.4 
88.1 
– 
1,722.5 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
1,722.5 

 22.8  
 61.3  
 141.4  
 241.2  
 666.6  
 23.9  
 31.5  
 81.2  
 –   
 1,269.9  
 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   
 1,269.9  

– 
74.5 
134.7 
161.9 
5,675.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
6,046.2 
1,064.8 
574.4 
1,639.2 
13.5 
194.6 
208.1 
85.4 
7,978.9 

 –   
 108.6  
 166.1  
 206.0  
 5,188.8  
 –   
 113.0  
 0.4  
– 
 5,782.9  
 936.9  
 489.1  
 1,426.0  
 12.1  
 264.1  
 276.2  
 80.3  
 7,565.4  

129

Non-current assets excludes derivative financial instruments and deferred tax assets. 

128 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 2. Total revenue 

Sales revenue (excluding tariff income) 

Oil and gas revenue from the sale of goods 
Gain on realisation of cash flow hedges 

Tariff income 
Total sales revenue 
Other operating income – lost production insurance proceeds 

Total revenue 

Finance revenue has been presented as part of net financing costs (refer to note 5). 

Notes 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

20 

6 

1,592.6 
110.0 
1,702.6 
19.9 
1,722.5 
162.1 

 886.2  
 363.0  
 1,249.2  
 20.7  
 1,269.9  
90.1  

1,884.6 

 1,360.0  

Note 3. Staff costs 
The average monthly number of employees and contractors (including Executive Directors) employed by the Group worldwide was:  

Administration 
Technical 

Total 

Staff costs in respect of those employees were as follows: 

Salaries 
Social security costs 
Pension costs 

2017 
Number 

2016 
Number 

563 
609 

628 
710 

1,172 

1,338 

2017 
$m 

183.5 
6.9 
14.8 

2016 
$m 

 203.3  
 7.5  
 16.6  

205.2 

 227.4  

The decrease in staff costs is due to decreased employee numbers as a result of continued cost reduction initiatives.  
A proportion of the Group’s staff costs shown above is recharged to the Group’s Joint Venture partners, a proportion is 
allocated to operating costs and a proportion is capitalised into the cost of fixed assets under the Group’s accounting policy  
for exploration, evaluation and production assets with the remainder classified as an administrative overhead cost in the 
income statement. The net staff cost recognised in the income statement was $48.0 million (2016: $59.8 million). 

Details of Directors’ remuneration, Directors’ transactions and Directors’ interests are set out in the part of the  
Directors’ Remuneration Report described as having been audited, which forms part of these Financial Statements.  

130

www.tullowoil.com 129 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 4. Other costs 

Operating loss is stated after charging/(deducting): 
Operating costs 
Operating lease payments 
Depletion and amortisation of oil and gas assets 
Underlift, overlift and oil stock movements 
Share-based payment charge included in cost of sales 
Other cost of sales 
Total cost of sales 
Share-based payment charge included in administrative expenses 
Depreciation of other fixed assets 
Relocation costs associated with restructuring 
Cash administrative costs 
Total administrative expenses 
Total restructuring costs 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for:  
The audit of the Company’s annual accounts 
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 
Total audit services 
Non-audit services: 
Audit-related assurance services – half-year review 
Corporate finance services 
Other services 
Total non-audit services 
Total 

Notes 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

11 

26 

26 
11 

386.2 
62.5 
574.3 
(2.3) 
1.1 
47.5 
1,069.3 
32.8 
17.9 
1.6 
43.0 
95.3 
14.5 

0.3 
1.6 
1.9 

0.3 
1.1 
0.1 
1.5 
3.4 

377.2 
21.0 
 448.5  
(76.5) 
 2.7  
 40.2  
 813.1  
 41.2  
 18.4  
(0.5) 
 57.3  
 116.4  
12.3 

0.3 
1.8 
2.1 

0.4 
– 
0.2 
0.6 
2.7 

Fees payable to Deloitte LLP and their associates for non-audit services to the Company are not required to be  
disclosed because the consolidated Financial Statements are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis. 

Corporate finance services included services in relation to the Rights Issue. Other services include ad-hoc assurance services 
in relation to the Group’s JV agreements. The ratio of audit services to non-audit services is 1.3:1. 

Details of the Company’s policy on the use of the auditor for non-audit services, the reasons why the auditor was used  
rather than another supplier and how the auditor’s independence and objectivity are safeguarded are set out in the  
Audit Committee Report on pages 67 to 72. No services were provided pursuant to contingent fee arrangements. 

Note 5. Net financing costs 

Interest on bank overdrafts and borrowings 
Interest on obligations under finance leases 
Total borrowing costs 
Less amounts included in the cost of qualifying assets 

Finance and arrangement fees  
Other interest expense 
Foreign exchange losses 
Unwinding of discount on decommissioning provisions 
Total finance costs 
Interest income on amounts due from joint venture partners for finance leases 
Other finance revenue 
Total finance revenue 
Net financing costs 

Notes 

10,11 

22 

2017 
$m 

290.7 
46.1 
336.8 
(66.5) 
270.3 
2.8 
1.8 
57.1 
19.7 
351.7 
(21.0) 
(21.0) 
(42.0) 
309.7 

Borrowing costs included in the cost of qualifying assets during the year arose on the general borrowing pool and  
are calculated by applying a capitalisation rate of 7.5% (2016: 6.5%) to cumulative expenditure on such assets. 

130 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

2016 
$m 

 304.7  
 1.8  
 306.5  
(138.8) 
 167.7  
 5.4  
– 
 –   
 25.1  
 198.2  
– 
(26.4) 
(26.4) 
171.8 

131

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 6. Insurance proceeds 
During 2017 the Group continued to issue insurance claims in respect of the Jubilee Turret Remediation Project. Insurance 
proceeds of $220.9 million were recorded in the year ended 31 December 2017 (2016: $145.0 million). Proceeds related to lost 
production under the Business Interruption insurance policy of $162.1 million (2016 $90.1 million) were recorded as other 
operating income – lost production insurance proceeds in the income statement. Proceeds related to compensation for 
incremental operating costs under the Business Interruption and Hull and Machinery insurance policies of $50.9 million  
(2016: $31.8 million) were recorded within the operating costs line of cost of sales (see note 4). Proceeds related to 
compensation for capital costs under the Hull and Machinery insurance policy of $7.9 million (2016: $23.1 million) were 
recorded within additions to property, plant and equipment (see note 11). 

Note 7. Taxation on loss on ordinary activities 
Analysis of credit for the year 

Current tax 
UK corporation tax 
Foreign tax 

Total corporate tax 
UK petroleum revenue tax  

Total current tax 

Deferred tax 
UK corporation tax 
Foreign tax 

Total deferred corporate tax 
Deferred UK petroleum revenue tax 

Total deferred tax 

Total tax credit 

Notes 

2017 
$m 

30.1 
6.2 

36.3 
(2.1) 

2016 
$m 

 67.3  
(18.5) 

 48.8  
(1.1) 

34.2 

 47.7  

(8.7) 
(114.6) 

 9.4  
(369.8) 

(123.3) 
(21.5) 

(360.4) 
 1.7  

23 

(144.8) 

(358.7) 

(110.6) 

(311.0) 

132

www.tullowoil.com 131 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 7. Taxation on loss on ordinary activities continued 
Factors affecting tax credit for the period 
The tax rate applied to profit on ordinary activities in preparing the reconciliation below is the UK corporation tax rate applicable 
to the Group’s non-upstream UK profits. The difference between the total tax credit shown above and the amount calculated by 
applying the standard rate of UK corporation tax applicable to UK profits of 19% (2016: 20%) to the loss before tax is as follows: 

Group loss on ordinary activities before tax  

Tax on Group loss on ordinary activities at the standard UK corporation  
tax rate of 19% (2016: 20%) 

Effects of: 
Non-deductible exploration expenditure 
Other non-deductible expenses 
Derecognition of deferred tax previously recognised 
Recognition of deferred tax previously unrecognised 
Impairment of goodwill 
Utilisation of tax losses not previously recognised 
Net losses not recognised 
Petroleum revenue tax (PRT) 
Adjustment relating to prior years 
Adjustments to deferred tax relating to change in tax rates 
Higher rate of taxation on Norway losses 
Other tax rates applicable outside the UK and Norway 
PSC income not subject to corporation tax  
Tax incentives for investment 
Other income not subject to corporation tax 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

(299.1) 

(908.3) 

(56.8) 

(181.7) 

21.6 
12.6 
– 
(21.5) 
– 
(0.3) 
18.4 
– 
1.9 
12.6 
13.1 
(88.0) 
(15.4) 
(2.8) 
(6.0) 

 25.8  
 22.7  
 30.2  
– 
 127.9  
(9.5) 
 61.7  
(6.7) 
(2.1) 
(0.8) 
(286.4) 
(86.8) 
(1.6) 
(3.7)   
– 

Group total tax credit for the year 

(110.6) 

(311.0) 

The Finance Act 2016 further reduced the main rate of UK corporation tax applicable to all companies subject to corporation 
tax, except for those within the oil and gas ring fence, to 19% from 1 April 2017 and 17% from 1 April 2020. These changes were 
substantively enacted on 6 September 2016 and hence the effect of the change on the deferred tax balances has been included, 
depending upon when deferred tax is expected to reverse. 

The Group’s profit before taxation will continue to arise in jurisdictions where the effective rate of taxation differs from that in 
the UK, such as Ghana (35%), Gabon (55%), and Equatorial Guinea (35%). Furthermore, unsuccessful exploration expenditure is 
often incurred in jurisdictions where the Group has no taxable profits, such that no related tax benefit arises. Accordingly, the 
Group’s tax charge will continue to vary according to the jurisdictions in which pre-tax profits and exploration costs written off 
arise.  

The Group has tax losses of $3,642.0 million (2016: $2,844.0 million) that are available for offset against future taxable profits in 
the companies in which the losses arose. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these losses as they may 
not be used to offset taxable profits elsewhere in the Group due to uncertainty of recovery. 

The Group has recognised deferred tax assets of $530.0 million (2016: $535.3 million) in relation to tax losses only to the extent 
of anticipated future taxable income or gains in relevant jurisdictions. 

No deferred tax liability is recognised on temporary differences of $7.9 million (2016: $8.2 million) relating to unremitted 
earnings of overseas subsidiaries as the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of these temporary differences  
and it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future.  

Tax relating to components of other comprehensive income 
During 2017 $24.3 million (2016: $108.8 million) of tax has been recognised through other comprehensive income of which 
$24.9 million (2016: $107.8 million) is current and $0.6 million (2016: $1.0 million) is deferred tax relating to all debit  
(2016: credits) on cash flow hedges arising in the year. 

Current tax assets 
As at 31 December 2017, current tax assets were $57.7 million (2016: $138.3 million) of which $44.6m relates to the UK  
(2016: $29.0 million) and $3.1 million relates to Norway (2016: $90.0 million), where 78% of exploration expenditure is  
refunded as a tax refund in the year following the incurrence of such expenditure. 

132 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

133

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 8. Loss per ordinary share 
Basic loss per ordinary share amounts are calculated by dividing net loss for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of 
the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. 

Diluted loss per ordinary share amounts are calculated by dividing net loss for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of 
the parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number 
of ordinary shares that would be issued if employee and other share options or the convertible bonds were converted into 
ordinary shares. Due to losses incurred in 2017 and 2016 all potential ordinary shares are antidilutive. 

Comparative basic and diluted earnings per share and weighted average number of shares have been re-presented as a result 
of the Rights Issue. The shares in issue have been amended by an adjustment factor to reflect the bonus element inherent in a 
discounted Rights Issue, and to allow meaningful comparison between periods. 

Loss 
Net loss attributable to equity shareholders 
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares 
Diluted net loss attributable to equity shareholders 

Number of shares 
Basic weighted average number of shares 
Dilutive potential ordinary shares 

Diluted weighted average number of shares 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

(189.5) 
– 
(189.5) 

(599.9) 
–   
(599.9) 

2017 
Number 

2016 
Number 

1,286,235,130 
44,294,728 

 1,069,701,289  
 121,082,933  

1,330,529,858 

 1,190,784,222  

Note 9. Disposals 
The divestment of the Norway business completed during 2017. During 2016, four licences, including the Wisting oil discovery, 
were sold to Statoil, eight licences, including the Oda asset, were sold to Aker BP ASA and two further licences were sold to 
ConocoPhillips. A further two sales were executed in December 2016 and completed during 2017 with two separate parties. 
These sales, covering a further 13 licences include the 2016 Cara oil and gas discovery. The Group no longer holds any licences 
on the Norwegian Continental Shelf.  

On 10 November 2017 Tullow completed the sale of its remaining Dutch assets to Hague and London Oil plc (HALO).  
This resulted in a loss on disposal of $1.6m.  

134

www.tullowoil.com 133 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 10. Intangible exploration and evaluation assets 

At 1 January  
Additions 
Disposals 
Amounts written-off  
Write-off associated with Norway-contingent consideration provision 
Transfer to property, plant, and equipment 
Net transfer to assets held for sale 
Currency translation adjustments 

At 31 December  

Notes 

1 
9 

11 
17 

2017 
$m 

2,025.8 
319.0 
(40.0) 
(143.4) 
– 
(188.7) 
(43.4) 
4.1 

2016 
$m 

 3,400.0  
 291.4  
–   
(723.0) 
(36.5) 
– 
(912.3) 
 6.2  

1,933.4 

2,025.8 

Included within 2017 additions is $66.5 million (note 5) of capitalised interest (2016: $50.2 million). The Group only capitalises 
interest in respect of intangible exploration and evaluation assets where it is considered that development is ongoing.  

Transfers to property, plant, and equipment related to the Greater Jubilee Full Field Development Plan approval and the cost 
associated with the Mahogany and Teak discovery.  

The below table provides a summary of the exploration costs written off on a pre and post-tax basis by country. 

Country 

CGU 

Kenya 
Madagascar 
Mauritania 
Netherlands 
Pakistan 
Suriname 
Other 
New Ventures 

Total write-off 

Country 
Various 
Blocks C6, C10 & C18 
Licence E18 & F16 
Various 
Block 31 & Coronie 
Various 
Various 

Rationale for 
2017 
write-off 

2017 
Pre-tax write-
off /(reversal) 
$m 

2017 
Post-tax write-
off /(reversal) 
$m 

a 
d 
b,c 
e 
e 
a 
b 
f 

2.3 
(4.0) 
71.1 
6.2 
36.1 
10.3 
4.3 
17.1 

2.3 
(4.0) 
71.1 
3.2 
36.1 
10.3 
2.8 
17.1 

143.4 

138.9 

2017 
Remaining 
recoverable 
amount  
$m 

1,058.2 
– 
22.4 
– 
5.5 
30.7 
– 
– 

a.  Current year unsuccessful drilling results. 
b.  Current year expenditure and actualisation of accruals associated with CGUs previously written off. 
c.  Licence relinquishments. 
d.  Country exit. 
e.  Revision of value based on disposal/farm-down activities. 
f.  New Ventures expenditure is written off as incurred. 

134 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

135

3www.tullowoil.com 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 11. Property, plant, and equipment 

Cost 
At 1 January 
Additions  
Disposals 
Transfer from intangible assets 
Currency translation adjustments 
At 31 December 
Depreciation, depletion, and amortisation 
At 1 January 
Charge for the year 
Impairment loss 
Reversal of impairment loss 
Disposal 
Currency translation adjustments  
At 31 December 
Net book value at 31 December 

2017 
Oil and gas 
assets 
$m 

2017 
Other fixed 
assets 
$m 

Notes 

2017 
Total 
$m 

2016 
Oil and gas 
assets 
$m 

2016 
Other fixed 
assets 
$m 

2016 
Total 
$m 

1,6 

10 

4 

10,772.5 
880.7 
(362.6) 
188.7 
113.3 
11,592.6 

(5,500.8) 
(574.3) 
(584.5) 
43.4 
300.0 
(109.1) 
(6,425.3) 
5,167.3 

251.9 
7.0 
(1.6) 
– 
22.4 
279.7 

11,024.4 
887.7 
(364.2) 
188.7 
135.7 
11,872.3 

 10,439.9  
 816.9  
(276.1) 
– 
(208.2) 
 10,772.5  

 289.5  
 1.6  
(2.7) 
– 
(36.5) 
 251.9  

 10,729.4  
 818.5  
(278.8) 
– 
(244.7) 
 11,024.4  

(160.7) 
(17.9) 
– 
– 
1.7 
(15.4) 
(192.3) 
87.4 

(5,661.5) 
(592.2) 
(584.5) 
43.4 
301.7 
(124.5) 
(6,617.6) 
5,254.7 

(5,360.0) 
(448.5) 
(184.3) 
 10.9   
 276.1 
 205.0  
(5,500.8) 
 5,271.7  

(165.0) 
(18.4) 
(0.4) 
 –   
 2.6  
 20.5  
(160.7) 
 91.2  

(5,525.0) 
(466.9) 
(184.7) 
10.9    
 278.7  
 225.5  
(5,661.5) 
 5,362.9  

The 2017 additions include capitalised interest of $nil (note 5) in respect of the TEN Development Project (2016: $88.6 million). 
The carrying amount of the Group’s oil and gas assets includes an amount of $816.7 million (2016: $17.8 million) in respect  
of assets held under finance leases. The currency translation adjustments arose due to the movement against the Group’s 
presentation currency, USD, of the Group’s UK and Dutch assets which have functional currencies of GBP and EUR respectively. 
The 2017 income statement impairment charge is net of $2.0 million of insurance proceeds (2016: $6.2 million). 

Limande and Turnix CGU (Gabon) 
Echira, Niungo, and Igongo CGU (Gabon) 
M’boundi (Congo) 
Espoir (Côte d’Ivoire) 
Ceiba and Okume (Equatorial Guinea) 
TEN (Ghana) 
Jubilee (Ghana) 
Netherlands CGU 
UK “CGU”f 
Impairment 

Trigger for 2017 
impairment/(reversal) 

2017 
Impairment/(reversal) 
$m 

Pre-tax discount rate 
assumption 

a 
b 
c 
a 
b 
a,c 
d 
e 
b 

23.5 
(12.8) 
(16.1) 
18.3 
(7.1) 
535.5 
(2.0) 
7.2 
(7.4) 
539.1 

13% 
15% 
n/a 
10% 
10% 
10% 
n/a 
n/a 
n/a 

a.  Decrease to long-term price assumptions (refer to accounting policy on significant estimates). 
b.  Increase to short-term price assumptions (Dated Brent forward curve) 
c.  Change to decommissioning estimate. 
d.  Impairment of a component of the asset covered by insurance proceeds. This cash item does not impact the carrying value of property, plant, and equipment. 
e.  Revision of value based on disposal/farm-down activities. 
f.  The fields in the UK are grouped into one CGU as all fields within those countries share critical gas infrastructure. 

136

www.tullowoil.com 135 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 11. Property, plant, and equipment continued 
During 2017 and 2016 the Group applied the following nominal oil price assumptions for impairment assessments: 

Year 1 

Year 2 

2017 
2016 

Forward curve  Forward curve 
Forward curve 
Forward curve 

Year 3 

$59/bbl 
$70/bbl 

Year 4 

$66/bbl 
$70/bbl 

Year 5 

$68/bbl 
$90/bbl 

Year 6 onwards 

$75/bbl inflated at 
2% 
$90/bbl 

The prices assumed in 2017 decreased due to downward revisions by expert forecasters. Oil prices stated above are benchmark 
prices to which an individual field price differential is applied. All impairment assessments are prepared on a value-in-use 
basis using discounted future cash flows based on 2P reserves profiles. A reduction or increase in the two year forward curve of 
$20/bbl, based on the approximate volatility of the oil price over the previous two years, and a reduction or increase in the 
medium and long term price assumptions of $15/bbl, based on the range seen in external oil price market forecasts, are 
considered to be reasonably possible changes for the purposes of sensitivity analysis. Decreases to oil prices specified above 
would increase the impairment charge by $1,189.7 million, whilst increases to oil prices specified above would result in a credit 
to the impairment charge of $1,024.1 million. A 1% increase in the pre-tax discount rate would increase the impairment by 
$152.5 million. A 1% decrease in the pre-tax discount rate would decrease the impairment by $139.7 million The Group believes 
a 1% change in the pre-tax discount rate to be a reasonable possibility based on historical analysis of the Group’s and a peer 
group of companies’ impairment discount rates. 

Note 12. Investments 

Unlisted investments 

The fair value of these investments is not materially different from their carrying value. 

Note 13. Other assets 

Non-current 
Amounts due from joint venture partners 
Uganda VAT recoverable 
Other non-current assets 

Current 
Amounts due from joint venture partners 
Underlifts 
Prepayments 
VAT and WHT recoverable 
Other current assets 

2017 
$m 

1.0 

2016 
$m 

1.0 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

731.7 
34.9 
23.2 
789.8 

567.8 
37.1 
38.2 
5.4 
119.8 
768.3 

 127.3  
 35.9  
 12.5  
 175.7  

 560.4  
 34.9  
 26.3  
 5.7  
 211.6  
 838.9  

The increase in amounts due from joint venture partners relates to the recognition of the TEN FPSO finance lease (refer to note 
21 for details). Other current assets have decreased due to the increased timeliness of the receipt of funds from insurers.  

Note 14. Inventories 

Warehouse stocks and materials 
Oil stocks 

2017 
$m 

46.5 
121.5 

2016 
$m 

 57.6  
 97.7  

168.0 

 155.3  

Inventories include a provision of $20.7 million (2016: $31.4 million) for warehouse stock and materials where it is considered 
that the net realisable value is lower than the original cost. The decrease in the provision during 2017 is associated with 
disposal of inventory provided for in previous periods, resulting in an income statement charge of $nil (2016: $nil). 

Note 15. Trade receivables 
Trade receivables comprise amounts due for the sale of oil and gas. No current receivables are overdue, therefore none have 
been impaired and no allowance for doubtful debt has been recognised (2016: $nil). 

136 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

137

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Note 16. Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank 

Notes 

20 

2017 
$m 

284.0 

2016 
$m 

281.9 

Cash and cash equivalents includes an amount of $146.0 million (2016: $140.9 million) which the Group holds as operator in 
joint venture bank accounts. In addition to the cash held in joint venture bank accounts the Group had $16.1 million (2016: $20.3 
million) held in restricted bank accounts. 

Note 17. Assets classified as held for sale 
In 2017, Tullow announced that it had agreed a substantial farm-down of its assets in Uganda. Under the Sale and Purchase 
Agreement, Tullow has agreed to transfer 21.57% of its 33.33% Uganda interests for a total consideration of $900 million. Upon 
completion, the farm-down will leave Tullow with an 11.76% interest in the upstream and pipeline projects. This is expected to 
reduce to a 10% interest in the upstream project when the Government of Uganda formally exercises its back-in right. Although 
it has not yet been determined what interests the Governments of Uganda and Tanzania will take in the pipeline project, Tullow 
expects its interests in the upstream and pipeline projects to be aligned. 

The consideration is split into $200 million in cash, consisting of $100 million payable on completion of the transaction,  
$50 million payable at FID and $50 million payable at First Oil. The remaining $700 million is in deferred consideration  
and represents reimbursement in cash of a proportion of Tullow’s past exploration and development costs. The deferred 
consideration is payable to Tullow as the upstream and pipeline projects progress and these payments will be used by Tullow  
to fund its share of the development costs. Tullow expects the deferred consideration to cover its share of upstream and 
pipeline development capex to First Oil and beyond. Completion of the transaction is subject to certain conditions, including  
the approval of the Government of Uganda, after which Tullow will cease to be an operator in Uganda. The disposal is  
expected to complete in mid-2018. 

The estimated fair value of the consideration was $829.7 million on recognition which, when compared to the carrying value  
of the Group’s interest in Uganda, resulted in an exploration write-off of $330.4 million in 2016. The fair value of the deferred 
consideration was calculated using expected timing of receipts based on management’s best estimate of the expected capital 
profile of the project discounted at the relevant counterparty’s cost of borrowing. Additions to this value have been recognised 
in relation to capitalised interest. The present value of the consideration will be determined on completion and assessed 
against the carrying value of the net assets of the disposal group. This represents a level 3 financial asset. 

The divestment of the Norway business was completed during 2017 with $7.4 million of assets held for sale at 31 December 
2016 being disposed in full during 2017. Consequently, there were no Norwegian assets held for sale at 31 December 2017. 

The divestment of the Netherlands business was completed during 2017 with $113.1 million of assets held for sale at  
30 June 2017 being disposed in full. Consequently, there were no Netherlands assets held for sale at 31 December 2017. 

The major classes of assets and liabilities comprising the assets classified as held for sale as at 31 December 2017 were  
as follows:  

Intangible exploration and evaluation assets  
Total assets classified as held for sale  
Net assets of disposal groups 

Note 18. Trade and other payables 
Current liabilities 

Trade payables 
Other payables 
Overlifts 
Accruals 
VAT and other similar taxes 
Current portion of finance lease 

Uganda 
2017 
$m 

873.1 
873.1 
873.1 

Total 
2017 
$m 

873.1 
873.1 
873.1 

Uganda 
2016 
$m 

829.7 
829.7 
829.7 

Norway 
2016 
$m 

7.4 
7.4 
7.4 

Total 
2016 
$m 

837.1 
837.1 
837.1 

Notes 

21 

2017 
$m 

83.3 
114.5 
30.4 
552.0 
17.3 
228.1 
1,025.6 

2016 
$m 

 46.9  
 124.6  
 6.9  
 721.2  
 14.6  
 1.9  
 916.1  

Payables related to operated joint ventures (primarily related to Ghana and Kenya) are recorded gross with the debit 
representing the partners’ share recognised in amounts due from joint venture partners (note 13). The change in trade  
payables and in other payables predominantly represents timing differences and levels of work activity.  

138

www.tullowoil.com 137 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 18. Trade and other payables continued 
Non-current liabilities 

Other non-current liabilities 
Non-current portion of finance lease 

Trade and other payables are non-interest bearing except for finance leases (note 21). 

Note 19. Borrowings 

Current 
Bank borrowings – Revolving Norwegian exploration finance facility 
Bank borrowings – Reserves Based Lending credit facility 

Non-current 
Bank borrowings – after one year but within two years 
  Reserves Based lending credit facility 
  Revolving credit facility 
Bank borrowings – after two years but within five years 
  Reserves Based lending credit facility 
  6.0% Senior Notes due 2020 
  6.25% Senior Notes due 2022 
  6.625% Convertible bonds due 2021 
Bank borrowings – more than five years 
  Reserve-Based lending credit facility 

Carrying value of total borrowings 

Notes 

21 

2017 
$m 

105.1 
1,317.5 
1,422.6 

2016 
$m 

 87.7  
 24.6  
 112.3  

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

811.0 
642.5 
643.5 
256.9 

83.4 
508.1 
 591.5  

 906.2  
 364.6  

 1,561.7  
 647.6  
 651.0  
 257.3  

1,252.5 
3,606.4 
3,606.4 

- 
 4,388.4  
 4,979.9  

The Group has provided security in respect of certain of these borrowings in the form of share pledges, as well as fixed and 
floating charges over certain assets of the Group. 

In February 2017, the Company agreed a 12 month extension to the maturity of the Revolving credit facility (RCF) to April 2019. 
The commitments were reduced from $1,000 million to $600 million in the year. The facility incurs interest on outstanding debt 
at US dollar LIBOR plus an applicable margin. 

In November 2017, the Company completed the refinancing of the Reserves Based lending credit facility (RBL). Commitments 
were reduced from $3,255 million from the beginning of the year to $2,500 million. The $2,500 million of credit facilities are 
split between a commercial bank facility of $2,400 million and an International Finance Corporation facility of $100 million. The 
refinancing was concluded to not result in a substantial modification to the previous facility. Consequently, previously deferred 
costs are to be amortised over the life of the refinanced facility.   

The RBL facility incurs interest on outstanding debt at US dollar LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The outstanding debt is 
repayable in line with the amortisation of bank commitments over the period to the final maturity date of 21 November 2024, 
with an initial three-year grace period, or such time as is determined by reference to the remaining reserves of the assets, 
whichever is earlier. 

In November 2017, the Revolving Norwegian exploration finance facility (EFF) of NOK 1,000 million was repaid in full and 
cancelled. The facility was used to finance certain exploration activities on the Norwegian Continental Shelf which were eligible 
for a tax refund.  

At 31 December 2017, available headroom under the RBL and RCF facilities amounted to $945 million; $345 million under the 
RBL and $600 million under the RCF. At 31 December 2016, the available headroom under the facilities amounted to $875 
million; $255 million under the RBL, $620 million under the RCF and $nil under the EFF. 

Capital management  
The Group defines capital as the total equity and net debt of the Group. Capital is managed in order to provide returns for 
shareholders and benefits to stakeholders and to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Tullow is not 
subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may put in place 
new debt facilities, issue new shares for cash, repay debt, engage in active portfolio management, adjust the dividend payment 
to shareholders, or undertake other such restructuring activities as appropriate. No significant changes were made to the 
capital management objectives, policies or processes during the year ended 31 December 2017. The Group monitors capital 
on the basis of the gearing, being net debt divided by adjusted EBITDAX and maintains a policy target of below 2.5x. A summary 
of the gearing calculation and a reconciliation of the metric to IFRS measures can be found in the finance review on page 35. 

138 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

139

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Note 20. Financial instruments 
Financial risk management objectives 
The Group is exposed to a variety of risks including commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, foreign currency risk 
and liquidity risk. The Group holds a portfolio of commodity derivative contracts, with various counterparties, covering its 
underlying oil and gas businesses. The Group holds a mix of fixed and floating rate debt as well as a portfolio of interest rate 
derivatives. The use of derivative financial instruments is governed by the Group’s policies approved by the Board of Directors. 
Compliance with policies and exposure limits are monitored and reviewed internally on a regular basis. The Group does not 
enter into or trade financial instruments, including derivatives, for speculative purposes. 

Fair values of financial assets and liabilities 
With the exception of the Senior Notes and the convertible bonds, the Group considers the carrying value of all its financial 
assets and liabilities to be materially the same as their fair value. The fair value of the Senior Notes, as determined using 
market values at 31 December 2017, was $1,310.7 million (2016: $1,223.1 million) compared to carrying values of $1,286.0 
million (2016: $1,298.7 million).  

The fair value of the convertible bonds, as determined using market values, as at 31 December 2017, was $374.0 million (2016: $395.5 
million) compared to the carrying value of $256.9 million (2016: $257.3 million). 

The Group has no material financial assets that are past due. No material financial assets are impaired at the balance sheet 
date. All financial assets and liabilities with the exception of derivatives are measured at amortised cost. 

Fair values of derivative instruments 
All derivatives are recognised at fair value on the balance sheet with valuation changes recognised immediately in the income 
statement, unless the derivatives have been designated as a cash flow hedge. Fair value is the amount for which the asset or 
liability could be exchanged in an arm’s length transaction at the relevant date. Where available, fair values are determined 
using quoted prices in active markets. To the extent that market prices are not available, fair values are estimated by reference 
to market-based transactions, or using standard valuation techniques for the applicable instruments and commodities involved. 

The Group’s derivative carrying and fair values were as follows: 

Assets/liabilities 
Cash flow hedges 
Oil derivatives 
Gas derivatives 
Interest rate derivatives 

Deferred premium 
Oil derivatives 

Total assets 

Total liabilities 

2017 
Less than 
1 year 
$m 

(3.7) 
– 
0.8 
(2.9) 

2017 
1-3 
 years 
 $m 

4.4 
– 
– 
4.4 

2017 
Total 
$m 

0.7 
– 
0.8 
1.5 

2016 
Less than 
1 year 
$m 

 139.7  
(1.4) 
(1.0) 
 137.3  

(49.4) 
(49.4)  

(28.4) 
(28.4)  

(77.8) 
(77.8) 

(51.5) 
(51.5) 

2016 
1-3 
 years 
 $m 

 40.2  
 –   
 0.6  
 40.8  

(35.9) 
(35.9) 

2016 
Total 
$m 

 179.9  
(1.4) 
(0.4) 
 178.1  

(87.4) 
(87.4) 

1.8 

0.8 

2.6 

 91.7  

 15.8  

 107.5  

(53.1) 

(25.8) 

(78.9) 

(5.9) 

(10.9) 

(16.8) 

Derivatives’ maturity and the timing of their recycling into income or expense coincide. 

The following provides an analysis of the Group’s financial instruments measured at fair value, grouped into Levels  
1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable: 

Level 1: fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical  
assets or liabilities; 

Level 2: fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1  
which are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and 

Level 3: fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques which include inputs for the asset  
or liability that are not based on observable market data. 

All the Group’s derivatives are Level 2 (2016: Level 2). There were no transfers between fair value levels during the year. 

For financial instruments which are recognised on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred 
between levels by reassessing categorisation (based on the lowest-level input which is significant to the fair value 
measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period. 

140

www.tullowoil.com 139 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 20. Financial instruments continued 
Offset of financial assets and financial liabilities 
Deferred premiums on derivatives are settled at the same time as the maturity of the derivative contracts, with the cash flows 
settled on a net basis. Netting agreements are also in place to enable the Group and its counterparties to set-off liabilities 
against available assets in the event that either party is unable to fulfil its contractual obligations. The following table provides 
the offsetting relationship within assets and liabilities in the balance sheet. 

31 December 2017 
Derivative assets 
Derivative liabilities 
Deferred premiums 

31 December 2016 
Derivative assets 
Derivative liabilities 
Deferred premiums 

Gross 
amounts 
offset in 
Group 
balance sheet  
$m 

Net amounts 
presented in 
Group 
balance sheet 
$m 

Gross 
amounts 
recognised 
$m 

5.6 
(4.1) 
(77.8) 

(3.0) 
(74.8) 
77.8 

2.6 
(78.9) 
– 

Gross 
amounts 
offset in 
Group 
balance sheet  
$m 

Net amounts 
presented in 
Group 
balance sheet 
$m 

Gross 
amounts 
recognised 
$m 

165.7 
12.4 
(87.4) 

(58.2) 
(29.2) 
87.4 

107.5 
(16.8) 
– 

Commodity price risk 
The Group uses a number of derivatives to mitigate the commodity price risk associated with its underlying oil and gas 
revenues. Such commodity derivatives will tend to be priced using benchmarks, such as Dated Brent, D-1 Heren and M-1 
Heren, which correlate as far as possible to the underlying oil and gas revenues respectively. The Group hedges its estimated 
oil and gas revenues on a portfolio basis, aggregating its oil revenues from substantially all of its African oil interests and its 
gas revenues from substantially all of its UK gas interests. 

As at 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016, all of the Group’s oil and gas derivatives have been designated as cash flow 
hedges. The Group’s oil and gas hedges have been assessed to be ‘highly effective’ within the range prescribed under IAS 39 
using regression analysis. There is, however, the potential for a degree of ineffectiveness inherent in the Group’s oil hedges 
arising from, among other factors, the discount on the Group’s underlying African crude relative to Brent and the timing of oil 
liftings relative to the hedges. There is also the potential for a degree of ineffectiveness inherent in the Group’s gas hedges 
which arises from, among other factors, daily field production performance. 

The following table demonstrates the timing, volumes and the average floor price protected for the Group’s commodity hedges: 

Hedging position as at 31 December 2017 
Oil volume (bopd) 
Average floor price protected ($/bbl) 
Gas volume (mmscfd) 
Average floor price protected (p/therm) 

Hedging position as at 31 December 2016 
Oil volume (bopd) 
Average floor price protected ($/bbl) 
Gas volume (mmscfd) 
Average floor price protected (p/therm) 

2018 

2019 

45,000 
52.23 
– 
– 

22,232 
48.87 
– 
– 

2017 

2018 

42,500 
60.23 
3.67 
40.47 

22,000 
51.88 
– 
– 

2020 

997 
50.00 
– 
– 

2019 

7,979 
45.53 
– 
– 

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity of the Group’s derivative financial instruments to reasonably possible 
movements in Dated Brent oil price and UK D-1 Heren and M-1 Heren natural gas prices: 

Brent oil price 
Brent oil price 
UK D-1 Heren and M-1 Heren natural gas price 
UK D-1 Heren and M-1 Heren natural gas price 

140 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

Effect on equity 

Market 
movement 

25% 
(25%) 
25% 
(25%) 

2017 
$m 

(139.0) 
115.5 
– 
– 

2016 
$m 

(145.0) 
183.6 
(2.3) 
2.3 

141

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 20. Financial instruments continued 
Commodity price risk continued 
The following assumptions have been used in calculating the sensitivity in movement of oil and gas prices: the pricing 
adjustments relate only to the point forward mark-to-market (MTM) valuations, the price sensitivities assume there is no 
ineffectiveness related to the oil and gas hedges and the sensitivities have been run only on the intrinsic element of the hedge 
as management considers this to be the material component of oil and gas hedge valuations. 

Fair value movements recognised in the income statement 
Fair value movements relating to the non-intrinsic element of the commodity derivatives have been immediately recognised in 
the income statement during the year, and were as follows: 

(Loss)/profit on hedging instruments 
Cash flow hedges 
Oil derivatives 
Time value 

Total net (loss)/profit for the year in the income statement 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

(11.8) 
(11.8) 
(11.8) 

18.2 
18.2 
18.2 

Hedge reserve summary 
The hedge reserve represents the portion of deferred gains and losses on hedging instruments deemed to be effective cash 
flow hedges. The movement in the reserve for the period is recognised in other comprehensive income. 

The following table summarises the hedge reserve by type of derivative, net of tax effects: 

Hedge reserve by derivative type 
Cash flow hedges 
Gas derivatives 
Oil derivatives 
Interest rate derivatives 

2017 
$m 

– 
(3.5) 
0.9 
(2.6) 

2016 
$m 

(1.1) 
 129.7  
(0.4) 
 128.2  

The deferred gains and losses in the hedge reserve are subsequently transferred to the income statement during the period in 
which the hedged transaction affects the income statement. The tables below show the impact on the hedge reserve and on 
sales revenue during the year: 

Deferred amounts in the hedge reserve 
At 1 January 
Reclassification adjustments for items included in the income statement on realisation: 
Gas derivatives – transferred to sales revenue  
Oil derivatives – transferred to sales revenue 
Interest rate derivatives – transferred to finance costs 
Subtotal 
Revaluation gains/(losses) arising in the year 
Movement in current and deferred tax 

At 31 December  

Reconciliation to sales revenue 
Gas derivatives – transferred to sales revenue 
Oil derivatives – transferred to sales revenue 
Deferred premium paid 
Net gains from commodity derivatives in sales revenue (note 2) 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

128.2 

 569.9  

0.2 
(161.1) 
(0.9) 
(161.8) 
6.7 
24.3 
(130.8) 
(2.6) 

2017 
$m 

0.2 
(159.8) 
49.6 
(110.0) 

(0.9) 
(416.7) 
2.4 
(415.2) 
(135.3) 
108.8 
(441.7) 
 128.2  

2016 
$m 

(0.9) 
(416.7) 
54.6 
(363.0) 

142

www.tullowoil.com 141 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 20. Financial instruments continued 
Cash flow and interest rate risk  
Subject to parameters set by management the Group seeks to minimise interest costs by using a mixture of fixed and floating 
debt. Floating rate debt comprises bank borrowings at interest rates fixed in advance from overnight to three months at rates 
determined by US dollar LIBOR, Sterling LIBOR and Norwegian NIBOR. Fixed rate debt comprises Senior Notes, convertible 
bonds, bank borrowings at interest rates fixed in advance for periods greater than three months or bank borrowings where 
 the interest rate has been fixed through interest rate hedging. The Group hedges its floating interest rate exposure on an 
ongoing basis through the use of interest rate swaps. The mark-to-market position of the Group’s interest rate portfolio as  
at 31 December 2017 is an asset of $0.8 million (2016: $0.4 million liability). Interest rate hedges are included in fixed rate  
debt in the table below.  

The interest rate profile of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities, excluding trade and other receivables and trade and other 
payables, at 31 December 2017 and 2016 was as follows: 

US$ 
Euro 
Sterling 
Other 

2017  
Cash at bank 
$m 

2017 
Fixed rate 
debt 
$m 

2017 
Floating rate 
debt 
$m 

2017 
Total 
$m 

2016 
Cash at bank 
$m 

219.4 
3.1 
21.4 
40.1 
284.0 

(1,900.0) 
– 
– 
– 
(1,900.0) 

(1,855.0) 
– 
– 
– 
(1,855.0) 

(3,535.6) 
3.1 
21.4 
40.1 
(3,471.0) 

 200.8  
 8.6  
 33.1  
 39.4  
 281.9  

2016 
Fixed rate 
debt 
$m 

2016 
Floating rate 
debt 
$m 

(1,900.0) 
 –  
 –  
 –  
(1,900.0) 

(3,080.0) 
 –  
 –   
(83.8) 
(3,163.8) 

2016 
Total 
$m 

(4,779.2) 
 8.6  
 33.1  
(44.4) 
(4,781.9) 

Cash at bank consisted mainly of deposits which earn interest at rates set in advance for periods ranging from overnight to one 
month by reference to market rates. 

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity of the Group’s financial instruments to reasonably possible movements in 
interest rates: 

Interest rate 
Interest rate 

Market movement 

100 basis points 
(25) basis points 

Effect on finance costs 

Effect on equity 

2017 
$m 

(21.6) 
5.4 

2016 
$m 

(31.6) 
7.9 

2017 
$m 

(18.3) 
5.8 

2016 
$m 

(26.5) 
6.1 

Credit risk 
The Group has a credit policy that governs the management of credit risk, including the establishment of counterparty credit 
limits and specific transaction approvals. The primary credit exposures for the Group are its receivables generated by the 
marketing of crude oil and amounts due from JV partners (including in relation to their share of the TEN FPSO finance lease). 
These exposures are managed at the corporate level. The Group’s crude sales are predominantly made to international oil 
market participants including the oil majors, trading houses and refineries. JV partners are predominantly international major 
oil and gas market participants. Counterparty evaluations are conducted utilising international credit rating agency and 
financial assessments. Where considered appropriate, security in the form of trade finance instruments from financial 
institutions with an appropriate credit ratings, such as letters of credit, guarantees and credit insurance, are obtained to 
mitigate the risks.  

The Group generally enters into derivative agreements with banks who are lenders under the Reserve-Based lending credit 
facility. Security is provided under the facility agreement which mitigates non-performance risk. The Group does not have any 
significant credit risk exposure to any single counterparty or any group of counterparties. The maximum financial exposure  
due to credit risk on the Group’s financial assets, representing the sum of cash and cash equivalents, investments, derivative 
assets, trade receivables, current tax assets and other current assets, as at 31 December 2017 was $2,217.7 million  
(2016: $1,661.7 million). 

Foreign currency risk  
The Group conducts and manages its business predominately in US dollars, the operating currency of the industry in which it 
operates. The Group also purchases the operating currencies of the countries in which it operates routinely on the spot market. 
From time to time the Group undertakes certain transactions denominated in other currencies. These exposures are often 
managed by executing foreign currency financial derivatives. There were no material foreign currency financial derivatives in 
place as at 31 December 2017 (2016: $nil). Cash balances are held in other currencies to meet immediate operating and 
administrative expenses or to comply with local currency regulations.  

As at 31 December 2017, the only material monetary assets or liabilities of the Group that were not denominated in the 
functional currency of the respective subsidiaries involved were $45.1 million in non-US-dollar denominated cash and cash 
equivalents (2016: $16.9 million). 

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity of the Group’s financial instruments to reasonably possible movements in  
US dollar exchange rates: 

142 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

143

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 20. Financial instruments continued 
Foreign currency risk continued 

US$/foreign currency exchange rates 
US$/foreign currency exchange rates 

  Effect on profit before tax 

Effect on equity 

Market movement 

20% 
(20%) 

2017 
$m 

(7.5) 
11.3 

2016 
$m 

(2.7) 
4.0 

2017 
$m 

(7.5) 
11.3 

2016 
$m 

(2.7) 
4.0 

Liquidity risk  
The Group manages its liquidity risk using both short and long-term cash flow projections, supplemented by debt financing 
plans and active portfolio management. Ultimate responsibility for liquidity risk management rests with the Board of Directors, 
which has established an appropriate liquidity risk management framework covering the Group’s short, medium and long-term 
funding and liquidity management requirements. 

The Group closely monitors and manages its liquidity risk. Cash forecasts are regularly produced and sensitivities run for 
different scenarios including, but not limited to, changes in commodity prices, different production rates from the Group’s 
producing assets and delays to development projects. In addition to the Group’s operating cash flows, portfolio management 
opportunities are reviewed to potentially enhance the financial capability and flexibility of the Group. The Group had $1.1 billion 
(2016: $1.0 billion) of total facility headroom and free cash as at 31 December 2017.  

The following table details the Group’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities with agreed 
repayment periods. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the 
earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay. 

Weighted 
average  
effective 
interest rate 

n/a 
7.1% 
7.5% 

31 December 2017 
Non-interest bearing 
Finance lease liabilities 
Fixed interest rate instruments 

Principal repayments 
Interest charge 

Variable interest rate instruments 

7.2% 

Principal repayments 
Interest charge 

Less than  
1 month 
$m 

1-3 
months 
$m 

3 months  
to 1 year 
$m 

1-5 
years 
$m 

5+ 
years 
$m 

Total 
$m 

50.9 
18.3 

– 
9.9 

– 
10.4 
89.5 

194.6 
39.3 

– 
– 
– 
– 
20.9 
245.8 

– 
172.1 

– 
866.1 

105.1 
930.2 

350.6 
2,026.0 

– 
89.6 

1,600.0 
279.8 

– 
– 

1,600.0 
379.3 

– 
85.9 
347.6 

811.0 
420.4 
3,977.3 

1,344.0 
95.9 
2,475.2 

2,155.0 
633.5 
7,144.4 

Weighted 
average  
effective 
interest rate 

n/a 
6.5% 
7.5% 

31 December 2016 
Non-interest bearing 
Finance lease liabilities 
Fixed interest rate instruments 

Principal repayments 
Interest charge 

Variable interest rate instruments 

5.9% 

Principal repayments 
Interest charge 

 21.0  
 0.3  

 –  
 9.9  

 –  
 14.4  
 45.6  

Less than  
1 month 
$m 

1-3 
months 
$m 

3 months  
to 1 year 
$m 

167.3  
 0.8  

 4.7  
 2.4  

1-5 
years 
$m 

 –  
 14.5  

5+ 
years 
$m 

Total 
$m 

 87.7  
 17.6  

 280.7  
 35.6  

 –  
 –  

 –  
 89.6  

 950.0  
 359.0  

 650.0  
 20.3  

 1,600.0  
 478.8  

 55.0  
 28.6  
 251.7  

 536.9  
 120.2  
 753.8  

 2,871.9  
 151.9  
 4,347.3 

 –  
 –  
775.6 

 3,463.8  
 315.1  
6,174.0 

The Group has interest rate swaps that fix $300.0 million (2016: $300.0 million) of variable interest rate risk. The impact of these 
derivatives on the classification of fixed and variable rate instruments has been excluded from the above tables. 

144

www.tullowoil.com 143 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 21. Obligations under finance leases 

Amounts payable under finance leases: 
– Within one year 
– Within two to five years 
– After five years 

Less future finance charges 

Present value of lease obligations 

Amount due for settlement within 12 months 

Amount due for settlement after 12 months 

Notes 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

229.6 
866.1 
930.3 

2,026.0 
(480.4) 

 3.5  
14.5 
 17.6  

35.6 
(9.1) 

1,545.6 

 26.5  

18 

228.1 

 1.9  

18 

1,317.5 

 24.6  

The Group’s finance leases are the TEN FPSO and the Espoir FPSO (2016: Espoir FPSO). The finance lease for the TEN FPSO 
met the criteria for recognition on 1 August 2017. A finance lease liability has been recorded at a gross value of $1,521.0 million 
as Tullow entered the lease on behalf of the TEN Joint Venture. The present value of the lease liability unwinds over the 
expected life of the lease and is reported within finance costs as interest on obligations under finance leases.  A receivable from 
Joint Venture Partners of $719.0 million has been recognised in other assets to reflect the value of future payments that will be 
met by cash calls from partners. The present value of the receivable from Joint Venture Partners unwinds over the expected life 
of the lease and is reported within finance revenue. The net cash outflows of $62.6 million related to the lease agreement since 
its recognition as a finance lease have been reported in the repayment of obligations under finance leases line in the cash flow 
statements. A right of use property, plant, and equipment asset of $807.7 million was also recorded at 31 December 2017.  
Prior to recognition as a finance lease, it was accounted for as an operating lease, and included as operating lease payments 
within cost of sales (note 4). 

The fair value of the Group’s lease obligations approximates the carrying amount. The average expected remaining lease term 
as at 31 December 2017 was 7 years (2016: 10 years). For the year ended 31 December 2017, the effective borrowing rate was 
7.1% (2016: 6.5%). 

Note 22. Provisions 

At 1 January 
New provisions and changes  
in estimates  
Disposals 
Payments 
Transfer to accruals 
Unwinding of discount  
Currency translation adjustment 
At 31 December 
Current provisions 
Non-current provisions 

Decommissioning 
2017 
$m 

Notes 

Other 
provisions 
2017 
$m 

Total 
2017 
$m 

Decommissioning 
2016 
$m 

Other 
provisions 
2016 
$m 

Total 
2016 
$m 

1,014.4 

144.2 

1,158.6 

 1,008.8  

 243.3  

 1,252.1  

5 

(33.6) 
(100.7) 
(33.7) 
– 
19.7 
31.3 
897.4 
103.2 
794.2 

(9.2) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
135.0 
127.6 
7.4 

(42.8) 
(100.7) 
(33.7) 
– 
19.7 
31.3 
1,032.4 
230.8 
801.6 

 57.1  
– 
(23.0) 
– 
 25.1  
(53.6) 
 1,014.4  
49.0 
 965.4  

 71.4  
– 
(132.0) 
(35.0) 
– 
(3.5) 
 144.2  
 2.9  
 141.3  

 128.5  
– 
(155.0) 
(35.0) 
 25.1  
(57.1) 
 1,158.6  
51.9 
1,106.7 

Included within other provisions is provision for onerous service contracts and provision for restructuring costs. Due to the 
historical reduction in original planned future work programmes the Group identified a number of onerous service contracts in 
prior years. The expected unutilised capacity has been provided for in 2016 and 2017 resulting in an income statement credit of 
$1.0 million (2016: charge of $114.9 million).  

144 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

145

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 22. Provisions continued 
The decommissioning provision represents the present value of decommissioning costs relating to the European  
and African oil and gas interests.  

Congo 
Côte d’Ivoire  
Equatorial Guinea 
Gabon 
Ghana 
Mauritania 
Netherlands 
UK 

Note 23. Deferred taxation 

At 1 January 2016 
Credit/(debit) to income 
statement 
Credit to other 
comprehensive income 
Exchange differences 
At 1 January 2017 

Credit/(debit) to income 
statement 
Debit to other 
comprehensive income 
Exchange differences 

Inflation 
assumption 

Discount rate 
assumption 

Cessation of 
production 
assumption 

n/a 
2% 
2% 
2% 
2% 
2% 
n/a 
2% 

n/a 
n/a 
2026 
3% 
3%  2028-2029 
3%  2021-2034 
3%  2034-2036 
2018 
3% 
n/a 
n/a 
3%  2018-2020 

2017 
$m 

– 
49.7 
133.9 
55.8 
278.0 
120.7 
– 
259.3 
897.4 

2016 
$m 

18.3 
48.1 
130.0 
54.2 
267.6 
130.9 
100.7 
264.6 
 1,014.4  

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation 
$m 

Decommissioning 
$m 

Revaluation  
of financial 
assets 
$m 

Tax losses 
$m 

Other timing 
differences 
$m 

Provision for 
onerous 
service 
contracts 
$m 

Deferred 
PRT 
$m 

Total 
$m 

(1,224.8) 

 198.2  

(0.5) 

 235.4  

(88.1) 

 –   

 10.6  

(869.2) 

 10.2  

(67.4) 

 –   

 300.0  

 72.9  

 44.7  

(1.7) 

 358.7  

 –   
(2.7) 
(1,217.3) 

 –   
(20.0) 
 110.8  

1.0 

 –   

0.5 

 –  
(0.1) 
 535.3  

 –   
 0.4  
 (14.8)  

 –   
 –   
 44.7  

 –   
(1.6) 
 7.3  

 1.0  
(24.0) 
(533.5) 

79.8 

– 
(0.8) 

59.8 

– 
10.0 

– 

(8.1) 

(8.2) 

(0.6) 
– 

– 
2.8 

– 
(1.1) 

– 

– 
– 

21.5 

144.8 

– 
1.7 

(0.6) 
12.6 

At 31 December 2017 

(1,138.3) 

180.6 

(0.1) 

530.0 

(24.1) 

44.7 

30.5 

(376.7) 

Deferred tax liabilities 
Deferred tax assets 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

(1,101.2) 
724.5 

(1,292.4) 
 758.9  

(376.7) 

(533.5) 

No deferred tax has been provided on unremitted earnings of overseas subsidiaries, as the Group has no plans to remit these  
to the UK in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent it is considered probable that those 
assets will be recoverable. This involves an assessment of when those deferred tax assets are likely to reverse, and a 
judgement as to whether or not there will be sufficient taxable profits available to offset the tax assets when they do reverse. 
This requires assumptions regarding future profitability and is therefore inherently uncertain. To the extent assumptions 
regarding future profitability change, there can be an increase or decrease in the level of deferred tax assets recognised which 
can result in a charge or credit in the period in which the change occurs. 

146

www.tullowoil.com 145 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 24. Called up equity share capital and share premium account 
Allotted equity share capital and share premium 

Ordinary shares of 10 pence each 
At 1 January 2016 
Issued during the year  

– 

Exercise of share options 

At 1 January 2017 
Issued during the year  

–  Rights issue 
– 

Exercise of share options 

At 31 December 2017 

Equity share capital 
allotted and fully paid 

Share 
premium 

Number 

$m 

$m 

911,576,706 

147.2 

609.8 

2,905,254 
914,481,960 

0.3 
147.5 

466,925,724 
5,159,652 

60.0 
0.7 

9.5 
619.3 

693.8 
13.7 

1,386,567,336 

208.2 

1,326.8 

The Company does not have a maximum authorised share capital. 

Note 25. Non-controlling interest 
The non-controlling interest relates to Tulipe Oil SA (Tulipe), where the Group has a 50% controlling shareholding, whose place 
of business is Gabon. Distributions to non-controlling interests were $3.0 million (2016: $10.0 million). 

Note 26. Share-based payments  
Analysis of share-based payment charge 

Tullow Incentive Plan 
2005 Performance Share Plan  
2005 Deferred Share Bonus Plan 
Employee Share Award Plan 
2010 Share Option Plan and 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme 
UK & Irish Share Incentive 

Total share-based payment charge 
Capitalised to intangible and tangible assets 
Expensed to operating costs 
Expensed as administrative cost 

Total share-based payment charge 

Notes 

4 
4 

2017 
$m 

11.1 
0.4 
1.7 
20.4 
– 
0.6 

34.2 

0.3 
1.1 
32.8 

2016 
$m 

 9.3  
 0.9  
 –   
 38.3  
 1.5  
 0.9  

 50.9  

 7.0  
 2.7  
 41.2  

34.2 

 50.9  

Tullow Incentive Plan (TIP) 
Under the TIP, Senior Management can be granted nil exercise price options, normally exercisable from three (five years in the 
case of the Company’s Directors) to ten years following grant provided an individual remains in employment. The size of awards 
depends on both annual performance measures and Total Shareholder Return (TSR) over a period of up to three years. There 
are no post-grant performance conditions. No dividends are paid over the vesting period; however, an amount equivalent to the 
dividends that would have been paid on the TIP shares during the vesting period if they were ‘real’ shares, will also be payable 
on exercise of the award. There are further details of the TIP in the Remuneration Report on pages 78 to 100. 

The weighted average remaining contractual life for TIP awards outstanding at 31 December 2017 was 7.0 years. 

2005 Performance Share Plan (PSP) 
Under the PSP, Senior Management could be granted nil exercise price options, normally exercisable between three and ten 
years following grant. Awards made before 8 March 2010 were made as conditional awards to acquire free shares on vesting. 
To provide flexibility to participants, those awards were converted into nil exercise price options. All PSP awards are fully 
vested. 

The weighted average remaining contractual life for PSP awards outstanding at 31 December 2017 was 1.5 years. 

146 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

147

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 26. Share-based payments continued  
2005 Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP) 
Under the DSBP, the portion of any annual bonus above 75% of the base salary of a Senior Executive nominated by the 
Remuneration Committee was deferred into shares. Awards normally vest following the end of three financial years 
commencing with that in which they were granted. They were granted as nil exercise price options, normally exercisable from 
when they vest until ten years from grant. Awards granted before 8 March 2010 as conditional awards to acquire  
free shares were converted into nil exercise price options to provide flexibility to participants. A dividend equivalent is  
paid over the period from grant to vesting. From 2014, Senior Executives participate in the TIP instead of the DSBP. 

The weighted average remaining contractual life for DSBP awards outstanding at 31 December 2017 was 3.6 years. 

Employee Share Award Plan (ESAP) 
Most Group employees are eligible to be granted nil exercise price options under the ESAP. These are normally exercisable 
from three to ten years following grant. An individual must normally remain in employment for three years from grant for the 
share to vest. Awards are not subject to post-grant performance conditions.  

Phantom options that provide a cash bonus equivalent to the gain that could be made from a share option (being granted 
over a notional number of shares) have also been granted under the ESAP in situations where the grant of share options 
was not practicable. 

The weighted average remaining contractual life for ESAP awards outstanding at 31 December 2017 was 7.3 years. 

2010 Share Option Plan (2010 SOP) and 2000 Executive Share Option Scheme (2000 ESOS) 
Participation in the 2010 SOP and 2000 ESOS was available to most of the Group’s employees. Options have an exercise price 
equal to market value shortly before grant and are normally exercisable between three and ten years from the date of the grant 
subject to continuing employment. 

Options granted prior to 2011 were granted under the 2000 ESOS where exercise was subject to a performance condition. 
Performance was measured against constituents of the FTSE 100 index (excluding investment trusts). 100% of awards vested 
if the Company’s TSR was above the median of the index companies over three years from grant. The 2010 SOP was replaced 
by the ESAP for grants from 2014. During 2013 phantom options were granted under the 2010 SOP to replace certain options 
granted under the 2000 ESOS that lapsed as a result of performance conditions not being satisfied. These replacement 
phantom options provide a cash bonus equivalent to the gain that could be made from a share option (being granted over a 
notional number of shares with a notional exercise price). Phantom options have also been granted under the 2010 SOP and 
the 2000 ESOS in situations where the grant of share options was not practicable. 

Options outstanding at 31 December 2017 had exercise prices of 468p to 1305p (2016: 365p to 1530p) and remaining contractual 
lives between 72 days and 5.6 years. The weighted average remaining contractual life is 3.4 years. 

UK & Irish Share Incentive Plans (SIPs) 
These are all-employee plans set up in the UK and Ireland, to enable employees to save out of salary up to prescribed monthly 
limits. Contributions are used by the SIP trustees to buy Tullow shares (‘Partnership Shares’) at the end of each three-month 
accumulation period. The Company makes a matching contribution to acquire Tullow shares (‘Matching Shares’) on a one-for-
one basis. Under the UK SIP, Matching Shares are subject to time-based forfeiture over three years on leaving employment in 
certain circumstances or if the related Partnership Shares are sold. The fair value of a Matching Share is its market value when 
it is awarded. 

Under the UK SIP: (i) Partnership Shares are purchased at the lower of their market values at the start of the accumulation 
period and the purchase date (which is treated as a three-month share option for IFRS 2 purposes and therefore results in an 
accounting charge), and (ii) Matching Shares vest over the three years after being awarded (resulting in their accounting charge 
being spread over that period).  

Under the Irish SIP: (i) Partnership Shares are bought at the market value at the purchase date (which does not result in any 
accounting charge), and (ii) Matching Shares vest over the two years after being awarded (resulting in their accounting charge 
being spread over that period). 

148

www.tullowoil.com 147 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 26. Share-based payments continued 
UK & Irish Share Incentive Plans (SIPs) continued 
The following table illustrates the number and average weighted share price at grant or weighted average exercise price 
(WAEP) of, and movements in, share options under the TIP, PSP, DSBP, ESAP and 2010 SOP / 2000 ESOS. 

In March 2017 the Company carried out a Rights Issue with each holder of 49 shares receiving 25 rights to subscribe for new 
shares at a price of 130p per share.  In accordance with the Plan rules, the number of outstanding awards as at 17 March 2017 
has been multiplied by 1.1732 and the option exercise prices and previously calculated fair values for these awards have been 
divided by 1.1732 to allow for the rights issue.  

Outstanding 
as at 
1 January 

Adjustment 
for the Rights 
Issue during 
the year 

Granted 
during the 
year 

Exercised 
during the 
year 

Forfeited/ 
expired during 
the year 

Outstanding 
at  
31 December 

Exercisable 
at 31 
December 

10,926,267  1,831,317  4,830,968 
206.6 

275.6 

(484,603) 
782.0 

(350,502) 16,753,447 
249.2 

242.8 

925,639 
782.0 

287.1 

910,004 
882.0 

205,704 
1,215.5 

3,801,426 
547.3 

4,208,862 
1,125.7 

2017 TIP – number of shares 
2017 TIP – average weighted share price at 
grant 
2016 TIP – number of shares 
2016 TIP – average weighted share price at 
grant 
2017 PSP – number of shares  
2017 PSP – average weighted share price  
at grant 
2016 PSP – number of shares  
2016 PSP – average weighted share price  
at grant 
2017 DSBP – number of shares  
2017 DSBP – average weighted share price  
at grant 
2016 DSBP – number of shares  
2016 DSBP – average weighted share price  
at grant 
2017 ESAP – number of shares 
2017 ESAP – average weighted share price  
at grant 
2016 ESAP – number of shares 
2016 ESAP – average weighted share price  
at grant 
2017 SOP/ESOS – number of shares  
1,192.9 
2017 SOP/ESOS – WAEP 
14,466,011 
2016 SOP/ESOS – number of shares  
2016 SOP/ESOS – WAEP 
1,160.9 
2017 Phantoms – number of phantom shares  1,252,745 
1,274.4 
2017 Phantoms – WAEP 
2016 Phantoms – number of phantom shares  1,518,439 
1,274.5 
2016 Phantoms – WAEP 

17,067,908 
380.7 

466,097 
1,226.7 

280.8 

–  7,134,968 
– 
147.7 

– 
– 

(10,127) 10,926,267 
287.1 

782.0 

43,610 
782.0 

120,362 
870.9 

– 
– 

35,627 
1,215.5 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

(495,163) 
888.2 

36,708 
797.6 

571,911 
868.9 

571,911 
868.9 

(283,867)  (3,014,991) 
1,214.7 

962.0 

910,004 
882.0 

910,004 
882.0 

(140,508) 
1,209.4 

123,279 
1,121.4 

224,102 
1,260.5 

224,102 
1,260.5 

(137,114) 
1,338.2 

(123,279) 
1,121.4 

205,704 
1,215.5 

205,704 
1,215.5 

23,760,819  3,856,502  5,346,309 
206.6 

271.2 

(4,459,032)  (1,815,484) 26,689,114  7,623,417 
346.8 

252.2 

382.1 

213.3 

–  11,315,031 
147.7 
– 

(2,495,408)  (2,126,712) 23,760,819  3,330,615 
281.5 

280.8 

287.4 

354.9 

10,006,370  1,596,194 
1,041.2 
– 
– 
215,079 
1,086.5 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

863.8 

1,047.6 

(1,726,197)  9,876,367  9,876,367 
1,047.6 
(3,362)  (4,456,279) 10,006,370  10,006,370 
1,088.9 
1,192.9 
1,192.9 
(37,956)  1,429,868  1,429,868 
1,086.5 
1,086.5 
1084.7 
(265,694)  1,252,745  1,252,745 
1,274.4 
1,274.4 

1,219.0 
– 
– 
– 
– 

1,274.4 

The options granted during the year were valued using a proprietary binomial valuation. 

148 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

149

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
Note 26. Share-based payments continued 
UK & Irish Share Incentive Plans (SIPs) continued 
The following table details the weighted average fair value of awards granted and the assumptions used in the fair value 
expense calculations. 

Weighted average fair value of awards granted 
Weighted average share price at exercise for awards exercised 
Principal inputs to options valuations model: 
Weighted average share price at grant 
Weighted average exercise price 
Risk-free interest rate per annum 
Expected volatility per annum1 
Expected award life (years)2 
Dividend yield per annum 
Employee turnover before vesting per annum3 

2017 TIP 

2017 ESAP 

2016 TIP 

2016 ESAP 

206.6p 
210.0p 

206.6p 
195.5p 

147.7p 
– 

147.7p 
282.1p 

206.6p 
0.0p 
0.1% 
60% 
3.0 
n/a 
5% / 0% 

206.6p 
147.7p 
0.0p 
0.0p 
0.1%  0.4 – 0.7% 
60% 
45 – 50% 
3.0 
3.5 
0.0% 
n/a 
5% 
5% / 0% 

147.7p 
0.0p 
0.4% 
50% 
3.0 
0.0% 
5% 

1.  Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company’s share price over a period commensurate with the expected life of the 

awards. 

2.  The expected life is the average expected period from date of grant to exercise allowing for the Company’s best estimate of participants’ expected  

exercise behaviour. 

3.  Zero turnover is assumed for TIP awards made to executives and Directors, 5% per annum for TIP awards to Senior Management. 

Weighted average share price at exercise for 
awards exercised 

1.  Includes the replacement phantom awards made during 2013. 

Note 27. Commitments and contingencies 

Capital commitments 
Operating lease commitments 
Due within one year 
After one year but within two years 
After two years but within five years 
Due after five years 

Contingent liabilities 
Performance guarantees 
Other contingent liabilities 

2017 
PSP 

2016  
PSP 

2017 
DSBP 

2016 
DSBP 

2017 
SOP/ESOS 

2016 
SOP/ESOS1 

198.9p 

254.6p  

204.1p 

213.5p  

n/a 

255.7p  

2017 
$m 

185.0 

9.2 
9.5 
28.2 
47.7 
94.6 

2016 
$m 

108.4 

 143.7  
 105.9  
 319.9  
 464.8  
 1,034.3  

115.6 
185.3 

 85.1  
 156.6  

300.9 

 241.7  

Where Tullow acts as operator of a joint venture the capital commitments reported represent Tullow’s net share of  
these commitments. 

Where Tullow is non-operator the value of capital commitments is based on committed future work programmes.  

Operating lease payments represent rentals payable by the Group for certain of its office properties. Leases on office properties 
are negotiated for an average of six years and rentals are fixed for an average of six years. During 2017 the TEN FPSO lease 
changed from an operating lease to a finance lease (refer to note 21 for further details).   

Performance guarantees are in respect of abandonment obligations, committed work programmes and certain  
financial obligations. 

Other contingent liabilities include amounts for ongoing legal disputes with third parties where we consider the likelihood  
of a cash outflow to be higher than remote but not probable. The timing of any economic outflow if it were to occur would  
likely range between one year and five years.  

150

www.tullowoil.com 149 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 28. Related party transactions 
The Directors of Tullow Oil plc are considered to be the only key management personnel as defined by IAS 24 – Related  
Party Disclosures.  

Short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Amounts awarded under long-term incentive schemes 
Share-based payments 

2017 
$m 

6.7 
0.8 
2.6 
2.5 

2016 
$m 

8.9 
1.0 
3.7 
2.6 

12.6 

16.2 

Short-term employee benefits 
These amounts comprise fees paid to the Directors in respect of salary and benefits earned during the relevant financial year, 
plus bonuses awarded for the year. 

Post-employment benefits 
These amounts comprise amounts paid into the pension schemes of the Directors. 

Amounts awarded under long-term incentive schemes 
These amounts relate to the shares granted under the annual bonus scheme that are deferred for three years under  
the Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP) and Tullow Incentive Plan (TIP). 

Share-based payments 
This is the cost to the Group of Directors’ participation in share-based payment plans, as measured by the fair value  
of options and shares granted, accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2 Share-based Payments. 

There are no other related party transactions. Further details regarding transactions with the Directors of Tullow Oil plc are 
disclosed in the Remuneration Report on pages 78 to 100. 

Note 29. Events since 31 December 2017 
There has not been any event since 31 December 2017 that has resulted in a material impact on the year end results.  

Note 30. Pension schemes  
The Group operates defined contribution pension schemes for staff and Executive Directors. The contributions are payable  
to external funds which are administered by independent trustees. Contributions during the year amounted to $14.8 million 
(2016: $16.6 million). As at 31 December 2017, there was a liability of $nil (2016: $nil) for contributions payable included in  
other payables. 

150 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

151

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017

Note 31. Cash flow statement reconciliations 

Purchases of intangible exploration and evaluation assets 

Additions to intangible exploration and evaluation assets 

Associated cash flows 
Purchases of intangible exploration and evaluation assets 

Non cash movements/presented in other cash flow lines 
Capitalised interest 
Movement in working capital 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment 

Additions to property, plant and equipment 

Associated cash flows 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 

Non cash movements/presented in other cash flow lines 
Decommissioning asset additions 

Finance lease additions 
Movement in working capital 

Movement in borrowings 

Current borrowings 
Non-current borrowings 
Total borrowings 
Associated cash flows 
Debt arrangement fees 
Repayment of borrowings 
Drawdown of borrowings 
Non cash movements/presented in other cash flow lines 
Amortisation of arrangement fees and accrued interest 

2017 
$m 

319.0 

(189.7) 

(66.5) 
(62.8) 

2017 
$m 

887.7 

(117.8) 

23.6 

(837.6) 

44.1 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

 —    
 (3,606.4)  
 (3,606.4)  

 (591.5)  
 4,388.4  
 4,979.9  

Movement 

591.5  
782.0  
1,373.5  

(56.4)  
(1,613.6)  
 305.0  

(8.5) 

152

www.tullowoil.com 151 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET 
COMPANY BALANCE SHEET
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2017 
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2017

Notes 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

1 
6 

3 
6 

4 
5 
6 

5 
6 

7 
7 

5,415.3 
– 
5,415.3 

7,398.0 
– 
7,398.0 

2,136.3 
– 
6.3 
2,142.6 

 1,431.4  
 –   
 6.7  
 1,438.1  

7,557.9 

 8,836.1  

(465.9) 
– 
(35.6) 

 (343.6) 
 (508.1) 
 (50.0) 

(501.5) 

 (901.7) 

(3,349.5) 
(13.4) 
(3,362.9) 

 (4,131.1) 
 (17.2) 
 (4,148.3) 

(3,864.4) 

 (5,050.0) 

3,693.5 

 3,786.1  

208.2 
1,326.8 
851.9 
1,306.6 

 147.5  
 619.3  
 850.8  
 2,168.5  

3,693.5 

 3,786.1  

ASSETS 
Non-current assets 
Investments 
Intercompany derivative asset 

Current assets 
Other current assets 
Intercompany derivative asset 
Cash at bank 

Total assets 
LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other creditors 
Borrowings 
Intercompany derivative liability 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Intercompany derivative liability 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Capital and reserves 
Called-up share capital 
Share premium  
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 

Total equity 

During the year the Company made a loss of $880.9 million (2016: $253.4 million loss). 

Approved by the Board and authorised for issue on 6 February 2018.  

Paul McDade 
Chief Executive Officer 

Les Wood 
Chief Financial Officer 

152 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

153

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2017 
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2017

At 1 January 2016 
Loss for the year  
Issue of employee share options  
Vesting of PSP shares 
Share-based payment charges  
At 1 January 2017 
Loss for the year  
Issue of shares – Rights Issue 
Issue of employee share options  
Vesting of PSP shares 
Capital contribution 
Share-based payment charges  

Share 
capital 
$m  

 147.2  
 –   
 0.3  
 –   
 –   
 147.5  
– 
60.0 
0.7 
– 
– 
– 

Share 
premium  
$m 

Other 
reserves  
$m 

 609.8  
 –   
 9.5  
 –   
 –   
 619.3  
– 
693.8 
13.7 
– 
– 
– 

 850.8  
 –   
–   
 –   
 –   
 850.8  
 –   
 –   
 –   
 –   
1.1 
– 

Retained  
earnings 
$m  

 2,380.4  
 (253.4) 
 –   
 (9.4) 
 50.9  
 2,168.5  
(880.9) 
– 
– 
(15.2) 
– 
34.2 

Total 
equity  
$m 

 3,988.2  
(253.4) 
 9.8  
 (9.4) 
 50.9  
 3,786.1  
(880.9) 
753.8 
14.4 
(15.2) 
1.1 
34.2 

At 31 December 2017 

208.2 

1,326.8 

851.9 

1,306.6 

3,693.5 

154

www.tullowoil.com 153 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
COMPANY ACCOUNTING POLICIES
COMPANY ACCOUNTING POLICIES 
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2017 
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2017

(a) General information 
Tullow Oil plc is a company incorporated in the United 
Kingdom under the Companies Act. The address of the 
registered office is Tullow Oil plc, Building 9, Chiswick Park, 
566 Chiswick High Road, London W4 5XT. The Financial 
Statements are presented in US dollars and all values  
are rounded to the nearest $0.1 million, except where 
otherwise stated. Tullow Oil plc is the ultimate Parent  
of the Tullow Oil Group. 

(b) Basis of accounting  
The Company meets the definition of a qualifying entity under 
Financial Reporting Standard 100 (FRS 100) issued by the 
Financial Reporting Council. The Financial Statements 
have therefore been prepared in accordance with Financial 
Reporting Standard 101 (FRS 101) ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’ as issued by the Financial Reporting Council.  

As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage 
of the disclosure exemptions available under that standard 
in relation to share-based payments, financial instruments, 
capital management, presentation of comparative information 
in respect of certain assets, presentation of an income 
statement, presentation of a cash flow statement, standards 
not yet effective, impairment of assets and related party 
transactions. Where relevant, equivalent disclosures have 
been given in the Group accounts. 

The Financial Statements have been prepared on the 
historical cost basis, except for derivative financial 
instruments that have been measured at fair value. 

The Company has applied the exemption from the 
requirement to publish a separate profit and loss account for 
the parent company set out in section 408 of the Companies 
Act 2006. 

During the year the Company made a loss of $880.9 million 
(2016: $253.4 million loss). 

(c) Going concern 
Refer to page 34.  

(d) Foreign currencies 
The US dollar is the reporting currency of the Company. 
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the  
rates of exchange ruling at the transaction date. Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated into US dollars at the rates of exchange ruling  
at the balance sheet date, with a corresponding charge  
or credit to the income statement. However, exchange gains 
and losses arising on long-term foreign currency borrowings, 
which are a hedge against the Company’s overseas 
investments, are dealt with in reserves. 

(e) Investments 
Fixed asset investments, including investments in 
subsidiaries, are stated at cost and reviewed for impairment 
if there are indications that the carrying value may not  
be recoverable. 

(f) Derivative financial instruments  
The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage 
the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in movements in oil and 
gas prices. 

Derivative financial instruments are stated at fair value. 

The purpose for which a derivative is used is established at 
inception. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivative 
must be highly effective in achieving its objective and 
this effectiveness must be documented at inception and 
throughout the period of the hedge relationship. The hedge 
must be assessed on an ongoing basis and determined to 
have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting 
periods for which the hedge was designated. 

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified 
as either fair value hedges, when they hedge the exposure to 
changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability, or 
cash flow hedges, where they hedge exposure to variability 
in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular 
risk associated with a recognised asset or liability or 
forecast transaction. 

In relation to fair value hedges which meet the conditions for 
hedge accounting, any gain or loss from remeasuring the 
derivative and the hedged item at fair value is recognised 
immediately in the income statement. Any gain or loss on 
the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is adjusted 
against the carrying amount of the hedged item and 
recognised in the income statement. 

For cash flow hedges, the portion of the gains and losses on 
the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective 
hedge is taken to other comprehensive income and the 
ineffective portion, as well as any change in time value, is 
recognised in the income statement. The gains and losses 
taken to other comprehensive income are subsequently 
transferred to the income statement during the period in 
which the hedged transaction affects the income statement. 
A similar treatment applies to foreign currency loans which 
are hedges of the Group’s net investment in the net assets 
of a foreign operation. 

Gains or losses on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge 
accounting treatment (either from inception or during the life 
of the instrument) are taken directly to the income statement 
in the period. 

(g) Financial liabilities and equity instruments 
Financial liabilities and equity instruments are  
classified according to the substance of the contractual 
arrangements entered into. An equity instrument is any 
contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets 
of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. 

(h) Share issue expenses  
Costs of share issues are written off against the premium 
arising on the issues of share capital. 

154 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

155

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMPANY ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
NOTES TO GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2017
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

(i) Finance costs of debt 
Finance costs of debt are recognised in the profit and loss 
account over the term of the related debt at a constant rate 
on the carrying amount.  

Interest-bearing borrowings are recorded as the proceeds 
received, net of direct issue costs. Finance charges, including 
premiums payable on settlement or redemption and direct 
issue costs, are accounted for on an accruals basis in the 
income statement using the effective interest method and are 
added to the carrying amount of the instrument to the extent 
that they are not settled in the period in which they arise. 

(j) Taxation 
Current and deferred tax, including UK corporation tax  
and overseas corporation tax, are provided at amounts 
expected to be paid using the tax rates and laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance  
sheet date. Deferred corporation tax is recognised on  
all temporary differences that have originated but not 
reversed at the balance sheet date where transactions  
or events that result in an obligation to pay more, or right to 
pay less, tax in the future have occurred at the balance sheet 
date. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent 
that it is considered more likely than not that there will be 
suitable taxable profits from which the underlying temporary 
differences can be deducted. Deferred tax is measured on a 
non-discounted basis. 

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on 
acquisitions that are categorised as business combinations. 
Deferred tax is recognised at acquisition as part of the 
assessment of the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired. 
Any deferred tax is charged or credited in the income 
statement as the underlying temporary difference is reversed.  

(k) Capital management 
The Company defines capital as the total equity of the 
Company. Capital is managed in order to provide returns for 
shareholders and benefits to stakeholders and to safeguard 
the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Tullow 
is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. 
To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may 
adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital, 
issue new shares for cash, repay debt, and put in place new 
debt facilities. 

(l) Critical accounting judgements and key sources of 
estimation uncertainty 

•  Financial instruments (note 6): 

Some of the Company's assets and liabilities are measured at 
fair value for financial reporting purposes. The Directors of 
the Company have determined appropriate valuation 
techniques and inputs for fair value measurements.  

In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the 
Company uses market-observable data to the extent it is 
available. Where Level 1 inputs are not available, fair values 
are estimated by reference to market-based transactions, 
or using standard valuation techniques for the applicable 
instruments and commodities involved. 

•  Investments (note 1): 

The Company is required to assess the carrying values of 
each of its investments in subsidiaries for impairment.  
The net assets of certain of the Company’s subsidiaries are 
predominantly intangible exploration and evaluation (E&E) 
and property, plant and equipment assets.  

Where facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of an E&E asset held by a subsidiary may exceed its 
recoverable amount, by reference to the specific indicators of 
impairment of E&E assets, an impairment test of the asset is 
performed by the subsidiary undertaking and the asset is 
impaired by any difference between its carrying value and its 
recoverable amount. The recognition of such an impairment 
by a subsidiary is used by the Company as the primary basis 
for determining whether or not there are indications that the 
investment in the related subsidiary may also be impaired, 
and thus whether an impairment test of the investment 
carrying value needs to be performed. The results of 
exploration activities are inherently uncertain and the 
assessment of impairment of E&E assets by the subsidiary, 
and that of the related investment by the Company, is 
judgemental. 

For property, plant and equipment, the value of assets/fields 
supporting the investment value is assessed by estimating the 
discounted future cash flows based on management’s 
expectations of future oil and gas prices and future costs. 

In order to discount the future cash flows the Group 
calculates CGU-specific discount rates. The discount rates 
are based on an assessment of a relevant peer group’s post-
tax Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC). The post-tax 
WACC is subsequently grossed up to a pre-tax rate. The 
Group then deducts any exploration risk premium which is 
implicit within a peer group’s WACC. 

Where there is evidence of economic interdependency 
between fields, such as common infrastructure, the fields 
are grouped as a single CGU for impairment purposes. 

156

www.tullowoil.com 155 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017

Note 1. Investments  

Shares at cost in subsidiary undertakings 
Unlisted investments 

2017 
$m 

5,414.3 
1.0 

2016 
$m 

7,397.0 
1.0 

5,415.3 

7,398.0 

During 2017, the Company decreased its investments in subsidiaries undertakings by $429.0 million (2016: $3,690.2 million);  
an additional impairment of $1,553.8 million (2016: $1,177.6 million) was recognised against the Company’s investments in 
subsidiaries to fund losses incurred by Group service companies and exploration and production companies. 

The Company’s subsidiary undertakings as at 31 December 2017 are listed on pages 183 and 184. The principal activity of all 
companies relates to oil and gas exploration, development and production. 

Note 2. Deferred tax 
The Company has tax losses of $513.3 million (2016: $494.4 million) that are available indefinitely for offset against future  
non-ring-fenced taxable profits in the Company. A deferred tax asset of $nil (2016: $nil) has been recognised in respect  
of these losses on the basis that the Company does not anticipate making non-ring-fenced profits in the foreseeable future. 

Note 3. Other current assets 
Amounts falling due within one year 

Other debtors 
Due from subsidiary undertakings 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

12.3 
2,124.0 

 29.1  
 1,402.3  

2,136.3 

 1,431.4  

The amounts due from subsidiary undertakings include $1,528.0 million (2016: $1,373.3 million) that incurs interest at LIBOR 
plus 0.5% – 4.5%. The remaining amounts due from subsidiaries accrue no interest. All amounts are repayable on demand. 
During the year a provision of $124.0 million (2016: $172.5 million) was made in respect of the recoverability of amounts due 
from subsidiary undertakings.  

Note 4. Trade and other creditors 
Amounts falling due within one year 

VAT and other similar taxes 
Accrued interest 
Due to subsidiary undertakings 

2017 
$m 

– 
22.7 
443.2 

2016 
$m 

0.7 
– 
342.9 

465.9 

343.6 

156 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

157

3www.tullowoil.com 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 5. Borrowings 

Current 
Bank borrowings – Reserve Based Lending credit facility 
Non-current 
Bank borrowings – after one year but within two years 
     Reserve-Based lending credit facility 
     Revolving credit facility 
Bank borrowings – after two years but within five years 
     Reserve-Based lending credit facility 
6.0% Senior Notes due 2020 
6.25% Senior Notes due 2022 
Bank borrowings – more than five years 
     Reserve-Based lending credit facility 

Carrying value of total borrowings 
Accrued interest and unamortised fees 

External borrowings 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

– 

– 
– 

508.1 

906.2 
364.6 

811.0 
642.5 
643.5 

1,561.7 
647.6 
651.0 

1,252.5 
3,349.5 

– 
4,131.1 

3,349.5 
105.5 

4,639.2 
40.8 

3,455.0 

4,680.0 

Term loans are secured by fixed and floating charges over the oil and gas assets of the Group.  

Note 6. Financial instruments 
Disclosure exemptions adopted 
Where equivalent disclosures for the requirements of IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures and IFRS 13 Fair Value 
Measurements have been included in the 2017 Annual Report and Accounts of Tullow Oil plc, the Company has adopted the 
disclosure exemptions available to the Company’s accounts. 

Financial risk management objectives 
The Company follows the Group’s policies for managing all its financial risks. 

Fair values of derivative instruments 
All derivatives are recognised at fair value on the balance sheet with valuation changes recognised immediately in the income 
statement, unless the derivatives have been designated as cash flow or fair value hedges. Fair value is the amount for which  
the asset or liability could be exchanged in an arm’s length transaction at the relevant date. Where available, fair values are 
determined using quoted prices in active markets. To the extent that market prices are not available, fair values are estimated 
by reference to market-based transactions, or using standard valuation techniques for the applicable instruments and 
commodities involved. 

On 29 June 2017, the Company terminated the intercompany oil derivative trade previously entered on 15 April 2016 with a 
wholly owned subsidiary, in exchange for a termination payment of $40.1 million. 

This intercompany transaction does not impact the Group’s oil derivative contracts with external counterparties, which it 
continues to transact and hold in line with the Group’s commodity price risk management objectives. 

On the same day, the Company entered into a new intercompany oil derivative trade with the same subsidiary, to purchase 
downside oil price protection up to 31 December 2020, for a deferred consideration of $69.1 million. 

The Company’s derivative carrying and fair values were as follows: 

Assets/liabilities 
Intercompany oil derivatives 
Total assets 
Total liabilities 

2017 
Less than 1 
year 
$m 

(35.6) 
– 
(35.6) 

2017 
1-3 years 
$m 

(13.4) 
– 
(13.4) 

2017 
Total 
$m 

(49.0) 
– 
(49.0) 

2016 
Less than 1 
year 
$m 

(50.0) 
– 
(50.0) 

2016 
1-3 years 
$m 

(17.2) 
– 
(17.2) 

2016 
Total 
$m 

(67.0) 
– 
(67.0) 

158

www.tullowoil.com 157 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 6. Financial instruments continued 
The following provides an analysis of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value, grouped into  
Levels 1 to 3 based on the degree to which the fair value is observable: 

Level 1: fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical  
assets or liabilities; 

Level 2: fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1  
which are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and 

Level 3: fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques which include inputs for the asset  
or liability that are not based on observable market data. 

All of the Company’s derivatives are Level 2 (2016: Level 2). There were no transfers between fair value levels during  
the year. 

For financial instruments which are recognised on a recurring basis, the Company determines whether transfers  
have occurred between levels by reassessing categorisation (based on the lowest-level input which is significant  
to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period. 

Income statement summary 
Derivative fair value movements during the year which have been recognised in the income statement were as follows. 

Loss on derivative instruments 
Intercompany oil derivatives 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

(58.3) 

(27.6) 

Cash flow and interest rate risk 
The interest rate profile of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities, excluding trade and other receivables  
and trade and other payables, at 31 December 2017 and 2016 was as follows: 

US$ 
Euro 
Sterling 
Other 

2017 
Cash at bank 
$m 

2017 
Fixed rate 
debt 
$m 

2017 
Floating rate 
debt 
$m 

2017 
Total 
$m 

2016 
Cash at bank 
$m 

6.2 
0.1 
– 
– 

(1,300.0) 
– 
– 
– 

(1,855.0) 
– 
– 
– 

(3,148.8) 
0.1 
– 
– 

7.7 
– 
– 
0.1 

2016 
Fixed rate 
debt 
$m 

2016 
Floating rate 
debt 
$m 

(1,300.0) 
– 
– 
– 

(3,380.0) 
– 
– 
– 

2016 
Total 
$m 

(4,672.3) 
– 
– 
0.1 

6.3 

(1,300.0) 

(1,855.0) 

(3,148.7) 

7.8 

(1,300.0) 

(3,380.0) 

(4,672.2) 

Cash at bank consisted mainly of deposits which earn interest at rates set in advance for periods ranging from overnight to one 
month by reference to market rates. 

158 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

159

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 6. Financial instruments continued 
Liquidity risk 
The following table details the Company’s remaining contractual maturity for its non-derivative financial liabilities with agreed 
repayment periods. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the 
earliest date on which the Company can be required to pay. 

Weighted 
average  
effective 
interest rate 

n/a 
7.5% 

31 December 2017 
Non-interest bearing 
Fixed interest rate instruments 

Principal repayments 
Interest charge 

Variable interest rate instruments 

7.2% 

Principal repayments 
Interest charge 

Weighted 
average  
effective 
interest rate 

n/a 
7.1% 

31 December 2016 
Non-interest bearing 
Fixed interest rate instruments 

Principal repayments 
Interest charge 

Variable interest rate instruments 

5.9% 

Principal repayments 
Interest charge 

Less than  
1 month 
$m 

1-3 
months 
$m 

3 months  
to 1 year 
$m 

1-5 
years 
$m 

5+ 
years 
$m 

Total 
$m 

465.9 

1,300.0 
299.8 

– 

– 
– 

465.9 

– 
– 

– 
10.4 

– 

– 
– 

– 
20.9 

– 

– 

1,300.0 
220.2 

– 
79.6 

– 
85.9 

811.0 
420.4 

1,344.0 
95.9 

2,155.0 
633.5 

476.3 

20.9 

165.5 

2,751.6 

1,439.9 

4,854.2 

Less than  
1 month 
$m 

1-3 
months 
$m 

3 months  
to 1 year 
$m 

1-5 
years 
$m 

5+ 
years 
$m 

Total 
$m 

343.6 

– 
14.5 

– 
14.2 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

343.6 

– 
94.1 

941.7 
395.5 

650.0 
20.3 

1,591.7 
524.4 

55.0 
28.2 

453.1 
118.4 

2,871.9 
151.9 

– 
– 

3,380.0 
312.7 

372.3 

83.2 

665.6 

4,361.0 

670.3 

6,152.4 

Sensitivity analysis  
The following analysis is intended to illustrate sensitivity to changes in market variables, being Dated Brent oil prices and  
US dollar exchange rates. The analysis is used internally by management to monitor derivatives and assesses the financial 
impact of reasonably possible movements in key variables. 

Brent oil price 
Brent oil price 
US$/foreign currency exchange rates 
US$/foreign currency exchange rates 

Market movement 

25% 
(25%) 
20% 
(20%) 

Impact on profit before tax 

2017 
$m 

– 
0.4 
– 
– 

2016 
$m 

– 
28.6 
– 
– 

The following assumptions have been used in calculating the sensitivity in movement of oil prices: the pricing adjustments 
relate only to the point forward mark-to-market (MTM) valuations and the sensitivities have been run only on the intrinsic 
element of the derivatives as management considers this to be the material component of oil derivative valuations. 

160

www.tullowoil.com 159 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsNOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUEDYEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED 
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2017 

Note 7. Called up equity share capital and share premium account 
Allotted equity share capital and share premium 

 At 1 January 2016 
Issued during the year 
– Exercise of share options  
At 1 January 2017 
Issued during the year  
– Rights issue 
– Exercise of share options 

At 31 December 2017 

Equity share  
capital allotted  
and fully paid  
Number 

911,576,706 

Share  
capital  
$m  

147.2 

Share 
premium 
$m  

609.8 

2,905,254 
914,481,960 

0.3 
147.5 

466,925,724 
5,159,652 

60.0 
0.7 

9.5 
619.3 

693.8 
13.7 

1,386,567,336 

208.2 

1,326.8 

The Company does not have an authorised share capital. The par value of the Company’s shares is 10 pence. 

160 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

161

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY 
FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

Group income statement 
Sales revenue 
Other operating income – lost production insurance proceeds 
Cost of sales 

1,722.5 
162.1 
(1,069.3) 

1,269.9 
90.1 
(813.1) 

1,606.6 
– 
(1,015.3) 

2,212.9 
– 
(1,116.7) 

2,646.9 
– 
(1,153.8) 

2017 
$m 

2016 
$m 

2015 
$m 

2014 
$m 

2013* 
$m 

Gross profit 
Administrative expenses 
Restructuring costs 
(Loss)/profit on disposal 
Goodwill impairment 
Exploration costs written off 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
Provision for onerous service contracts 

Operating profit/(loss) 
Profit/(loss) on hedging instruments 
Finance revenue 
Finance costs 

815.3 
(95.3) 
(14.5) 
(1.6) 
– 
(143.4) 
(539.1) 
1.0 

22.4 
(11.8) 
42.0 
(351.7) 

546.9 
(116.4) 
(12.3) 
(3.4) 
(164.0) 
(723.0) 
(167.6) 
(114.9) 

(754.7) 
18.2 
26.4 
(198.2) 

591.3 
(193.6) 
(40.8) 
(56.5) 
(53.7) 
(748.9) 
(406.0) 
(185.5) 

(1,093.7) 
(58.8) 
4.2 
(149.0) 

1,096.2 
(192.4) 
– 
(482.4) 
(132.8) 
(1,657.3) 
(595.9) 
– 

(1,964.6) 
50.8 
9.6 
(143.2) 

(Loss)/profit from continuing activities before taxation 
Taxation  

(299.1) 
110.6 

(908.3) 
311.0 

(1,297.3) 
260.4 

(2,047.4) 
407.5 

 1,493.1  
(218.5) 
– 
29.5 
– 
(870.6) 
(52.7) 
– 

380.8 
(19.7) 
43.7 
(91.6) 

313.2 
(97.1) 

(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing activities 

(188.5) 

(597.3) 

(1,036.9) 

(1,639.9) 

216.1 

(Loss)/earnings per share  
Basic – ¢ 
Diluted – ¢ 

Dividends paid 

Group balance sheet 
Non-current assets 
Net current assets 

(14.7) 
(14.7) 

(55.8) 
(55.8) 

(97.0) 
(97.0) 

(153.6) 
(153.6) 

20.3 
20.2 

– 

 –   

 –  

182.3 

167.4 

8,704.2 
969.8 

8,340.1 
813.1 

9,506.8 
259.2 

9,335.1 
747.4 

9,439.3 
637.0 

Total assets less current liabilities 
Long-term liabilities 

9,674.0 
(6,957.6) 

9,153.2 
(6,910.7) 

9,766.0 
(6,591.3) 

10,082.5 
(6,062.2) 

10,076.3 
(4,629.9) 

Net assets 

2,716.4 

2,242.5 

3,174.7 

4,020.3 

5,446.4 

Called up equity share capital 
Share premium 
Equity component of convertible bonds 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Hedge reserve 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 

208.2 
1,326.8 
48.4 
(223.2) 
(2.6) 
740.9 
607.5 

147.5 
619.3 
48.4 
(232.2) 
128.2 
740.9 
778.0 

147.2 
609.8 
– 
(249.3) 
569.9 
740.9 
1,336.4 

147.0 
606.4 
– 
(205.7) 
401.6 
740.9 
2,305.8 

146.9 
603.2 
– 
(155.1) 
2.3 
740.9 
3,984.7 

Equity attributable to equity holders of the Parent 
Non-controlling interest 

2,706.0 
10.4 

2,230.1 
12.4 

3,154.9 
19.8 

3,996.0 
24.3 

5,322.9 
123.5 

Total equity 

2,716.4 

2,242.5 

3,174.7 

4,020.3 

5,446.4 

*  All comparative figures have been re-presented to align disclosure of impairments of property, plant and equipment on the face of the income  

statement with 2014. 

162
161 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 

Financial calendar 
2017 Full-year results announced 
Annual General Meeting 
AGM Trading Update 
Trading Statement & Operational 
Update 
2018 Half Year Results announced 
November Trading Update 

7 February 2018 
25 April 2018 
25 April 2018 
28 June 2018 

25 July 2018 
7 November 2018 

Shareholder enquiries 
All enquiries concerning shareholdings, including notification 
of change of address, loss of a share certificate or dividend 
payments, should be made to the Company’s registrars. 

For shareholders on the UK register, Computershare 
provides a range of services through its online portal, 
Investor Centre, which can be accessed free of charge at 
www.investorcentre.co.uk. Once registered, this service, 
accessible from anywhere in the world, enables shareholders 
to check details of their shareholdings or dividends, download 
forms to notify changes in personal details and access other 
relevant information. 

United Kingdom registrar  
Computershare Investor Services PLC  
The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol BS99 6ZZ 

Tel – UK shareholders: 0870 703 6242 
Tel – Irish shareholders: + 353 1 247 5413 
Tel – overseas shareholders: + 44 870 703 6242 
Contact: www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus 

Ghana registrar 
The Central Securities Depository (Ghana) Limited 
4th Floor, Cedi House, P.M.B CT 465 
Cantonments, Accra, Ghana 

Tel – Ghana shareholders: + 233 303 972 254/ 302 689 313 

Contact: info@csd.com.gh 

Share dealing service 
A telephone share dealing service has been established 
for shareholders with Computershare for the sale and 
purchase of Tullow Oil shares. Shareholders who are 
interested in using this service can obtain further details by 
calling the appropriate telephone number below: 

UK shareholders: 0870 703 0084 

Irish shareholders: +353 1 447 5435 

If you live outside the UK or Ireland and wish to trade you can 
do so through the Computershare Trading Account. To find 
out more or to open an account, please visit 
www.computershare-sharedealing.co.uk or phone 
Computershare on +44 870 707 1606. 

ShareGift 
If you have a small number of shares whose value makes 
it uneconomical to sell, you may wish to consider donating 
them to ShareGift which is a UK registered charity 
specialising in realising the value locked up in small 
shareholdings for charitable purposes. The resulting 
proceeds are donated to a range of charities, reflecting 
suggestions received from donors. Should you wish to donate 
your Tullow Oil plc shares in this way, please download and 
complete a transfer form from www.sharegift.org/forms, sign 
it and send it together with the share certificate to ShareGift, 
PO Box 72253, London SW1P 9LQ. For more information 
regarding this charity, visit www.sharegift.org. 

Electronic communication 
To reduce impact on the environment, the Company 
encourages all shareholders to receive their shareholder 
communications, including annual reports and notices of 
meetings, electronically. Once registered for electronic 
communications, shareholders will be sent an email each 
time the Company publishes statutory documents, providing 
a link to the information. 

Tullow actively supports Woodland Trust, the UK’s leading 
woodland conservation charity. Computershare, together with 
Woodland Trust, has established eTree, an environmental 
programme designed to promote electronic shareholder 
communications. Under this programme, the Company 
makes a donation to eTree for every shareholder who 
registers for electronic communication. To register 
for this service, simply visit 
http://www.investorcentre.co.uk/etreeuk/tullowoilplc with 
your shareholder number and email address to hand. 

Shareholder security 
Shareholders are advised to be cautious about any unsolicited 
financial advice: offers to buy shares at a discount or offers of 
free company reports. More detailed information can be 
found at http://scamsmart.fca.org.uk/ and in the Shareholder 
Services section of the Investors area of the Tullow website: 
www.tullowoil.com. 

Corporate brokers 
Barclays 
5 North Colonnade 
Canary Wharf 
London 
E14 4BB 

J. P. Morgan Cazenove 
25 Bank Street 
Canary Wharf 
London 
E14 5JP 

Davy 
Davy House 
49 Dawson Street 
Dublin 2 
Ireland 

162 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

163

3www.tullowoil.com 
LICENCE INTERESTS
LICENCE INTERESTS 
CURRENT EXPLORATION, DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION INTERESTS
CURRENT EXPLORATION, DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION INTERESTS 

WEST AFRICA 

Licence/Unit area 

Fields  

Côte d'Ivoire 
CI-26 Special Area "E"   Espoir 
CI-301 
CI-302 
CI-518 
CI-519 
CI-5201 
CI-521 
CI-522 
CI-5241 
Equatorial Guinea 
Ceiba  
Okume Complex 

Ceiba 
Okume, Oveng, Ebano, Elon, 
Akom North 

Area  
sq km 

Tullow  
interest    Operator 

Other partners 

235 
1,495 
1,412 
1,250 
887 
1,059 
1,280 
1,229 
551 

21.33%   CNR 
90.00%   Tullow 
90.00%   Tullow 
90.00%   Tullow 
90.00%   Tullow 
90.00%   Tullow 
90.00%   Tullow 
90.00%   Tullow 
90.00%   Tullow 

Petroci  
Petroci  
Petroci  
Petroci  
Petroci  
Petroci  
Petroci  
Petroci  
Petroci  

70 
192 

14.25%   Trident Energy   Kosmos, GEPetrol   
14.25%   Trident Energy   Kosmos, GEPetrol   

Gabon 
Avouma 
Ebouri 
Echira 
Etame 
Ezanga 
Gwedidi 
Igongo 
Limande 
Mabounda 
Maroc 
Maroc Nord 
Mbigou 
M'Oba 
Niembi 
Niungo 
Oba 
Omko 
Onal 
Simba 
Tchatamba Marin 
Tchatamba South 
Tchatamba West 
Turnix 
Ghana 
Deepwater Tano  
Ten Development Area 2 

Avouma, South Tchibala 
Ebouri 
Echira 
Etame, North Tchibala 

Gwedidi 
Igongo 
Limande 
Mabounda 
Maroc 
Maroc Nord 
Mbigou 
M'Oba 
Niembi 
Niungo 
Oba 
Omko 
Onal 

Tchatamba Marin 
Tchatamba South 
Tchatamba West 
Turnix 

Jubilee 
Tweneboa, Enyenra, 
Ntomme 

West Cape Three Points  Jubilee 
Jubilee 
Jubilee Field  
Unit Area 3,4 
Notes: 

Addax (Sinopec), Sasol, PetroEnergy  
Addax (Sinopec), Sasol, PetroEnergy  

Addax (Sinopec), Sasol, PetroEnergy  

Total, Gov of Gabon  

52 
15 
76 
49 
5,626 
5 
117 
54 
6 
17 
17 
5 
57 
4 
96 
44 
16 
46 
315 
30 
40 
25 
18 

7.50%    Vaalco  
7.50%   Vaalco  
40.00%   Perenco  
7.50%   Vaalco  
7.50%   Maurel & Prom     
7.50%   Maurel & Prom   Gov of Gabon  
36.00%   Perenco  
40.00%   Perenco  

7.50%   Maurel & Prom   Gov of Gabon 
7.50%   Maurel & Prom   Gov of Gabon 
7.50%   Maurel & Prom   Gov of Gabon 
7.50%   Maurel & Prom   Gov of Gabon 

24.31%   Perenco  
7.50%   Maurel & Prom   Gov of Gabon 

AIC Petrofi 

40.00%   Perenco  
5.00%   Perenco  
7.50%   Maurel & Prom   Gov of Gabon 
7.50%   Maurel & Prom   Gov of Gabon 
50.00%   Perenco  
25.00%   Perenco  
25.00%   Perenco  
25.00%   Perenco  
27.50%   Perenco  

Oranje Nassau  
Oranje Nassau  
Oranje Nassau  

619 

49.95% 
47.18% 

2 

Tullow 

Kosmos, Anadarko, GNPC, Petro SA 

150 

25.66%    Kosmos  
35.48%    Tullow 

Anadarko, GNPC, Petro SA 
Kosmos, Anadarko, GNPC, Petro SA  

1.  Tullow’s interest in this licence is subject to Government approval. 

2.  GNPC has exercised its right to acquire an additional 5% in the TEN field. Tullow’s interest is 47.175%. 

3.  A unitisation agreement covering the Jubilee field was agreed by the partners of the West Cape Three Points and the Deepwater Tano licences. 

4.  The Jubilee Unit Area was expanded in 2017 to include the Mahogany & Teak fields. It now includes all of the remaining part of the West Cape Three Points 

licence and a small part of the Deepwater Tano licence. 

164
163 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
LICENCE INTERESTS CONTINUED 
CURRENT EXPLORATION, DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION INTERESTS 

EUROPE 5 

Licence/Unit area 

Blocks 

Fields  

Area 
sq km 

Tullow 
interest 

Operator 

Other partners 

United Kingdom 
CMS Area 
P450 
P451 

P452  
P453 
P516 
P1006  
P1058  

P1139 

44/21a 
44/22a  
44/22b 
44/23a (part) 
44/28b 
44/26a 
44/17b 
44/18b 
44/23b 
44/19b 

CMS III Unit11 

44/17a (part) 
44/17c (part) 
44/21a (part) 
44/22a (part) 
44/22b (part) 
44/22c (part) 
44/23a (part) 
44/17b 
44/17a 
Schooner Unit11  44/26a 
43/30a 

Munro Unit11 

Thames Area   
P007 

Boulton B & F 
Murdoch 
Boulton H6 
Murdoch K6 
Ketch 
Schooner7 
Munro8 

Kelvin9 
Katy (formerly 
Harrison) 10 
Boulton H, Hawksley10 
McAdam10, Murdoch K 

77 
89 

48 
49 
49 
48 
46 

9.50%   ConocoPhillips   ENGIE  
34.00%   ConocoPhillips   ENGIE  

6.91%   ConocoPhillips   ENGIE  
40.00%   Faroe Petr 
42.96%   Faroe Petr 
20.00%   ConocoPhillips   ENGIE  
22.50%   ConocoPhillips   ENGIE  

30 

22.50%   ConocoPhillips   ENGIE  

14.10%   ConocoPhillips   ENGIE 

Munro 

Schooner 

15.00%   ConocoPhillips   ENGIE 

40.00%   Faroe Petr 

Gawain12, 13 

49/24aF1  
(Gawain) 
49/28a 
49/28b 
49/28a (part) 
53/04d 
53/03c 
53/04b 
49/24F1 (Gawain)  Gawain12 
49/29a (part) 

Thames13, Yare13 
Bure13, Wensum13  
Thurne13, Deben13 
Wissey13 
Horne13 
Horne & Wren13 

P037 

P039 
P786 
P852 
Gawain Unit11 

Notes: 

69 

50.00%    Perenco  

90 

66.67% 

  Perenco  

Centrica 

29 
8 
17 

86.96%   Tullow 
76.90%   Tullow 
50.00%   Tullow 
50.00%   Tullow 
50.00% 

 Perenco 

Centrica 
Faroe Petr.  
Centrica  
Centrica 

5.  Production in the UK is dealt with by the West Africa BDT despite falling outside this geographic region. 

6.  Refer to CMS III Unit for field interest. 

7.  Refer to Schooner Unit for field interest. 

8.  Refer to Munro Unit for field interest. 

9.  The Kelvin field recommenced production in Q4 2016. 

10.  This field is no longer producing. 

11.  For the UK offshore area, fields that extend across more than one licence area with differing partner interests become part of a unitised area. The interest held 
in the Unitised Field Area is split amongst the holders of the relevant licences according to their proportional ownership of the field. The unitised areas in which 
Tullow is involved are listed in addition to the nominal licence holdings. 

12.  Refer to Gawain Unit for field interest. 

13.  These fields are no longer producing. Abandonment works are ongoing. 

164 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

165

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
LICENCE INTERESTS CONTINUED
CURRENT EXPLORATION, DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION INTERESTS

EAST AFRICA 

Licence 

Fields  

Area  
sq km 

Tullow  
interest   

Operator 

Other partners 

Kenya 
Block 10BA 
Block 10BB 
Block 12A 
Block 12B 
Block 13T 
Uganda 
Exploration Area 1 
Exploration Area 1A 
Exploration Area 2  
Production Licence 01/12 
Production Licence 01/16  

Production Licence 02/16  
Production Licence 03/16  
Production Licence 04/16  
Production Licence 05/16  

Production Licence 06/16 
Production Licence 07/16 
Production Licence 08/16 
Notes: 

50.00%   Tullow 
15,811 
50.00%   Tullow 
6,172 
15,390 
50.00%   Tullow 
6,200  100.00%   Tullow 
50.00%   Tullow 
4,719 

Africa Oil, Maersk14 
Africa Oil, Maersk14 
Delonex  

Africa Oil, Maersk14 

Jobi East, Mpyo 
Lyec 

Kingfisher 
Kasamene, 
Wahrindi 
Kigogole, Ngara 
Nsoga 
Ngege 
Mputa, Nzizi, 
Waraga 
Ngiri 
Jobi, Rii 
Gunya 

372 
85 
710 
344 
20 

92 
60 
57 
86 

33.33%  15  Total 
33.33%  15  Total 
33.33%  15  Tullow15 
33.33%  15  CNOOC 
33.33%  15  Tullow15 

33.33%  15  Tullow15 
33.33%  15  Tullow15 
33.33%  15  Tullow15 
33.33%  15  Tullow15 

50 
121 
55 

33.33%  15  Total 
33.33%  15  Total 
33.33%  15  Total 

CNOOC 
CNOOC 
CNOOC, Total 
Total 
CNOOC, Total 

CNOOC, Total 
CNOOC, Total 
CNOOC, Total 
CNOOC, Total 

CNOOC 
CNOOC 
CNOOC 

14.  Total is in the process of acquiring Maersk's interest in this block. 

15.  Tullow has agreed a farm-down to Total whereby it will reduce its holding to 11.76% and transfer operatorship to Total. CNOOC has exercised its pre-emption 

rights under the JOA to acquire 50% of the interest being transferred to Total. The deal is subject to Government approval. 

166
165 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
LICENCE INTERESTS CONTINUED 
CURRENT EXPLORATION, DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION INTERESTS 

NEW VENTURES 

Licence  
Guyana 
Kanuku 
Orinduik 
Jamaica 
Walton Morant 
Mauritania 
Block C-3  
Block C-18 
PSC B  
(Chinguetti EEA)19 
Namibia 
PEL 0030  

PEL 0037 

Pakistan 
Bannu West22 
Block 2822 
Kalchas22 
Kohat23 
Kohlu 
Peru 
Block Z-38 24 
Block Z-64 25 
Block Z-65 25 
Block Z-66 25 
Block Z-67 25 
Block Z-68 25 
Suriname  
Block 47 
Block 54 
Uruguay 
Block 15 
Zambia 
PEL 28 
Notes: 

Blocks 

Fields  

Area 
sq km 

Tullow 
interest 

Operator 

Other partners 

5,165 
1,776 

37.50%  16   Repsol 
  Tullow 
60.00% 

 Total16 
Total17, Eco O&G  

32,065 

80.00%  18   Tullow 

United Oil & Gas18 

7,350 
13,225 
31 

90.00% 
15.00% 
22.26% 

  Tullow 
  Total 
  Petronas 

SMHPM  
Kosmos, BP, SMHPM  
SMHPM, Premier, Kufpec  

Chinguetti20 

2012A 

2012B, 2112A, 
2113B 

5,800 

10.00%  21  Eco O&G 

17,295 

35.00% 

  Tullow 

AziNam, ONGC Videsh21, 
NAMCOR  
Pancontinental, ONGC Videsh, 
Paragon  

OGDCL, SEL 

MPCL  
MPCL, SEL 
MPCL  

Pitkin  

1,230 
6,200 
2,068 
1,107 
2,459 

20.00%    MPCL 
95.00%    OGDCL 
30.00%    OGDCL 
40.00%    OGDCL 
30.00%    OGDCL 

4,875 

35.00%   Karoon 
542  100.00%   Tullow 
5,162  100.00%   Tullow 
5,616  100.00%   Tullow 
5,884  100.00%   Tullow 
6,002  100.00%   Tullow 

2,369 
8,480 

80.00%    Tullow 
30.00%    Tullow 

Ratio Exploration  
Statoil, Noble Energy  

8,030 

35.00%     Tullow 

Statoil, Inpex 

Block 31 

52,937 

97.50%    Tullow 

Geo-Petroleum 

16.  Total has farmed-in to this licence and Tullow has increased its interest to 37.5%. Both deals are subject to Government approval. 

17.  Total has entered a farm-in agreement with Eco O&G; the agreement is subject to certain terms and conditions being fulfilled. 

18.  Tullow’s interest on completion of farm-down to United Oil & Gas, which is subject to approval. 

19.  PSC B (Chinguetti EEA) is dealt with by the West Africa BDT. 

20.  This field is no longer in production. 

21.  Tullow's interest on completion of farm-down to ONGC Videsh, which is subject to approval. 

22.  Tullow has agreed to sell its interest in this block to Mari Petroleum; the deal is subject to Government approval. 

23.  Tullow is in the process of relinquishing this block, subject to Government approval. 

24.  Tullow's farm-in to this block is subject to Government approval. 

25.  Tullow's acquisition of this block is subject to Government approval. 

166 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

167

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
COMMERCIAL RESERVES AND CONTINGENT RESOURCES SUMMARY
COMMERCIAL RESERVES AND CONTINGENT RESOURCES SUMMARY 
(UNAUDITED) WORKING INTEREST BASIS
(UNAUDITED) WORKING INTEREST BASIS 

West Africa 

East Africa 

New Ventures 

TOTAL 

Oil 
mmbbl 

Gas 
bcf 

Oil 
mmbbl 

Gas 
bcf 

Oil 
mmbbl 

Gas 
bcf 

Oil 
mmbbl 

Gas 
bcf 

Petroleum 
mmboe 

Commercial reserves 
1 January 2017 
Revisions 
Transfer from contingent resources 
Disposals 
Production  

 272.1  
3.2 
- 
- 
(29.6) 

 189.7  
14.3 
79.0 
- 
(14.1) 

31 December 2017 

245.7 

268.9 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Contingent resources 
1 January 2017 
Revisions 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfers to commercial reserves 

 128.1  
(0.2) 
1.7 
(8.2) 
– 

 730.5  
(186.4) 
– 
– 
(79.0) 

 632.5  
– 
5.3 
– 
– 

 42.7  
– 
– 
– 
– 

31 December 2017 

121.4 

465.1 

637.8 

42.7 

Total 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

–  
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

 272.1  
3.2 
– 
– 
(29.6) 

 189.7  
14.3 
79.0 
– 
(14.1) 

 303.7  
5.5 
13.2 
– 
(31.9) 

245.7 

268.9 

290.5 

 4.2  
– 
– 
– 
– 

 760.6  
(0.2) 
7.0 
(8.2) 
– 

 773.2  
(186.4) 
– 
– 
(79.0) 

 890.1  
(31.3) 
7.0 
(8.2) 
(13.2) 

4.2 

759.1 

507.8 

844.4 

31 December 2017 

367.1 

734.0 

637.8 

42.7 

– 

4.2 

1,004.8 

776.7 

1,134.9 

1.  Proven and Probable Commercial Reserves are as audited by an independent engineer. Reserves estimates for each field are reviewed by the independent 

engineer based on significant new data or a material change with a review of each field undertaken at least every two years, with the exception of minor assets 
contributing less than 5% of the Group’s reserves. 

2.  Proven and Probable Contingent Resources are as audited by an independent engineer. Resources estimates are reviewed by the independent engineer based on 

significant new data received following exploration or appraisal drilling. 

3.  The West Africa revisions to reserves (+5 mmboe) relate mainly to audits of Jubilee, TEN, Okume and Echira. 

4.  The Kenya addition to oil contingent resources relates to the booking of the Erut discovery announced 17 January 2017. The West Africa addition to oil contingent 

resources relates to Simba. 

5.  The West Africa revision to gas contingent resources relates to a reduction in the estimate of the size of the Gas cap in Ntomme and reduction of injected gas 

blow-down volume for Jubilee. 

6.  The West Africa transfer of gas from contingent resources to reserves relates to Jubilee sales gas. 

The Group provides for depletion and amortisation of tangible fixed assets on a net entitlements basis, which reflects the terms 
of the Production Sharing Contracts related to each field. Total net entitlement reserves were 284.1 mmboe at 31 December 2017 
(31 December 2016: 283.2 mmboe).  

Contingent Resources relate to resources in respect of which development plans are in the course of preparation or further 
evaluation is under way with a view to future development.

168
168 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRANSPARENCY DISCLOSURE
TRANSPARENCY DISCLOSURE  

Transparency disclosure 
The Reports on Payments to Governments Regulations (UK 
Regulations) came into force on 1 December 2014 and require 
UK companies in the extractive sector to publicly disclose 
payments made to governments in the countries where they 
undertake extractive operations. The regulations implement 
Chapter 10 of EU Accounting Directive (2013/34/ EU). 

The UK Regulations came into effect on 1 January 2015, 
but Tullow were early adopters of the EU Directive and have 
published our tax payments to governments in full, in our 
Annual Report and Accounts since 2013. The 2017 disclosure 
remains in line with the EU Directive and UK Regulations and 
we have provided additional voluntary disclosure on VAT, 
stamp duty, withholding tax, PAYE and other taxes. 

The payments disclosed are based on where the obligation 
for the payment arose: payments raised at a project level 
have been disclosed at project level and payments raised at 
a corporate level have been disclosed on that basis. However, 
where a payment or a series of related payments do not exceed 
£86,000, they are disclosed at a corporate level, in accordance 
with the UK Regulations. The voluntary disclosure has been 
prepared on a corporate level. 

All of the payments disclosed in accordance with the Directive 
have been made to National Governments, either directly or 
through a Ministry or Department of the National Government, 
with the exception of Ghana payments in respect of production 
entitlements and licence fees, which are paid to the Ghana 
National Oil Company. Our total economic contribution to all 
stakeholders and our 2017 tax payments can be found on 
page 52. 

Production entitlements in barrels – includes non-cash 
royalties and state non-participating interest paid in barrels 
of oil or gas out of Tullow’s working interest share of 
production in a licence. The figures disclosed are produced 
on an entitlement basis rather than a liftings basis. It does not 
include the Government’s or NOC’s working interest share 
of production in a licence. Production entitlements have been 
multiplied by the Group’s 2017 average realised oil price 
$58.3/bbl. 

Income taxes – represent cash tax calculated on the basis of 
profits including income or capital gains. Income taxes are 
usually reflected in corporate income tax returns. The cash 
payment of income taxes occurs in the year in which the tax 
has arisen or up to one year later. Income taxes also include 
any cash tax rebates received from the government or 
revenue authority during the year. Income taxes do not 
include fines and penalties. 

Royalties – represent cash royalties paid to governments 
during the year for the extraction of oil or gas. The terms of 
the royalties are described within our PSCs and can vary from 
project to project within one country. Royalties paid in kind 
have been recognised within the production entitlements 
category. The cash payment of royalties occurs in the year in 
which the tax has arisen. 

Bonus payments – represent any bonus paid to governments 
during the year, usually as a result of achieving certain 
milestones, such as a signature bonus, POD bonus or a 
production bonus. 

Licence fees – represent licence fees, rental fees, entry fees 
and other consideration for licences and/or concessions paid 
for access to an area during the year (with the exception of 
signature bonuses which are captured within bonus 
payments). 

Infrastructure improvement payments – represent payments 
made in respect of infrastructure improvements for projects 
that are not directly related to oil and gas activities during the 
year. This can be a contractually obligated payment in a PSC 
or a discretionary payment for building/improving local 
infrastructure such as roads, bridges, ports, schools 
and hospitals. 

VAT – represents net cash VAT received from/paid to 
governments during the year. The amount disclosed is equal to 
the VAT return submitted by Tullow to governments with the 
cash payment made in the year the charge is borne. It should 
be noted the operator of a joint venture typically makes VAT 
payments in respect of the joint venture as a whole and, as such, 
where Tullow has a non-operated presence in a country limited 
VAT will be paid. 

Stamp duty –includes taxes that are placed on legal 
documents usually in the transfer of assets or capital. 
Usually these taxes are reflected in stamp duty returns made 
to governments and are paid shortly after capital or assets 
are transferred. 

Withholding tax (WHT) – represent tax charged on services, 
interest, dividends or other distributions of profits. The 
amount disclosed is equal to the WHT return submitted by 
Tullow to governments with the cash payment made in the 
year the charge is borne. It should be noted the operator of a 
joint venture typically makes WHT payments in respect of the 
joint venture as a whole and, as such, where Tullow has a 
non-operated presence in a country limited WHT will be paid. 

PAYE and national insurance – represent payroll and 
employer taxes paid (such as PAYE and national insurance) by 
Tullow as a direct employer. The amount disclosed is equal to 
the return submitted by Tullow to governments with the cash 
payment made in the year the charge is borne. 

Carried interests – comprise payments made under a 
carrying agreement or PSC/PSA by Tullow for the cash 
settlement of costs owed by a government or national oil 
company for their equity interest in a licence. 

Customs duties – represent cash payments made in respect 
of customs/excise/import and export duties made during the 
year including items such as railway levies. These payments 
typically arise through the import/transportation of goods into 
a country with the cash payment made in the year the charge 
is borne. 

Training allowances – comprise payments made in respect of 
training government or national oil company staff. This can be 
in the form of mandatory contractual requirements or 
discretionary training provided by a company. 

169 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

169

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRANSPARENCY DISCLOSURE CONTINUED

2017 

Licence/Company level 

South Omo 
Tullow Ethioopia B.V. 
Total Ethiopia 
M'Boundi 
Total Congo 
CI-26 Espoir 
CI-301 
CI-302 
CI-518 
CI-519 
Tullow Cote d'Ivoire Exploration Ltd. 
Total Cote d'Ivoire 
Ceiba 
Okume Complex 
Tullow Equatorial Guinea Ltd. 
Total Equatorial Guinea 
Echira 
Ezanga 
Ingongo 
Limande 
M'Oba 
Niungo 
Tchatamba 
Turnix 
Tullow Oil Gabon SA 
Oba 
Tulipe Oil SA 
Total Gabon 
Jubilee 
TEN 
Tullow Ghana Ltd. 
Total Ghana 
Block C-3 
Block C-10 
Block C-18 
PSC B (Chinguetti EEA) 
Tullow Petroleum Mauritania Pty Ltd 
Tullow Mauritania Ltd. 
Total Mauritania 

European transparency directive disclosure 

Production 
entitlements 

Production 
entitlements 

Income 
taxes 

Royalties 
(cash 
only)  Dividends 

Bonus 
payments 

Licence 
fees 

Infrastructure 
improvement 
payments 

BBL000 

$000 

$000 

$000 

$000 

$000 

$000 

- 
- 
- 
63 
63 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
123 
336 
- 
459 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
581 
482 
- 
1,063 
- 
- 
- 
28 
- 
- 
28 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
2,354 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
2,354 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-  21,647 
- 
-  21,647 
2,434 
- 
- 
2,465 
- 
- 
64 
- 
- 
4,177 
- 
- 
94 
- 
- 
4,024 
- 
- 
8,449 
- 
- 
1,772 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,561 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-  25,040 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
375 
- 
375 
- 
375 
- 
375 
- 
- 
- 
-  1,500 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
5,000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
5,000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
59 
- 
59 
- 
29 
- 
24 
- 
26 
- 
258 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
337 
- 

$000 

25 
- 
25 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
246 
30 
1,087 
1,363 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

170
170 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
Voluntary disclosure 

Withholding 
tax 

PAYE and 
national 
insurance 

VAT 

Stamp duty 

Carried 
interests 

Customs 
duties 

Training 
allowances 

Total 

Total 

$000 
- 
(17) 
(17) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
2,753 
2,753 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
1 
1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
30 
- 
- 
30 
- 
- 
43,388 
43,388 
- 
- 
108 
- 
7 
3 
118 

$000 
- 
63 
63 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
18 
18 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
54 
- 
2 
56 
- 
- 
14,321 
14,321 
- 
- 
- 
- 
67 
60 
127 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
14,087 
14,087 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
23,553 
- 
481 
24,034 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
250 
250 
525 
200 
150 
- 
- 
- 
875 

$000 
25 
47 
72 
- 
- 
2,354 
375 
375 
375 
375 
18 
3,872 
- 
- 
21,647 
21,647 
2,434 
2,465 
64 
4,177 
94 
4,024 
8,449 
1,772 
5,084 
1,561 
2 
30,126 
23,799 
30 
76,426 
  100,255 
554 
224 
284 
258 
74 
63 
1,457 

BBL000 
- 
- 
- 
63 
63 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
123 
336 
- 
459 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
581 
482 
- 
1,063 
- 
- 
- 
28 
- 
- 
28 

171
www.tullowoil.com 171 

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRANSPARENCY DISCLOSURE CONTINUED 
TRANSPARENCY DISCLOSURE CONTINUED

European transparency directive disclosure 

Income 
taxes 

$000 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1 
1 
- 
- 
1 
1 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
271 
271 
2,375 
33,684 
36,059 
                       (485) 
                       (485) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(3,921) 
(3,921) 

Royalties 
(cash 
only)  Dividends 

Bonus 
payments 

Licence 
fees 

Infrastructure 
improvement 
payments 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
231 
93 
46 
62 
19 
- 
451 
- 
- 
- 
- 
124 

124 
78 

78 
- 
- 
158 
- 
158 
- 
- 
40 
- 
40 
128 
- 
128 
60 
66 
69 
3 
34 
1 
- 
- 
233 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
195 
195 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
100 
- 
100 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

2017 

Licence/Company level 
Block 10BA 
Block 10BB 
Block 12A 
Block 12B 
Block 13T 
Tullow Kenya B.V. 
Total Kenya 
Tullow Madagascar Ltd. 
Total Madagascar 
Tullow Mozambique Ltd. 
Total Mozambique 
PEL 37 
Tullow Namibia Ltd. 
Total Namibia 
PEL 28 
Tullow Zambia B.V. 
Total Zambia 
Tullow South Africa Pty Ltd. 
Total South Africa 
Tullow Uganda Operations Pty 
Tullow Uganda Ltd. 
Total Uganda 
Tullow Oil Ltd. 
Total Ireland 
Orinduik 
Tullow Guyana B.V. 
Total Guyana 
Walton Morant 
Tullow Jamaica Ltd. 
Total Jamaica 
E10 
E11 
E14 
E15b 
E15c 
F16E 
Tullow Overseas Holdings B.V. 
Tullow Exp. & Prod. Netherlands B.V. 
Total Netherlands 

Production 
entitlements 

Production 
entitlements 

BBL 000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

172
172 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Voluntary disclosure 

Withholding 
tax 

PAYE and 
national 
insurance 

VAT 

Stamp duty 

Carried 
interests 

Customs 
duties 

Training 
allowances 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
156 
156 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
39 
39 
(276) 
(276) 
- 
- 
- 
(785) 
(785) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
               (123) 
                 43 
                (80) 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
3 
560 
10 
14 
536 
788 
1,911 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
131 
131 
- 
- 
998 
10 
1,008 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
14,392 
14,392 
2 
2 
- 
- 
- 
4 
4 
- 
- 
- 
2,137 
2,137 
4,519 
- 
4,519 
4,753 
4,753 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
407 
407 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
2 
- 
2 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
765 
765 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
60 
60 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
50 
- 
50 
- 
- 
- 
25 
25 
- 
104 
104 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Total 

Total 

$000  BBL'000 
- 
234 
- 
653 
- 
56 
- 
76 
- 
555 
- 
16,704 
- 
18,278 
- 
2 
- 
2 
- 
1 
- 
1 
- 
124 
- 
64 
- 
188 
- 
178 
- 
170 
- 
348 
- 
2,132 
- 
2,132 
- 
8,102 
- 
33,693 
- 
41,795 
- 
3,483 
- 
3,483 
- 
40 
- 
25 
- 
65 
- 
128 
- 
104 
- 
232 
- 
60 
- 
66 
- 
69 
- 
3 
- 
34 
- 
1 
- 
(123) 
- 
(3,878) 
- 
(3,768) 

173
www.tullowoil.com 173 

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TRANSPARENCY DISCLOSURE CONTINUED 
TRANSPARENCY DISCLOSURE CONTINUED

2017 

Licence/Company level 
Tullow Oil Norge AS 
Total Norway 
Bannu West 
Kalchas 
Kohat 
Kohlu 
Tullow Pakistan Developments Ltd. 
Total Pakistan 
Tullow Suriname B.V. 
Total Suriname 
Tullow Group Services Ltd.- Singapore 
Total Singapore 
Boulton B&F 
Murdoch 
Schooner 
Munro (44/17B) 
Kelvin 
Katy 
CMS 
P039 
P852 
Tullow Group Services Ltd. 
Tullow Oil SK Ltd 
Total UK 
Tullow Uruguay Ltd. 
Total Uruguay 
TOTAL 

European transparency directive disclosure 

Production 
entitlements 

Production 
entitlements 

Income 
taxes 

Royalties 
(cash 
only)  Dividends 

Bonus 
payments 

Licence 
fees 

Infrastructure 
improvement 
payments 

BBL 000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,613 

$000 
$000 
$000 
- 
(122,729) 
- 
- 
(122,729) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
29 
- 
- 
29 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
113 
- 
- 
113 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-        (8,244) 
- 
-        (8,244) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
 (77,260)  25,040 
2,354 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
10 
- 
6 
- 
6 
- 
- 
- 
22 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
58 
- 
241 
- 
218 
- 
84 
- 
118 
- 
106 
- 
4 
- 
123 
- 
233 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-  1,185 
- 
- 
- 
- 
5,000  4,315 

$000 
- 
- 
6 
9 
12 
9 
- 
36 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,719 

174
174 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
Voluntary disclosure 

VAT 

Stamp 
duty 

Withholding 
tax 

PAYE and 
national 
insurance 

Carried 
interests 

Customs 
duties 

Training 
allowances 

Total 

Total 

$000 
(592) 
(592) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(14,930) 
- 
    (14,930) 
- 
- 
(13,732) 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
$000 
6,011 
- 
6,011 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1 
120 
1 
120 
198 
- 
198 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
-  48,061 
- 
- 
-  48,061 
267 
- 
267 
- 
46,707  94,930 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
14,087  24,443 

$000 
- 
- 
3 
4 
5 
4 
- 
16 
53 
53 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
100 
100 
2,298 

$000 
(117,309) 
(117,309) 
9 
23 
23 
19 
150 
224 
251 
251 
113 
113 
58 
241 
218 
84 
118 
106 
4 
123 
233 
33,132 
(8,244) 
26,072 
367 
367 
129,902 
Payments in kind in $000 

BBL'000 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,613 
94,038 
 Total   223,940 

175
www.tullowoil.com 175 

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
SUSTAINABILITY DATA
SUSTAINABILITY DATA  

ENVIRONMENT 

Atmospherics 
Total air emissions (tonnes of CO2e) 
Scope 1 total air emissions (tonnes of CO2e) 
Scope 2 total air emissions (tonnes of CO2e) 
Scope 3 total air emissions (tonnes of CO2e) 
Total air emissions by production (tonnes of 
CO2e) per thousand tonnes hydrocarbon 
produced 
CH4 emissions (tonnes) 
N2O emissions (tonnes) 
CO2 emissions (tonnes) per thousand tonnes 
of HC produced 
Flaring 
Total hydrocarbon flared (tonnes) 
Total Hydrocarbon flared by production 
(tonnes per thousand tonnes hydrocarbon 
produced) 

Water usage 
Metered water (m3)  
Seawater (m3) 
Ground water (m3) 
Fresh water (m3)  
Other water (m3) 
Total water usage (m3) - all operational sites 
Recycled water (m3)  
Total water from sustainable sources (m3) 

Waste 
Total Waste disposed (tonnes) 
Waste Recycled / Re-used / Treated (%) 
Hazardous waste Recycled / Re-used / 
Treated (%) 
Non-hazardous waste Recycled / Re-used / 
Treated (%) 

Uncontrolled releases  
Oil & Chemical spills (#) 
Oil & Chemical spills (tonnes) 

Energy use 
Total operations indirect and direct energy use 
(GJ) 
Total indirect and direct energy use (GJ) 
Total indirect and direct energy use by 
production (GL per thousand tonnes 
hydrocarbon produced) 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

693,170 
686,996 
6,174 

803,724 
799,551 
4,173 

99.78 

123.84 

2,578 
43.75 
85 

2,191 
41.84 
106 

758,790 
752,539 
4,631 
1,620 
122.07 

2,073 
29.85 
106 

772,110 
754,338 
4,763 
13,010 
142.11 

2,741 
21.98 
122 

1,123,815 
1,108,144 
2,928 
12,743 
127.17 

5,314 
27.77 
108 

80,695 
11.62 

117,516 
18.11 

110,638 
17.84 

149,217 
27.93 

290,797 
33.29 

13,013 
7,295,571 
180,337 
35,900 
31,740 
7,556,562 
21,567 
21,567 

34,157 
83.38 
87.00 

59,220 
9,885,133 
129,956 
11,695 
3,643 
10,089,647 
11,250 
11,250 

75,799 
63.82 
97.85 

70,466 
8,004,940 
113,847 
– 
10 
8,189,263 
5,451 
5,451 

72,380 
70.93 
99.49 

56,728 
9,080,888 
46,322 
– 
– 
9,183,938 
4,722 
4,722 

58,554 
27.95 
74.36 

89,366 
12,567,127 
60,998 
– 
1,537 
12,719,028 
2,308 
2,308 

39,407 
5.00 
31.00 

51.75 

3.68 

3.44 

15.01 

2.00 

10 
23.29 

15 
715.85 

7 
24.71 

2 
4.85 

3 
6.44 

5,757,479 

5,345,475 

5,104,423 

7,272,710 

8,007,696 

5,798,539 
829 

5,375,436 
828 

5,158,200 
832 

7,318,373 
1,370 

8,036,831 
920 

Fines and sanctions 

– 

80,000 

– 

– 

– 

176

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
HEALTH AND SAFETY 

Hours worked (million) 
Number of employee fatalities 
Number of contractor fatalities 
Number of third party fatalities involving 
members of the public 
Lost Time Injuries (LTIs) 
Lost Time Injuries Frequency Rate (LTIF) 
OGP LTIF 
Total Recordable Injuries (TRI) 
Total Recordable Injuries Frequency Rate 
(TRIF) 
OGP TRIF 
High Potential Incidents (HiPos) 
High Potential Incident Frequency Rate 
(HiPoF) 
Malaria frequency rate 
Kilometres driven ('000,000) 
Vehicle Accident Frequency Rate (VAFR) 

LOCAL CONTENT 

Local supplier spend ($ million) 

By Country 

Ethiopia 
Ghana 
Kenya 
Mauritania 
Uganda 
Total 

2013 

 21.1  
– 
– 
 1  

 17  
 0.81  
 0.45  
 67  
 3.18  

 1.60  
 39  
 1.85  

 0.01  
 12.7  
 0.71  

2013 

 217.0  

2013 

 14.4  
 128.0  
 48.0  
 7.0  
 19.6  
 217.0  

2014 

 22.4  
– 
– 
 1  

 13  
 0.58  
 0.36  
 41  
 1.83  

 1.54  
 25  
 1.11  

 0.03  
 15.5  
 0.77  

2014 

 225.4  

2014 

– 
 123.6  
 81.5  
– 
 20.3  
 225.4  

2015 

 13.3  
– 
– 
– 

 4  
 0.30  
 0.29  
 12  
 0.90  

 1.21  
 15  
 1.13  

 0.30  
 6.5  
 0.47  

2015 

 308.9  

2015 

– 
 226.0  
 75.0  
– 
 7.9  
 308.9  

2016 

 9.2  
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
0.27 
 9  
 0.98  

 1.03  
 8  
 0.87  

– 
 5.4  
 0.55  

2016 

 336.6  

2016 

– 
 297.0  
 28.0  
– 
 11.6  

 336.6 

2017 

10.9 
– 
– 
1 

4 
0.37 
n/a 
8 
0.73 

n/a 
7 
0.64 

– 
5.2 
0.77 

2017 

234.6 

2017 

– 
194.2 
37.0 
– 
3.4 
234.6 

177

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
SUSTAINABILITY DATA CONTINUED 
SUSTAINABILITY DATA CONTINUED

COMPLIANCE  

Corruption  
Fraud 
HR 

Supply chain 
Total speaking up cases 

OUR PEOPLE 

Number of employees 
Number of contractors 
Number of expatriates in the workforce 
Number of people on local contract terms 
Number of females in the workforce 
Total workforce 
Number of female managers 
Total number of managers 
Number of female senior managers 
Total number of senior managers 
Number of female board members 
Total number of board members 

2014 

14 
10 
35 

9 
68 

2014 

1,595 
447 
448 
1,594 
583 
2,042 
90 
442 
4 
53 
2 
12 

2015 

17 
22 
47 

17 
103 

2015 

1,156 
247 
268 
1,135 
396 
1,403 
76 
338 
14 
115 
2 
12 

2016 

2017 

5 
19 
46 

21 
91 

2016 

1,023 
129 

979 
336 
1,152 
66 
297 
9 
68 
2 
11 

2 
8 
38 
12 
60 

2017 

922 
108 
144 
886 
313 
1,030 
59 
274 
10 
65 
1 
9 

2013 

1,553 
481 
446 
1,588 
582 
2,034 
85 
433 
6 
49 
2 
12 

178

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
 
TULLOW OIL PLC SUBSIDIARIES
AS AT 6 FEBRUARY 2017

Company name

Country of incorporation

% of nominal value of shares held 
(all ordinary shares)

Type of ownership

Hardman Oil and Gas Pty Ltd

Hardman Resources Pty Ltd

Tullow Chinguetti Production Pty Ltd

Tullow Petroleum (Mauritania) Pty Ltd

Tullow Uganda Holdings Pty Ltd

Tullow Uganda Operations Pty Ltd

Tullow Do Brasil Petroleo E Gas Ltda

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Australia

Brazil

Eagle Drill Limited

Tullow (EA) Holdings Limited 

British Virgin Islands

British Virgin Islands

Tullow Oil Canada Ltd

Canada

Planet Oil International Limited

England and Wales

Tullow Africa New Ventures Limited

England and Wales

Tullow Côte D’Ivoire Onshore Limited

England and Wales

Tullow EG Exploration Limited

Tullow Gambia Limited

England and Wales

England and Wales

Tullow Greenland Exploration Limited

England and Wales

Tullow Group Services Limited

Tullow Guinea Limited

Tullow Jamaica Limited

Tullow Mozambique Limited

Tullow Oil 100 Limited

Tullow Oil 101 Limited

Tullow Oil Finance Limited

Tullow Oil SK Limited

Tullow Oil SNS Limited

Tullow Oil SPE Limited

Tullow Peru Limited

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

England and Wales

Tullow Senegal Exploration Limited

England and Wales

Tullow Technologies Limited

England and Wales

Tullow Uganda Midstream Limited

England and Wales

Tullow Uruguay Limited

England and Wales

Hardman Petroleum France SAS

Tulipe Oil SA

Tullow Oil Gabon SA

Invest in Africa

Tullow Oil (Mauritania) Ltd

Tullow Oil Holdings (Guernsey) Ltd

Tullow Oil Limited

Tullow Congo Limited

Tullow Equatorial Guinea Limited

Tullow Gabon Holdings Limited

Tullow Gabon Limited

France

Gabon

Gabon

Guernsey

Guernsey

Guernsey

Ireland

Isle of Man

Isle of Man

Isle of Man

Isle of Man

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

50%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

50%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

179

3www.tullowoil.comTULLOW OIL PLC SUBSIDIARIES CONTINUED
AS AT 6 FEBRUARY 2017

Country of incorporation

% of nominal value of shares held 
(all ordinary shares)

Type of ownership

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Direct

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Indirect

Company name

Tullow Mauritania Limited

Tullow Namibia Limited

Tullow Senegal Limited

Tullow Uganda Limited

Tullow Cote D’Ivoire Exploration Limited

Tullow Cote D’Ivoire Limited

Tullow Ghana Limited

Tullow India Operations Limited

Tullow Madagascar Limited

Tullow Oil (Jersey) Limited

Tullow Oil International Limited

Tullow Pakistan (Developments) Limited

Tullow DRC BV

Tullow Ethiopia BV

Tullow Global Compliance BV

Tullow Guyana BV

Tullow Hardman Holdings BV

Tullow Kenya BV

Tullow Mexico BV

Isle of Man

Isle of Man

Isle of Man

Isle of Man

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Jersey

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Tullow Netherlands Holding Cooperatief BA

Netherlands

Tullow Overseas Holdings BV

Tullow Suriname BV

Tullow Tanzania BV

Tullow Uganda Holdings BV

Tullow Zambia BV

Tullow Oil (Bream) Norge AS

Tullow Oil Norge AS

Energy Africa Bredasdorp Pty Ltd

Tullow South Africa (Pty) Limited

T.U. S.A.

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Netherlands

Norway

Norway

South Africa

South Africa

Uruguay

180

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsGLOSSARY
GLOSSARY 

Pound Sterling million 

Annual General Meeting 
Available for sale 
African Partner Pool 
Advanced Security Operations Centre 

Barrel 
Billion cubic feet 
Business Delivery Team 
Barrels of oil equivalent 
Barrels of oil equivalent per day 
Barrels of oil per day 

Cent 
Capital expenditure 
Cyber Information Sharing Partnership 
Caister Murdoch System 
A group development of five satellite fields linked to CMS 
China National Offshore Oil Corporation 
Control self-assessment 
Civil Society Organisations 
Case to Operate 

Development and Operations 
Depreciation, Depletion and Amortisation 
Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs 
Delegation of Authority 
Deferred Share Bonus Plan 

Exploration and Appraisal 
Exploration and Production 
Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation 
Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation and Exploration 
Environment, Health and Safety 
Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative 
Early Oil Pilot Scheme 
Earnings per share 
A European market index 
Environmental Social Impact Assessment 
Executive Share Option Scheme 
Extended Well Test 

£m  

AGM  
AFS  
APP  
ASOC  

bbl  
bcf  
BDT  
boe  
boepd  
bopd  

¢  
Capex  
CISP  
CMS  
CMS III  
CNOOC  
CSA  
CSO  
CtO  

D&O  
DD&A  
DEFRA  
DoA  
DSBP  

E&A  
E&P  
EBITDA  
EBITDAX 
EHS  
EITI  
EOPS 
EPS  
EuroStoxx  
ESIA 
ESOS  
EWT  

181 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

181

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOSSARY CONTINUED
GLOSSARY 

Front End Engineering and Design 
Final Investment Decision 
Full Field Development 
Floating Production Storage and Offloading vessel 
Financial Reporting Council 
Financial Reporting Standard 
Equity index consisting of the 101st to 350th largest UK listed companies by market 
capitalisation 
Fair Value Through Profit or Loss 
General and Administrative  
Gifts and hospitality 
Greenhouse gas 
Greater Jubilee Full Field Development 
Ghana National Petroleum Corporation Group Company and its subsidiary undertakings 

High Potential Incident 
HM Revenue & Customs 

International Accounting Standard 
International Accounting Standards Board 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
Invest in Africa 
International Monetary Fund 
Integrated Management System 
International oil company 
Investor Relations 
International Tribunal for the Law of the Sea 

Joint Development Agreement 
Joint Venture 

Kilometres 
Kenya National Police Service 
Key Performance Indicator 

London Interbank Offered Rate 
Lost Time Injury 
Frequency Rate measured in LTIs per million hours worked 

Million barrels of oil 
Million barrels of oil equivalent 
Million standard cubic feet per day 
Memorandum of Understanding 
Major Simplification Project 
Mark-to-Market 
Motor vehicle collision 
Motor vehicle collision frequency 

FEED  
FID  
FFD  
FPSO  
FRC  
FRS  
FTSE 250  

FVTPL  
G&A 
G&H  
GHG  
GJFFD  
GNPC  

HIPO  
HMRC  

IAS  
IASB  
IFRS  
IIA  
IMF  
IMS  
IOC  
IR  
ITLOS  

JDA 
JV 

km  
KNPS  
KPI  

LIBOR  
LTI  
LTIF  

mmbo  
mmboe  
mmscfd  
MoU  
MSP  
MTM  
MVC  
MVCF  

182
182 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GLOSSARY 

Non-Governmental Organisation 

Organisation of Petroleum Exporting Countries 
Operating expenses 
Organisation Strategy & Effectiveness 

Pence 
Pay As You Earn 
Politically exposed persons 
Plan of Development 
Property, plant and equipment 
Petroleum Revenue Tax 
Production Sharing Agreement 
Production Sharing Contract 
Performance Share Plan 

Standard & Poor’s 500, US stock market index based on market capitalisation 
Supply Chain 
Supplementary Corporation Tax 
South East Etame North Tchibala 
Senior Independent Director 
Share Incentive Plan 
Skills for oil and gas in Africa 
Share Option Plan 
Square kilometres 
Socially Responsible Investment 
Safety, Sustainability & External Affairs 

Tweneboa – Enyenra – Ntomme 
Tullow Incentive Plan 
Tullow Group Scholarship Scheme 
Turret Remediation Project 
Total Shareholder Return 
Total recordable injuries 

NGO  

OPEC 
Opex  
OSE  

p  
PAYE  
PEP  
PoD  
PP&E  
PRT  
PSA  
PSC  
PSP  

S&P 500 
SC  
SCT  
SEENT  
SID  
SIP  
SOGA  
SOP  
Sq km  
SRI  
SSEA  

TEN  
TIP  
TGSS  
TRP 
TSR  
TRI  

UK GAAP  

UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice 

VAT  
VP  
VPSHR  

WAEP  
WHO  
Wildcat  

Value Added Tax 
Vice President 
Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights 

Weighted Average Exercise Price 
World Health Organization 
Exploratory well drilled in land not known to be an oil field 

183 Tullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and Accounts 

183

3www.tullowoil.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STAY UP TO DATE  
WWW.TULLOWOIL.COM

Our main corporate website has key information about our business, 
operations, investors, media, sustainability, careers and suppliers.

RESULTS, REPORTS 
& PRESENTATIONS
Financial results, corporate annual 
reports, webcasts and fact books  
are all stored in the Investor Relations 
section of our website: 
 www.tullowoil.com/reports

E-COMMUNICATIONS
All documents on the website are 
available to view without any particular 
software requirement other than the 
software which is available on the 
Group’s website. 

For every shareholder who signs  
up for electronic communications, a 
donation is made to the eTree initiative 
run by Woodland Trust. You can  
register for email communication at:  
www.etree.com/tullowoilplc

COMPANY SECRETARY  
& REGISTERED OFFICE

Kevin Massie 
Tullow Oil plc  
9 Chiswick Park  
566 Chiswick High Road  
London  
W4 5XT  
United Kingdom 

Tel: +44 20 3249 9000 

Fax: +44 20 3249 8801 

To contact any of Tullow’s  
principal subsidiary undertakings,  
please find address details on  
www.tullowoil.com/contacts  
or send ‘in care of’ to Tullow’s  
registered address.

184

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSTullow Oil plc 2017 Annual Report and AccountsThis report is printed on mixed source paper 
which is FSC® certified (the standards  
for well-managed forests, considering 
environmental, social and economic issues).

Printed by Pureprint Group

T

U

L

L

O

W

O

I

L

P

L

C

2

0

1

7

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

&

A

C

C

O

U

N

T

S

Tullow Oil plc  
9 Chiswick Park  
566 Chiswick High Road  
London W4 5XT  
United Kingdom 

Tel: +44 20 3249 9000 

Fax: +44 20 3249 8801 

Email: info@tullowoil.com

Website: www.tullowoil.com